IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-S) 


1.0 


I.I 


|5o   ""^^     m^^ 

a  Ui  |2.2 

S  lit  ■" 


^ 


|l.25      1.4 

1  ^ 

^ 

6"     — 

► 

^ 


^. 


y^ 


^> 


'M 


Sciences 
Corporation 


23  WEST  MAIN  STREEY 

WEBSTER,  N.Y.  U5S0 

(716)  87a.<«''1 


<V 


SJ 


:\ 


iV 


\ 


;\ 


Q 


^^^^^ 


'<^ 


'^ 


• 


<- 

^t^' 

[^M^ 


s^ 


i 

• 

- 

CIHM/ICMH 

CIHM/ICMH 

Microfiche 

Collection  de 

Series. 

microfiches. 

4 

:\ 


^ 


'^ 


Canadian  Institute  for  Historical  Microreproductions  /  Institut  Canadian  de  microreproductions  historiques 


/ 


Technical  and  Bibliographic  Notas/Notas  tachniquas  at  bibliographiquaa 


The 
to  tl 


The  Institute  has  attempted  to  obtain  the  best 
original  copy  available  for  filming.  Features  of  this 
copy  which  may  be  bibliographically  unique, 
which  may  alter  any  of  the  images  in  the 
reproduction,  or  which  may  significantly  change 
the  usual  method  of  filming,  are  checked  below. 


D 
D 
D 
D 
D 
D 

n 

D 
D 


n 


Culoured  covers/ 
Couverture  de  couleur 

Covers  damaged/ 
Couverture  endommagAe 

Covers  restored  and/or  laminated/ 
Couverture  restaurAe  et/ou  pellicula 

Cover  title  missing/ 

Le  titre  de  couverture  manque 

Coloured  maps/ 

Cartes  gtegraphiques  en  couleur 

Coloured  ink  (i.e.  other  than  blue  or  black)/ 
Encre  da  couleur  (i.e.  autre  que  blaue  ou  noire) 

Coloured  plates  and/or  illustrations/ 
Planches  et/ou  illustrations  en  couleur 

Bound  with  other  material/ 
Relii  avec  d'autres  documents 

Tight  binding  may  cause  shadows  or  distortion 
aloig  interior  margin/ 

La  r«  liure  serrie  peut  causer  de  I'ombre  ou  de  la 
distorsion  le  long  de  la  marge  int^rieure 

Blank  leaves  added  during  restoration  may 
appear  within  the  text.  Whenever  possible,  these 
have  been  omitted  from  filming/ 
II  se  peut  que  certaines  pages  blanches  ajouties 
lors  d'une  restauration  apparaissent  dans  le  texte. 
mais,  lorsque  cela  Atait  possible,  ces  pages  n'ont 
pas  «t«  film«es. 

Additional  comments:/ 
Commentaires  suppiimantaires: 


L'Institut  a  microfilm*  le  meilleur  exemplaire 
qu'il  lui  a  «t«  possible  de  se  procurer.  Les  details 
de  cet  exemplaire  qui  sont  peut-Atre  uniques  du 
point  da  vue  bibliographique.  qui  peuvent  modifier 
une  image  reproduite.  ou  qui  peuvent  exiger  una 
modification  dans  la  mithoda  normale  de  filmage 
sont  indiquis  ti-dessous. 


D 
D 

D 


n 

D 

n 

D 
D 


Coloured  pages/ 
Pages  de  couleur 

Pages  damaged/ 
Pages  endommagtes 

t 

Pages  restored  and/or  laminated/ 
Pages  restaurias  et/ou  pellicul6es 

Pages  discoloured,  stained  or  foxed/ 
Pages  dtcolories,  tachetAes  ou  piquies 

Pnges  detached/ 
Pages  d^tachies 

Showthrough/ 
Transparence 

Quality  of  print  varies/ 
Quality  inigale  de  I'impression 

Includes  supplementary  material/ 
Comprend  du  material  supplimentaire 

Only  edition  available/ 
Seule  Mition  disponible 

Pages  wholly  or  partially  obscured  by  errata 
slips,  tissues,  utc,  have  been  refiimed  to 
ensure  the  best  possible  image/ 
Les  peges  totalement  ou  partieilement 
obscurcies  par  un  feuiilet  d'errata,  une  pelure, 
etc.,  ont  6ti  filmies  A  nouveau  de  fa^on  d 
obtenir  la  meilleure  image  possible. 


The 
posi 
of  tl 
film 


Oris 

beg 

the 

sior 

oth( 

first 

sion 

oril 


The 
shal 
TINI 
whii 

Maf 
diffi 
enti 
begi 
righ 
reqi 
met 


This  item  is  filmed  at  the  reduction  ratio  checked  below/ 

Ce  document  est  film*  au  taux  de  reduction  indiqu^  ci-de»«'?js. 

10X  14X  18X  22X 


12X 


16X 


20X 


26X 


30X 


a4x 


28X 


32X 


The  copy  filmed  here  hes  been  reproduced  thenke 
to  the  generosity  of: 

NstionsI  Librery  of  Cenads 


L'exemplaire  film*  fut  reproduit  grfice  A  la 
g^nirositi  de: 

Bibliothdque  nationale  du  Canada 


The  images  appearing  here  ere  the  best  quality 
possible  considering  the  condition  and  legibility 
of  the  original  copy  and  in  keeping  with  the 
filming  contract  specifications. 


Original  copies  in  printed  paper  covers  are  filmed 
beginning  with  the  front  cover  and  ending  on 
the  last  page  with  a  printed  or  illustrated  impres- 
sion, or  the  back  cover  when  appropriate.  All 
other  original  copies  are  filmed  beginning  on  the 
first  page  with  a  printed  or  illustrated  impres- 
sion, and  ending  on  the  last  page  with  a  printed 
or  iilustreted  impression. 


The  last  recorded  frame  on  each  microfiche 
shall  contain  the  symbol  --^>  (meaning  "CON- 
TINUED"), or  the  symbol  V  (meaning  "END"), 
whichever  applies. 


Les  images  suivantes  ont  M  reproduites  avec  le 
plus  grand  soin.  compte  tenu  de  la  condition  et 
de  la  nettet6  de  I'exempiaire  f  ilm6,  et  en 
conformity  avec  les  conditions  du  contrat  de 
filmage. 

Les  exempiaires  originaux  dont  la  couverture  en 
papier  est  imprimte  sent  fiimis  en  commenpant 
par  le  premier  plat  et  en  terminant  soit  par  la 
derniire  page  qui  comporte  un<    .  ^preinte 
d'impression  ou  d'Hiu-'^'-^tion,  aoit  par  le  second 
plat,  selon  le  cas.  Jf        m  autres  exempiaires 
originaux  sent  f  iin*      ^n  commenqant  par  la 
premiere  page  qui  comporte  une  empreinte 
d'impression  ou  d'illustration  et  en  terminant  par 
la  derniAre  page  qui  comporte  une  telle 
empreinte. 

Un  des  symboles  suivants  apparaitra  sur  la 
dernidre  image  de  cheque  microfiche,  selon  le 
cas:  le  symbols  — ►  signifie  "A  SUIVRE",  le 
symbols  V  signifie  "FIN". 


iVIaps,  plates,  charts,  etc.,  may  be  filmed  at 
different  reduction  ratios.  Those  too  large  to  be 
entirely  included  in  one  exposure  are  filmed 
beginning  in  the  upper  left  hand  corner,  left  to 
right  and  top  to  bottom,  as  many  frames  as 
required.  The  following  diagrams  illustrate  the 
method: 


Les  cartes,  planches,  tabiejux,  etc.,  peuvent  6tre 
filmte  A  des  taux  de  rii^uction  diffdrents. 
Lorsque  le  document  est  trop  grand  pour  dtre 
reproduit  en  un  seui  cliche,  ii  est  filmA  A  partir 
de  I'angle  sup6rieur  gauche,  de  gauche  k  droite, 
et  de  haut  en  bas,  en  prenant  ie  nombre 
d'images  n^cessaire.  Les  diagrammes  suivants 
iilustrent  la  m^thode. 


1  2  3 


1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

'-a      r- 


o 


o 


^ 
c? 


CO 


^ 

-=<1 


o 

c 

•0.0 

•  f— * 


s    » — I 


1 — ' 
■OJO 


a. 


■B)) 


INSOBIPTION  ON  THE  MONUMENT 
OF 

FATHEaSEBASTIAN  RALE 


-•-•-♦- 


REVS.  SEBASTIANU8  RASLE8, 

NATIONE  GALLU8,  E  80C1ETATE  JE8I7  MISsJaBIUS, 
ALIQUOT    ANN08  ILLINOIS  ET  HORONIBUS  PEIMUM  eJaN- 

GELANS, 
DEmDE  PER  XXXIV.  ANNOS 
ABENAQUIO,  EIDE  ET  OHARITATE  0HBI8TI  YEBtTS  APOBTULUS, 

PERIOULIS  ARMOBUM  INTERRITUS 
SE  PRO  8III8  0VIBU8  MORI  PARATUM  8^PIU8  TE8TIFIOAN8 
INTER  ARMA  ET  0^i,E8  AO  PAGI  NANBANT80UACZ  (noR- 
EIDGWORK)  ET  EOOLESI^  STJ^  RmNA8 
HOC  IN  IPSO  LOCO 
OEOIDIT  TANDEM  OPTIMUS  PASTOR, 
DIE  XXIII.  AUGUSTI.  ANN.  DOM.  1724. 
IP8I  ET  PILII8  8UIS  IN  0HRI8TO  DEFUNCTIS 
MONUMENTUM  P08TJIT-# 
BEramoTtrs   njNmOK,   EPISOOPTO  BOSTONIENHS, 
DEDIOAriTOnE  DIE  XXIH.  AtTOTOTI  A.  D.  1838. 


^^^^^fi^^^W^nsm^w 


^^^^HP 


F< 


OL 


£ 


^H  .^  1*^1  ■mil.  jiMiij 


lr.All»  iiia>i.ft'.MM>.iii#^      ■■■         -'^'      I-   i-mi/t 


mBIAN 


% 


G^OOp      BOOK, 


MADK  BT 


EUGENE  VETROMILE,  S.  J.,  ' 

INDIAN     PATKIABCH,       t 

FOB  THE  BENEFIT  OP  THE  PENOBSCOT,  PASSAMAQUODDY, 

ST.   JOHN'S,   MICMAO, 

AND     OTHEB     TRIBES     OF 

THE    ABNA^I     INDIANS. 


THIS  YEAB 


OO-TOWK  IKBIAN  TUIieE,  AND   BAKOOB 


THIRD 


EDITION. 


:^EW  YORK: 

EDWARD    DUNIGAN    &    BROTHER 
(JAIHES  B,    KIRKEB,) 

371    BROADWAY. 
1868. 


ppppppl^pp 


0 


Y'J:\^\ya 


>i.  O-  <:l 


<^ 


^% 


9  AM* 


Entered  aeobrding  to  Act  of  CoBgress,  in  the  year  185<), 

BY  JAMES  B.  KIRKER, 

in  the  Clerk's  Office  of  the  District  Court  for  the  Southern  District  of 

•  *yk'*'-S>«^i  m'i*-^  V    New  Tfork. 


ULI    AWIEHIGAN, 

,  KI8I  TUNXSSA 

EUGIl^r  VETROMILE,  a  J., 

ALNAMBAY  PATIJA8, 
VXIHA1.AK0NA 

PEMSKET,SmyK,DlASTOOK,MICMAC, 

MBA  «„,AltrAK,K  ,TAI^^;^8ISIK 
MBA  KAND08K1K 


MTSETA 


NANDJIKKETAWJKKA80. 


JtfANHATTAN  UDENI:k:. 

(SAK  B.    KIRKER,} 
371  BROADWAY. 
1868.  ^ 


THE  MOST  REV.  WILLIAM  WALSH,  D.  D., 

ARCHBISHOP   OF  HALIFAX. 

THE  RT.  REV.  DAVID  W.  BACON,  D.  D., 

BISHOP  OF  PORTLAND. 

THE  RT.  REV.  THOMAS  L.  CONNOLLY,  D.  D., 

BISHOP  OF  ST.  JOHN,  AND 

THE  RT.  REV.  COLIN  FRS.  MaoKINNON,  D.  D., 

BISHOP  OF  ABICHAT. 


.    I 


WtHl:  GKKAT  PATRIARCH, 


PIUS^T'HE   NINTH. 


OVIB  TBI  WHOM  WOBU>, 


MD  JTAOBI,  PALB  FACES,  AND  BLACK 


FAOXS. 


THE  GREAT  SPIRIT 


MAT  SIOLK  UFON  TOU,  AND  THE  WmaWAL 


"^QWAU  OF  MlAT*% 


MAT    HS    HOLD    TRK    BAD    SPHOT, 


THAT  HB  MIGHT  NOT  HAKM  TOU.  AND 


ALL  OTHER  PATMAKCHS. 


MAT  TOUR  aRKAT  WIOWAM  BE  STRONG  WIGWAM, 

TO  CONQUER  ALL  TOUR  ENEMI» 

MATTOUGETANABUXDANCEOrWAMPUM,   VE^xsON,  ANDTROUT. 

OIVE  A  SMELE  TO  ALL  THE  RED  tACES," 
I0OUR8QUAWB,   TOOURPAPPOOS^,  TO  OUB  WIOWAM^ 

W»mNChGR0UND8,  TO  OUR  mVERS  AND  t^ 


TO  OUK 


1^ 


;     ■  ■■*..'■  »•■ 

PIUS    NULI, 

MlBQVIQVlnT,    WAHtW^XI^    n    MSKKAiSWIQDOUt, 

K  V  1.  A  X  WX  0  V  ■  X>  IT  T  A  N  Q  0  K  , 

HATORI     irAIf«AX««M     AaiAXIBAWialMIKOdX. 

TOHWATOOX^  Qt^AuriwAir  'imoHrioH, 

ANIU  MtrmABiilWAN, 

BATOffl     VAVGAUmmi   %ilkTLlJk1tmim/ 

KCTGIB  JU4  WIGWAM,  .  , 

Kin  KANBA)|i»rAMl»  icBWi  xxnniAi.ys^x. 

TCHIBAXOOX  KIA  lixNOPj^Wl  KiaaBWQf)pii«r, 

WAXBANBIALL  SOHIXpOIJOHAK  HAf<MX 

SKITKf AllQOX. 

XBHQinQOABlflOBIS    lOWI    1IIX.AlC#iat«tOT4llBAdB^ 

nEHDnmodx^  irmsANNAwJUE, 

MiaVAMNllTwiUiti, 
KAllih.WKXITAUWXLI^,  ]C9tin»{KA17LL  BAlWm    ' 

■^  UAqcobtBtaiMAvhlm^ 


^^■■jt'^-i^acajafaaBii.'MBMnlM  ij^i^i-^  ^ 


I 


V     V 


DOUf, 


IflKOdX. 


uiM, 


/,  -■' 


i 


CO 

DO      c 


% 


"OO 


C*3     Pi 

SI 

!!     ^ 

"'  3 

r  S    ^1 

1^  ^ 

1  O     til 
o 

'*-'  1 

11$  ^     f^l 
15  O      ^1 


# 


PREFACE. 


•  •■•" 


The  Tribes  of  the  Abnakis,  or,  more 
properly,  Wanbanakki  (people  of  the 
Aurora  borealis,  from  Wanbdnban),  ex- 
isting in  the  State  of  Maine,  transmit  the 
truths  of  the  Catholic  religion  from  pa- 
rents  to  children,  only  by  oral  tradition. 
Rev.  Edmund  Demillier   left  a  hand- 
writing,  containing  a  small  prayer-book, 
which  was  a  correction  of  the  prayer- 
book  printed  by  Rev.  Mr.  Romagn^,  with 
other  additions.  I  have  made  use  of  them 
both,  and  I  have  spared  no  labor  to  cor- 


But  I  fouiid  that  this  com- 


.   8 

pilation  was  not  sufficient  to  leave 
amongst  the  Indians  a  standing  form  of 
prayers  and  instructions  in  their  own 
native  language.  They  needed  a  book 
to  which  they  could  have  reference  at 
this  time,  in  which  the  spirit  of  infidelity, 
so  widely  prevailing  among  the  white 
men,  is  endeavoring  to  find  an  access 
even  to  the  red  race.  Many  attempts 
made  in  old  times  to  pervert  them,  have 
been  renewed  in  these  last  years,  even 
in  this  very  year,  not  only  by  white  peo- 
ple, but  also  by  some  Protestant  Minis- 
ters— apostates  from  the  Catholic  reli- 
gion, belonging  to  the  tribes  of  the 
Iroquois.  However,  they  had  no  success, 
having  not  been  able  to  make  a  single 
convert. 

The  arrangement  of  this  book  is  quite 
different  from  that  made  by  Rev.  E.  De- 


9 

millier;  the  prayers  have  been  distrh 
buted  under  certain  fixed  heads,  and 
new  additions  have  been  inserted,  in 
order  to  render  this  volume  more  pro- 
portionate to  the  object. 

But,  taking  under  consideration  the 
want  of  proper  woixJs  and  phraseology 
to  express  the  revealed  mysteries  of  the 
holy  religion ;  the  condition  of  the  lan- 
guage—destitute of  grammar  and  dic- 
tionary—and the  want  of  the  substantive 
verb  to  he,  by  which  (as  Rev,  John  Eliot 
long  ago  observed  in  his  grammar  of  th4 
Massachusetts  Indians),  many  words  un- 
der  a  composition   become  substantive 
verbs;  it  is  not  to  be  expected  that  this 
book  should  be  exempt  from  mistakes 
and  inaccuracies. 
There  exists  at  Harvard  College  a  ma- 

nuscrint  rlinfinnQT-rr  r^^  flii=.  Ai^«„i,:«  / t_ 


10 


lished  in  the  first  volume  of  the  new 
series  of  the  Memoirs  of  the  American 
Academy  of  Arts  and  Sciences),  made 
by  our  Father  Sebastian  Rale.  This 
dictionary  is  not  complete,  because,  be- 
fore being  finished,  it  was  taken  away 
from  the  author,  together  with  his  chests 
and  papers,  by  a  party  of  English,  from 
New  England,  who  in  1T22,  under  Col. 
Westbrook,  pillaged  the  church  and  the 
village  of  the  Abnakis,  at  Norridgewock, 
on  the  shores  of  the  Kennebec.  This 
inanuscript  has  been  always  regarded  as 
precious  remains  of  Philology  by  all  men 
of  Science.  The  amateur  of  letters  and 
the  antiquarian  will  lament  for  ever  the 
cruel  death  of  Father  Rale,  who,  having 
spent  about  thirty-five  years  among  the 
Abnakis,  was  the  only  man  capable  to 
give  a  perfect  dictionary  and  grammar. 


11 

But  unfortunately,  in  1724,  the  Indians 
and  Missionary  were  taken  by  surprise, 
by  a  number  of  English  and  Mohawks. 
Father  Rale  fell  a  martyr  at  the  foot 
of  the  cross  erected  in  the  mission,  where 
his  body  was  found,  hacked  and  mangled 
in  a  savage  manner,  and  where  it  re- 
mains buried  by  his  beloved  Abnakis  * 
So  the  dictionary  of  Father  Rale  will 
remain   incomplete    for    ever.      Being 
antiquated,  it  cannot  now  answer  for  the 
language  used  at  present  by  the  Indians. 
The  rules  of  pronunciation,  and  the 
English  translation  of  the  catechisms,  are 
intended  for  the  convenience  of  mission- 
aries.    Therefore,  I  have  preferred  to 
overlook   the   elegance  of  the  English 


•See  yrv^^ry  of   the   Catholic  Missions   among  the 
Indian  Tribes  offha  TTnif^ui  ai-.*^-  v-  t-i._  ^., 


12 

version,  in  order  to  give  faithfully,  as  far 
as  possible,  the  literal  meaning  of  the 
Indian  words. 

Should  this  small  work  prove  of  any 
use  to  literature,  as  a  contingent  to 
greater  works  on  the  languages  of  the 
Red  Race  of  this  Continent,  I  shall  con- 
sider myself  fully  rewarded. 

June^  1856. 


ERRATA. 


« 


Page  fil, 
68, 
62, 
97, 

"     114, 

"     117, 
"     123, 


« 


« 


« 


it 

« 
(I 

« 

« 
« 


125, 
128, 

132, 
132, 

147, 


148, 

189~ 

192, 

280, 

244, 

262, 


254, 
257, 
266, 


It 


line  14— -for  ♦•memessone,"  read  "  n6me88one." 
•*     6— for  "  metehine,"  read  "  metchine.*' 
"     8— for  "  elutchi,"  read  "  etutchi." 
'*    10— for  "  WewitahasHh^Dgan,"  read  •*  We* 

wfissitahdnsuhftngan^ll." 
**     9— for  "  PambAktamawawa,*'  read  "Pam- 

bakt&mawewook." 
♦'    18— omit*  *  Wutcb." 

"    10— for  "  Wewespinoak,"  read  "  'Wewessi- 
no4k." 
3— for  "  wetchi,"  read  "  n'dwetchi.*' 
10,  15,   19— for  "  wa8sen6makattit,'*  read 
"  wassenemakottit." 
"     1— for  "  Teotaalokka,"  read  "  leotaalokka." 
"    11,  13— for  "  pessighehtote,"  read  ''pessi- 

ghehelate." 
*'    1 2— for  "  Miilebaevwil,"  read  "  Millelagwil.'* 
16— for  "  Uliwiwiwenuhamnt,"  read'*Uli- 
wiwi  winuhamit " 
"  17— for  "  K'sank  eltanzo,"  read  "  K'sank- 

leltanzo.'* 
•This  hymn  belongs  to  p.  200. 
«     4— for"huti,»read"hutchi." 
'*    14— for  "  winnchik,"  read  "  winuohik.'* 
•'     7— for  "  6lwiek,*'  read  "  Mnwiek." 
**     7-add  at  the  commencement  of  the  line. 


"c." 


<•     8 — ^read  the  first  word  "  elnwagiohp." 
"    14— insert  "  ignemWi "  after  «  Nixkam." 
'•    13— for  « tutaga,"  read  "  tutagu." 
"   16— for  "  naskamitinan,'*  read  '«  naakumi- 
tinan." 


v 

i. 

I 


« 


M 

** 
U 

It 
4« 


u     


«9i 
899, 

«», 
411, 


« 

M 
«f 
M 
«< 
M 

K 
i< 


*^    41^ 

M       _ 


-    428, 

M 


M 


488, 


•#l\ 

487, 

<l 

488, 

«# 

489. 

M 

440, 

«( 

* 

-?«  . 

4( 

441, 

44«. 

••    448, 
"    447, 


14--for  "  Ttmmi/'  rmd  •*  TtammJ* 
lO-iw  **  IDttilidila^  reftd  •♦  K'oi^olii- 

18— ftt  t^«  «ii4  iailMd  of ,  pak  — 
<r-«»rf'  lii^niQi^''  read  **  eb^doMl'' 
14^r  *<  dtUludflauigool,''  r«i2i    ^'adaU 

16<-4i9r  **  Tenfliwd,**  Mad  **  T«iiik«w«i." 

18-HBluuige  tiie  llMt  i  to  "  L" 
fr-*«oaM]i«B«6  aiiot&er  word  ftoii  ^  Itit 

1— &»  **'tliiiMaxa»^mtA  **Fo»raii^  liip- 

tim"  K.B.--.11tliftiidtli*fe8owiiig 

four  jMi|«%  diOQid  hAvebMHtiuefl* 

•d  mf  page  418.      " 

-tfidllla,  Md  an  ^« "  «fc  the  and. 

-lMt--for     **  ITtundiduuiia,''     read     "Htitida- 

'Siiona.'*  •■ 
"     Hi-iiat  *<  0ikiatUNia,'  irMd  "  Sidiioiaia.'' 
"    ll^ior  ^iMpQililoaii    alcklkatii^''  md 

"  QdOiiiato  imlUca^ 
•*  If Mto    <*^  iiria^ittiaM^'^    read  "^ainaif 
'    ■cwwika/* 'V'-' 

"    4— lir''IN|ii^age,*irei^««iyma^ 
«*  l$M»li»iiieli«^«t"o''to'*a.'' 
lm''-4tii^**mfm^0^  tmi  '^Kenaebee.* 
"  la—for  "  nee,"  i«ad  "  icei" 
"  48— for  **liitjf  wad  "  W." 
"  26— lor  <* Dorotheua,"  read  "Dorothea;" 
for  **  Jln«  lE,f  raad '*  Felqniary  8.^ 
8^for  "  Itotiie^"  read  «  Malthe." 


u 


« 


18-^for^lii^Bir,*  read  *«  Oateeyttn." 


titf 


'ocl 


rC 


<| 


at 


ffh 


1; 


aj 


Px:3 


cl 


!Ll 
^1 


I-^    =1 
C    cl 

5  ^ 


RULES 

FOR  READING  THE  LANGUAGE  OF  THE  ABNAKI 

INDIANS. 

The  language  of  the  Abnakis  has  a 
similarity  to  the  Hebrew,  in  the  con- 
strnction  and  formation  of  words,  in  the 
use  of  prefixes  and  affixes,  &c.    He 
sound  of  the  Indian  words  could,  with 
great   propriety,   be  expressed  by  the 
Hebrew  alphabet,  as,  v.  g ;  the  aspiration 
at  the  end  of  many  words  could  be  de- 
signated by  the  « ;  the  hh  by  the  a ;  the 
gh  by  the  S;  the  hh,  orM,  or  M,  by 
the  3  and  %  <fec.    But  as  it  would  render 
the  Abnakis  language  unintelligible  to 
persons  not  acquainted  with  the  Hebrew 
I      alphabet,  so  this  plan  is  not  adv««w.» 


14 


I  have  made  use  of  the  sound  of  the 
Latin  alphabet,  rather  than  of  any  mod- 
ern language,  because  it  obviates  many 
difficulties  in  the  pronunciation,  which 
could  not  be  prevented  by  the  adoption 
of  any  modem  language. 

1.  Pronounce  all  the  letters. 

2.  A  double  consonant  is  to  be  pro- 
nounced with  double  force  of  a  single 
one,  V.  g.,  Pesec6  (one)  ;  pronounce  the 
^  as  in  the  word  miser.  Messi  (all)  pro- 
nounce the  «  as  the  Latin  word  missis. 

3.  B  and^,  d  and  ^,  A,  tt^  and  ht  have 
little  or  no  diflference  amongst  the  In- 
dians, and  often  the  one  is  pronounced 
for  the  other,  not  only  b^  different  tribes, 
but  sometimes  even  by  t^i^  3ame  tiibe, 
V.  g. :  the  Penobscot  Indians  say  Pamr 
pdktamcmewine  (pray  for  us)  ;  the  Pas- 
Bamaquoddy  say  Parnhattdmawewme. 


15 

4.  D  before  g  is  scarcely  heard. 
6.  Hk,  hJb^  Jc\  Ick^  have  a  very  pecu- 
liar strong  aspiration,  which  cannot  be 
expressed,  because  they  have  no  corre- 
sponding  sound  neither  in  English,  nor 
in  any  other  language  that  I  know; 
hence  it  has  to  be  learned  only  by  hear- 
ing. 

e.  Teh  has  two  sounds— one  as  the 
English  ch,  V.  g. :  nitchirwetcU  (for  which, 
or  because),  pron.  as  in  the  word  cJiwch. 
The  other  has  no  corresponding  sound  in 
English,  V.  g. :  Tchetchaque  (soul).  The 
nearest  pronunciation  is  that  of  the  word 
church,  but  with  some  more  power. 

'ir.  The  w  must  be  adopted  and  pro- 
nounced as  in  English.  W  followed  by 
a,  gives  to  this  letter  a  very  broad  sound, 
V.  g. :  xoattaweam  (star),  pron.  Wda-tta- 
wes-su.     Wha  is  pronounced  as  in  Eng- 


16 


lish,  except  that  tlie  a  has  the  sound  as 
in  the  wcu^d  wax^  and  something  broader. 

8.  The  final  ^,  when  not  accentuated, 
is  not  altogether  mute;  but  it  has  a 
sound  to  be  learned  only  by  the  voice, 
V.  g. :  Kindgemu^sisque  (queen). 

9.  Oo  has  the  sound  very  like  to  the 
English,  V.  g.  :  Ahictmihewigd>mihodh 
(church,  verbaPim  wigwam  of  prayer^, 
pron.  as  in  the  word  cook.  •  The  Indians 
do  not  need  this  diphthong ;  but,  as  it 
has  been  adopted  in  America  at  the  end 
of  many  Indian  words,  so  I  have  followed 
this  orthography. 

10.  Very  often  the  Indians  pronounce 
the  nasal  diphthong  ua,  very  like  the 
French,  in  lovunge  (praise),  v.  g.:  Nir 
weshuanganohdn  (spirituality).  When 
it  is  to  be  pronounced  so,  I  have  always 
spelled  it  as  follows,  uha  ;  hence  Niwea- 


17 

hihagamMn.  The  nasal  diphthong  oa 
has  no  corresponding  sound  in  English ; 
it  is  very  near  to  the  French  pronuncia- 
tion of  the  word  EoUn  (Card.  Be 
Kohta). 

11.  The  apostrophe  (')  between  two 
letters,  the  first  of  which  is  a  consonant, 
is  a  sign  of  an  e  mute,  which  some  tribes 
pronounce;  some  do  not     When  it  is 
found  after  n  or  le,  at  the  beginning  of  a 
word,  it  is  a  sign  that  these  two  conso- 
nants are  prefixes  of  a  personal  pronoun, 
n  of  the  first,  Jc  of  the  second  person  of 
the  singular  number,  v.  g. :  N'ulamsetar 
men  (I  believe),  from  Ma  (I),  and  Ul- 
armetamm  (to  believe) ;  K'ukinmtamm 
(thou    believest),   from    Kia    (thou); 
JSPhetchirMweshum  (O,  my  great  spirit). 

12.  i^  and  /  are  not  found  in  this 
language. 


We 
wit, 


I 

sell] 
pets 


SPONSOUIWI  AHIAMIHEWANGAN. 

Mcmwg  Prayers  in  Penobscot  Indian  language,     ' 

^  Utliwisuhanganghe  Wenemanit,  hatchi 
Wemiktankiisit  hatchi  waitchi  Uli-Mw^sk- 
wit.    !N'ialetch. 

KEZOGMOMNA  ALAIAMIHOT. 

The  Lor^s  Prayer. 

K'mitanqsend,  spomkik  eyan,  wewe- 
selmoquotch  eliwisian,  amdnte  neghS 
petsiwewitaw^kpane       ketepeltamohan- 


20 

gan^k;    ^U  kiktangudk  ket'letamohdn- 
gan ;  spomkik  tali  yo  nampikik  petchi- 
kiktangnat^tche.  MamiUne  yo  pemighis- 
g^    ^taskisku6  n'tapdnmend,  yopahat- 
chi  aneheldamawibdk  kessi  kakanwihio- 
lek'pAn,  eli  nyona  kisi  aneheldamahok^t 
kekanwidk'tepanik ;  mosak  ketali  tchi- 
kiktawigWk  tamambdutcU  saghihunmi- 
hinam'ke,  nlahamist'k^  saghehnsuhamini 
mematchikfl.    Nialetch. 

m,a«u,  in  M„„»Me  Langmg,;  that  U,  m  St  John; 

Indian  Langutige. 

Nemiktakusen,8pemkik^yne.  Sagman- 
welmegudetseliwizyan;  Ketepatemwag- 
ten  p^tsussewitcli ;  Keteleltemwaghen 
nli  tsiksetagudets  ynttel  Ktakkemigook, 
tahalo  t^  Spemkik.  Miline  tek^tch 
bemghiskak  etaskiskn^  n'taponemen,  td 
anSh^ltemohny^ku  n'tuabellok^waghene- 


21 


•nudl  tahalo  nilon  kU  an^hatemohny^ku 
ewabellokedjik ;   t^  ekkui  losseline  une- 
miotwaghenek,  wedji  ghighih^    tannik  ' 
medzikka.    Nialetch. 


ALAMIKANWADUANGAN. 
The  Angelical  StUutatfon. 

Malie  K'talamicool  nikhagh^  kia  wat- 
chidte  wahulikuantamdn  mey^win^naw- 
hon^sk  nikutchi  Tepelmoh^t  pelmoin^k 
cotchineqnlh  tambamociiso   k'selmociiso 
nakiteka  k'selmociiao   pemolidza  Zesus. 
Peminankussidn  Malie,  w^nemanidn  Kei, 
chi-Niw^k    panbahttdmawewin^  saga- 
w^kansuinowih^k,  nikdmbe,  t6  n6  maJi 
netiltchin^k.    Nialetch. 

'^    same,  in  Mareachite  language. 

Malie,  Kulazikole,  pessenaktek  uliw6- 
waghen,    k'sa^manmen     Ir^un'ri^'v^A 


22 


k'uiymeguts  petsi  fepituikook,  tb  ul^ine. 
knso  odji  nighijk  k'heghek  tel  Z^susi^ 
Wew^ssi  Malie  KetchiNiw^sku  wigussel 
pabattemw6win6  sigwfekaswinuy^ku,  te- 
k^tch  tanne  etodziu  keti  ekulamieku. 
Nialetch. 


VELHOMSEDAMUHANGAN. 
The  Creed. 

N'ulamsfetamen  Ketchi-Niw^ssk  11116- 
man^l,  wanga  messiwi  n^tahtAnque  akisi 
tfehantami,  kisitun^ssa  Spomkik  t6  yo 
hatchi  kik.  N'ulams^tamen  hatchi  a  pe- 
sekui  unemaninal  Zesussal  K'sangm^n- 
mena  wM  wan^  wa  Zfesus  wetchi  uli  Ni  wfesk- 
wilidjil  nidjil^si  kisihdssah  nill  Mali^l 
Kossi6skoi  elidjll,  wetchi  nikisanil  P6me 
Pilatdl,  amptsi  T^peltamelit^  saghih^nsa 
Zesus,  skeh^watekook  sitakuteh^nsa,  me- 


28 

tchin^a,  biisqueninsa,  wutahm^sa  alom- 
Idk ;  niesiken&k  kiw^hi  nanwi  metchin- 
anginin^k,  hutchi  tomikikahnsiisa,  kia- 
kn^sa  nihotalnak^pittawan  nmiktanko- 
841  Ketchi  Niw^kwAl  messiwi  n^taktolid- 
gill  nemantsi  hutchip^  nantsi  tep^Iomto 
eskwdghighMith,  t^  weka  metchinelit^ 
Nnlams^tamen  hatchi  wetchi  uli  Niw^k- 
wit,  nntwi  panpattamnhino  peponmkam- 
igh^k,  th  panpattAmi  hiitchimesultin,  sAgw 
aw^kanswingan&l  an^Mdamanwatinal ; 
hiwiosmimdk  minawi  kighe  huteUn  askJ 
mi  alnambahMtin,  katawi  ni>k  61i  nlAmp- 
setam^k.    Nialetoh. 

lie  tame,  in  JfamchUe  Umgnage. 

Ifulanm^w^lman  T^p^Itek  w^kussit, 
nfekutokasenit,  kisittaku  Spemk  t6  k'tak- 
kemiku,  t^  Zezas  n^henm  p^kwit  nkus 
K'sangmanmeno,  net  wetchiUliNiw^sk 


24 

wilidji  kisitahanmkuso  nudji  uskitchinwit 
kussihoskook  Malik  ;   Ponse  Pilatekli6- 
mfegohotspenik,  sitakutahass,  m^tchin-^ss. 
t6    buskenas,  li    pemoges^sse    lanmkik 
n'snghenek  kiwik  ni  apets  hutchiu  unag- 
hin^s  m^tchin^waghen^k  ;  Spigosesse  li 
Spenkik  ntelnahk^pit  wal  Ketchi  Niwfeku 
w^kussilidjil    n^kutokasenilidjil,     nitch 
wetchi  dskwoss^  wetchi  teplomat  p^ma- 
hussilidjihi  t^  m^tchin^lidjihi.    N'ulan- 
mfe  wMman  wetchi  Uli  Niw^skwit,  we  w^ssi 
enlwihu  Eymi^wigwanok,  mawil^ywag- 
hennwa  w^wessinuhook,  anfehMtemahu- 
tinel  sigw^kaswaghenel,  uhegh^  abitchi- 
pewikotw^hen,    th    askemahuswaghen, 
Nialetch. 


PITIGALEZIN. 
Jfie  ConfUeor. 

N'pidigMesi  ^ntoke  w^n  Ketchi  Niwfessk 
messiwinetahkt^que,paiipattami  n^kwit- 


25 

ambamokiissit  MaU  manmetchimi  kossi- 
nskw&hit,    keselmoknsowi    Misel   p^mi 
Anzeliwit,  th  panbattAmi  keselmokiisMt 
SA  Batis,  panbattami    keselmoknsidjik 
hatchi  Piel  hatchi  P61  nemiketuhangan- 
ik^-huzannik  Zhsx^U,  messiwika  iitawas- 
kiskwA,  kia  khatcM  n'miktangwi,  n'nweir 
chi  n'pidigalesiatokeliMa,  noh^nwesinmi 
kagh^kaw^kansipan  t^  kessi  takansihan- 
baniU,  kantak,  t6UU  kessi  klosianbanlll 
t6  ki^ssi  hassian'bani]].    mUupehmJi. 
mi,   neUu  pehmtamia,  ambetdtamim 
wmanhs&ki  pehutansia,  •  Wetchi  wiwin 
uhamook  panpattami  nekwitambamokns- 
sit  Malie  manmetchimi    kossinskwAhit, 
keselmoknsowi  Misel  p^mi  Anzeliwit,  t^' 
panpattami  keselmokiissit  S4  B&tis,  pan- 
pattami   kes^lmokussidjik    hatchi  Rel 
hatchi    P6;  nemiketuhangaiiik^ho(ianik 
Zesusall,   messiwika  iitawaskiskwA,  kia 
8 


26 

thatchi,  tfmiktangwi,  n^uwetchi  wi- 
winwhamlak  p4npattamaw6win6  kes4ng- 
m^menok^  Ketchi  Niw^skumenokAll 
NiaJetch. 

The  same,  in  Martmhite  language, 

Nekonpess^  wiketwa  nekutokasenit  Ket- 
chi Niw^sku  ul^lmokuswiMalie  mfetzimiu 
kw^ssihoskwihit,  ulelmokuswi  Misel  ket- 
chi   Anzfelwit,  uiymokuswi    8k    BMis, 
p^kkinuhook  Piel  t^  Pol,  ih  messiu  w^' 
wessinuhook,  t^  Ml,  n'miktaku,  ai  n'uis- 
ghi     sigu^kasie     tel     litohaawaghenfek, 
n'kelozwaghen^k,  t^  n'teltahkewaghenek, 
rCpehwahtazie,     rCpehwahtazie,     n'mgU 
pehwahtazie;  nite  wetchi  wiwinuhamoku 
niymokuswiMalie  m^tzimiu  kwessihosk- 
wihit,  ulMmokuswi  Misel  ketchi  Anz^lwit^ 
ul^lmokuswi  8k  BAtis,  p^kkinuhook  Piel 
th  P61,    te  messiu    w^wessinuhook,    t^ 


hi  wi- 
kes&ng- 
nok&li 


27 


H  r.'miktaka,  wlwinubama  k'sangman- 


itKetr 
tzimin 
el  ket* 
BMis, 
iu  w6* 
n'uis- 
len^k, 
lenek, 

moku 
ihosk* 

:Piel 


'"«a«»i<M«#:«:^ 


ACIB  OF  OBLATION  AND  ADOBAWON 

Janghittule,  n's^ngmAn,  t^  nt„„„vu„„. 


28 


molen   nelfewangan,   eleghikook    t^   kia 
^talasanlMa. 


ACT  OF  FAITH. 

Panpattami  ulanmsetamwangan  dhiamihewangan, 

N'ketchiniwfeskum,  ntilanm^w^ltamen 
messi  tanne  kesta  ^laghitamen  ahiamihe- 
wigamikook  tali  ^laghitamen  taneba  kisi 
kekitamenessa. 


ACT  OF  HOPE. 
Panpattami  uyawhtchwangan  ahiamihewangan, 

N'ketchiniw^skum,  tchwidji  al^  kWan- 
m^wangan  ^li  k'sangDji^nmena  Zesus 
akesangsuhangan  ulaw^k^tawan^  ^li 
k'temanghelmian  uta  tali  ulanhussian 
ketali  w^wfessimel^k  ketak  ^talanhussian. 


29 

ACT  OF  LOVE. 
Pmpattami  mu^l^i^^„„  aMamihitaangan 

N'ketchiniw^skum,  kemnhsanle],  messi 
kessuk  ha  wipiwi  p^masanlela ;  nitchi 
AlnamU  aemossantsine,  nia  n'haghi 
^totassantsia ;  nia  netotasandgin  nitchi 
alnamb^  taneba  kia,  N-ketchiniwesknm 
kemonsalel.  ' 


ACT  OP  CONTRITIOlf. 
Panpattami  Anetanann.is^ng,,n  ahiamiM«,an,an. 

N-ketchiniweskum,  eleghikwak  nele- 
wangan  6tutchi  n'match^ltamansiAn  ^U 
k^tchawitulanep^n  nVetchi  matchata- 
mansia    taneba    kia    anta    kisi  m^tan- 

askitahanm'kwtonook^tutasanlekussiAn 
iw^m  pitta  matchytamen  sagawfe- 
kansw^ngan;  n'kisi  tahanzin  nawa  hU 
witchukemiia     n'kihlan     patchittamen 


30 


n'datchwi  klahamansine  dgi  etutchi  puk- 
wahtdwa  napiwi  t^  henawittune. 


Prayer  which  the  Indiana  teach  to  their  children  a«  soon  ai 

they  are  abk  to  talk,  and  which  they  always  recite 

at  the  end  of  all  other  prayers. 

Kemusanl^l,  Zesus,  n'tan^lsi  kessika- 
kanwiholekpane  nawa  t^ka  wfetchi  smhl- 
sia  ^Ighikwi  pitta  mosanlekiissian  w^tchi 
usik^ltama  kemikwitahantamolan  k'sans- 
sw^ngane  anta  datchna  mina  kakanwi- 
holo,  notahipa  n'm^tchinan^ku  n'tliulM- 
tama  esma  mina  kakanwiholanepane. 
,  Sangm^n'm  Z^zus  ketemangh^lmin 
amante  n'spiwi  ^kwalamian  k'task^hew- 
atekoom. 

Utliwisuhang^nk^  W^n^manit,  hatchi 
Wemitankusit,  hatchi  wetchi  Uli  Ni w^sk- 
wit.    Nialetch. 

Z^zus,  Malie,  Z6sep.     Nanknemwina 


31 


Z^zus  Nixkam,   k^ssiakussiane.     Kete- 
m&ngU]mmi>,  n'sangman'm,  Zfezus. 


WELANGOTWI  AHUMIHEWAIfGAN. 

•f-Utliwizwaghen^k  Wekuseit,  t^  W^mik- 
tankisiM^w^tchiUli-New^skwit.  Nial^tch. 

K-SANGMANMEN  ZEZUS  EYMIEWAGHEN. 

^%e  Zortf*  Prayer. 

N-miktankiisena,  Spemkik  ^yane,  w^ 
■  -^..-wgwouetcn    eJlwizyane,    ketepa- 


32 

jemw^ngan  p^tzussewitch  ;  keteleltem- 
wdngan  tili  kiktangwadetch  tali  kik 
tahanl^lio  t^  Spemkik.  Manmiline  nik- 
wambi  bemghiskak  etaskiskw^  n'tapan- 
'mena,  th  an^h^ltamawin^  nepalalokk^ 
wangannawal,  tahanlawi  nyona  ^li 
an^h^ltamahuy^ku  ewanpallelok^djik  ; 
t^  ^kkwi  ^lossaline  iinemih6twaDgaii^k, 
wetchi  kigh^hi^ku  tannil  madzikkil. 
Nialetch. 


ANZELl  ULAZIKOTWAGHEN. 

The  Angelical  Salutation. 

Malie  k'talamikole,  p^ssenaht^k  uliwe- 
wangan,  k'sangmanmena  k'widjihl^mook, 
k'ul^lmegw^ts  tali  p'h^nmwikook,  t^ 
uiymekiiso  w^dji  nighihaza  tali  k'haghek 
Zezus.  W^w^ssi  Malie,  Ketchi  Niw^sku 
wip:au8sal,winwanzw^win68asraw^kanswi- 


33 


nohuy^kn,  nikwambet  fe    Ledji  tanne 
etodji  kati  ekwalanmi^ku.    NialetcL 


WASKISKCrEKU  UDEPSKIPDIGHENWA. 
2A«  Apo$tM  Creed. 

Nulanm^w^lmanT^peltak  W^n^manit 
nankwitzannit,  kisittanku  Spemki  t^  ki ; 
t^  Zezus  n^gman    p^sekwit  nnfemannal 
k'sangmanmenawM  enna  w^dji  Uli  Ni- 
wfeskwilidjil  kisi  tahanmgossa  odji  alnam- 
bahine    kw^ssihoskwahit    Malie,  Ponse 
Pilatek  Mm^gohosahanik,  sitakutah^nsa, 
metchin^ssa,  t^  buskenansa ;  ali  penos^asa 
alanmkik  n^sughenak  kiwik  n^mina  odji 
unanghin^ssa  m^tcWn^wanganek ;  spigo- 
s^ssa  al    Spemkik    notalnahk^pittawan 
Ketchi  Niw^skwal  w^n^mannilidjQ  n^ku- 
tokasenilidjil  nitch  wetchi  kVagwanman- 
set  wetchi  tenlomftrif.  n^tnani,i'.«n;;i::i  xx 


34 

mfetchinaidjil.  Nulanmiwfelman  w^tchi 
Uli  Niwfeskwit,  wfew^ssi  nalwi  ey^mih^- 
wigamihil ;  amanwinwangannwan  w^wfes- 
sinwak;  an^hfeltamawatinM  sagawfekans- 
wangan^l;  uhagh^  anbitchip^kotwangan 
t^  askemahuswAngan.    Nialetch. 


PITIGALEZIN. 

l%e  Conjiteor. 

Nekonpess^wikatawan  nan'kwitsannit 
Ketchi  Niwesku,  ul^lmokuswi  Malie 
manmetzimi  kussihoskwahit,  ul^lmokuswi 
Misel  kfetchi  AnzMiwit,  ul^lmokuswi  S^ 
Batis,  pekkinw^k  Piel  hatchi  Pol,  ih 
messiwi  w6  w^ssinoak,  t^  kia,  n'miktangwi, 
Mi  nssaghi  sagawekansia  tali  n'tlitahanzs- 
wangan^k,  n'kelozwangan^k,  t^  n'datak- 
kewangan^k ;  n'pdhoahtamia^  n^pehvah- 
ta/nsia.  nHsdhaahi  7[)ehu)ata/n,na :  n'H.  wet-     ■  w^lf « 


35 


chi  wiwinuhamoku  ulMmoknawi  MaUe 
manm^tzimi  knssihoskwahit,  uiamoknswi 
Misel  k^tchi  Anz^limt,  ul^mokuswi  S& 
Batis,  p^kkinwAk  Piel  hatchi  Pol  t,^  kia 
n'miktangwi,  wiwinuhanme  k'sJngman- 
mena  Ketchi  Niw^skumena  w^tchi 


nya 


KUSSICHANNE. 
■t-tti^  Adoratim. 

N-kitchi  Niw^skum  k'knssiliole  «, 
faJanm^wymel  h\{  kisihiaza,  nTdndj^- 
messeum  n'sangmAnm  n^kwitchi  tep^lta. 
man  messiwi  khgwi. 


\k 


ULANMEaVELTEMWANGAN. 
NTdtchi  Niwteknm,  kwina  ri'alanm 


•      • 


e» 


W^lfntvirt-.     

"■^""  iaessiwi  tanni  wdwfissi  nalwi 


86 


ayamiewigamigook  eli  ulanmeweltamwik 
th  ^li  agh^kimuhfehwik  uzanmi  kiasasag- 
hinouyan  kisi  inoskili^-toiie. 


NEKETTETEHANTAMWANGAN. 

Act  of  Hope. 

N'kitchi  Niw^skum  nesanb^ltamansi- 
nal  negh^ttfemuhanganM,  tfe  utepinaDkus- 
w^nganal  polwfekolaku  nespiu  nekett^ta- 
hantamen  meliki  sanb^lk^wangan  Mita 
milian  iiliwfewangan  w^tchi  tebaskosia 
kedatchwi  ^laghitamwanganM  yu  tali  kik 
th  w^tchi  enawittanga  tel  ni  ket^k  kik. 


KESANSSWANGAN. 
Act  of  Love^ 

lyPkitchi  Niw^skum,  ketepinankusine 
mes8iwi  kesansswangan  wfetchi  kepekki- 
nu^ngan,  th  netal^lman  nitclii  Alnanbfe 
tahanl^ho  nyatt^  wfetchi  ali  keselma. 


ANfeTAHANMSWANGAN. 

-4rf  of  Contrition, 

N'kitchi  Niw^knm  kwlna  n'utchita- 
hansine  61i  palilawah61a  w^sanpii  panb6- 
mi  kulihahi,  tk,  panb^mi  kusymokilissi, 
t6  wfesanmi  sagaw^kanswdiigan  kepalila- 
w6kang6ne  w^tchi  aneh^ltamawin^  tte- 

pinankuswAnganikook  Zezus  polwfekolaku 
kuliw^wangan  nespi  kngw^tcL  anta  mina 
kep^palilaw&holo,  t^  ntanaslsine. 


ALAMISWANGAN.      ' 
Aetof  I%4inktgivmff. 

N'kitchi  Mwesknm  k'talamisuhamel 
w^tchi  messiu  Migh^fc  kakessi  hntchin 
mesenma  kia,  pitta  nawa  w^tchi  eli  kisi- 
Maza  t^  hutcMu  polw^kiane,  ken^man 
«inwit,  t^  ^lihikane  witcM  ketaydmi^- 
wigamigwi  awanzissnyan. 
4 


38 


MISEREATUR  NOSTRI,  Ac. 

Amant^  nankwitsannit  ketemangh&l- 
melaku,  an^h^ltamelaku  n'sagawiikans- 
wangannawU.    Nialetch. 

Amant^  n^katokasenit,  t^  keteman- 
gb^lkewinwit  k'sangm^m^na  an^hMta- 
melaku,  t^  kashhamelaku  n'sagaw^kans- 
wangannaw^l.    Nialetch. 

The  game,  in  Mareihite  lanjyuage, 

Amant^  nekntokasenit  Tepeltek  kete- 
maghitahami^ka,  an^h^ltemol^kn,  n'si- 
gw^kaswaghenuhiil,  t^  kinusseleku  aske- 
mahnswaglien^k.    Nialetch. 

Amant^  n^kutokasenit,  t^  ketemagh^l- 
k^winwit  k's^igmkimen  anfeh^ltemagdne, 
t&  kassamaghonen  n^sigwekaewaghenu- 
hiil.    Nialetch 


kil 
eki 
ho< 
w6j 
n^s 
kn. 


89 

'WE  PLY  TO  THY  PATRONAGE,  Ao. 
In  MareihUe  language, 

Ift^lipahepeun  k'djitonw^waghen^k 
ka  Ketchi  Niwisku  w^w^ssi  wiguasel, 
ekkwi  keneskete  nwihwinwazvvraghenenu- 
hoAl  w^tchi  kinwitpiay^kn,  wetchi  pol- 
w6kine  dak  metzimiu  messiu  tanne 
n^ssanagw^k,  w^w^selmokuswi  kussihos- 
ku.    Nialetch. 


ANGELE  DEI. 

Ketchi  Niw^skwi  Anz^le,  wfewissi 
k'n^nw^lk^waghen^k,  wassfenemwine,  ik- 
kaline,  ii^nwelniine,8kwatemwine  teketct 
bemghiskak  p^djiu  messiu  sigw^kaswa- 
ghenfek,  te  w^tchi  skat  n'sanaguton6k. 


UDELIUM  ANIMAE,  <fec. 
Amant^    ghiahkumahtulimulio6k   ut- 


41 

ch6tcliahko6k  Kse  madzihossi^ku  eyttit 
uleywaghenfek  w^tchi  Ketchi  Niwfesku 
61i  ketemagh^lmat.    Nialetch. 

Kemusanl^l,  Zesus,  n'tan^lsi  k^asika- 
kanwiholekpane  nawa  tika  w^tchi  anilsia 
^Ighikwi  pitta  mosanlekiifisiaii  w6tchi 
usik^ltama  kemikwitahantamolan  k'sans- 
sw^ngane  anta  datchna  mina  kakanwi- 
holo,  notahipa  n'mfetchinaii^ku  n'tliul^l- 
tama  esma  mina  kakanwiholanepane. 

Sangm^n'm  Zezus  ketemanghWmin 
amante  n'spiwi  ^kwalamian  k'taskfehe- 
watekoom. 

lutliwisuhangteki  Wfen^manit,  hatchi 
Wemitanktisit,  hatchi  wetchi  uli  Niw^sk- 
wit.    Nialetch. 

Z6zras,  Malie,  Z6sep.  Naknemwine, 
Z^zus,  Nixkam,  k^ssiakussiane.  Kete- 
mangh^lmine,  n'sangman'm,  Z^zus. 


ALAMESKBMOK. 

MASS. 
AlamesJcemok  elbeghettighemok, 

Aspergei  be/ore  M<u»,^ 

Wfesangmanmifeku,  Sangm^wi  keMk- 
kanum  kes^spahline  agliim  ^tiitchi  wah- 


kem^yt    wast^k,  petchilia  wahkem^yo 
n'tchitcMhku. 

V.  Wehulit^helmine,  ankkamouyine, 
ell  kessiakussiine,  wehWit^hymine. 

F.  SangmAnwiT6h«mokii88it,  W^kus- 
sit,  W^miktankissit:  aw^tchi  uleyt  anix- 
kam. 

-R.  Tinne  «i  pitchem^tch  Sangmawi 
«.h61moki98it :  aghim  tek^tch  aghim 
^eminm^tch,  Sangm&uwi  t^hamokiissit. 

J     * 


Kisi  Amjpitchipek      Vidi  aquam  p. 

KYRIE. 
Zesus  ketemangh^lminfe. 
Zesus  ketemangh^lmin^. 
Zesus  ketemangh^lmin^. 
Nixkam  ketemaDgh^lminfe. 
Nixkam  keteman^li^lminA 


■•-«-aaiiV/# 


Nixkam  ketemanghMmittfe. 
Zesus  ketemanghMmin^. 
Zesus  ketemanghfelmin^. 
Zesus  ketemangh^lminfe. 


ANZfeLINTWAGHEN.— GLORIA. 
Ohria  in  exeeltit  Deo, 

Aghim  ketahkamiko6k   uleyoltidjik, 
kessiss^yoltidjik      kemamptchimulpena, 
kWimulp^na,  ketalasomMpena,  ktchita- 
mitehMmulpena,  ndwMchi  moywall^ku, 
Ktchi  Sangm^nwi  tfehelmokussi^n   anix- 
kam  wesangmanmi^ku    Sp^mook  ^yan 
anixkam  wfekussi^n  messiu  k^gus  nitta- 
wittaw^n.      Nixkami^ku     Zesus    nilon 
n'dw^tchi  uyiisowelsi^a  anixkam  w^mik- 
tankussi^n,  ayamata  wata  uskitchinw^k 
unfeyotiwal  ket^tiianghfelniin^ ;  ayamata 

wata      USKlliCfliUWaii.     UUUj'UUivvai,     ^TciiiA- 


45 

liteh^lmin^  ^tinahkanagh^pittaw^n  ke- 
raiktangus  w^hdlistawin^  killkutokkahiu 
Sangm^nwi^n,  kill  kutokkahiu  kessiss^y- 
ane,  kill  kutokkahiu  ketchitamit^hymo- 
kussi^n  azu-kli  tWebiu  Sangm^nwi  t^- 
hy moktissit  w^tchi  ul^yt  nixkamwit.  T^ 
feleyt.  , 


GRADUAL. 

NsetwAzo  Kfetchi  Niwfeskwi  kelozw^n- 
gane,  k'tchiksetam^ku,  t^  k'messun^nM 
n^nawMtam^ku.    Alleluia.    Alleluia. 


KETi:K  MICMAC. 
Another  in  the  Micmac  language, 
AUduia, 

Sangm^nm  kil  k'piikuhtamanS  tanegh^ 

Aimi      Ira  in-iTnvMi->M««.A7      x j       ii*     i   •       i 

- ..x«   a.«,iiiiia,Aiiuiivrc*i   vauMQ   xeaii  Kisole 


ussighi  sagm^tch  keteli  kagawi  kassita 
wikatiganiktook  elnw^kskitakutaghil  ka- 
d6k  kwissal  nfeswapteghil  kamilamunik- 
to6k  nessetekw^n  kamilamiina  sapapte* 
ghil  sant^tchighil  nen'kil  santfetchighil 
tialitahazoltiw^l  tannik  spemi  altutidjik. 
Alleluia. 


VELHOMSEDAMUHANGAN.— CREDO. 
Credo  in  unum  Deum, 

Wekiissit  messiu  k^gus  nittawittaku 
Spemo6k  kisittankusan  ketahkamikook 
kisittankiisaii,  nes^ktam  wewitah^nsine 
Zfesus  Nixkam  pfesekuM  kwissal  n^gman 
kesangm^nmfeno  w^tchi  ulfeyt  Nixkam 
mawyasabanill  M^lie  Nanxkw^t  6yap- 
tchiutch  alasozin  Ponse  Pilate  Hh  n^gman 
Z^sus  am^kane  klotchifeutahats,  iiepoli6t- 
jiftg  T)TiariiiAri^o^,  filannikaniiko^k  Mili^sso 


0 

ne8%henighi8k&k  &meni^  wAunsin^ 
Spemkamikoik  ^y^ku  utinihkanagh^pit- 
tawMl  imiktankusAILmessiu  k^gua  nitta- 
wittollt    yaptchiitch    mtchitch   nAntsi 

y&lasoman  n^pkopanik  awfeskitchinwidjik 
tanne  kha  aw^kasoltilit  n^aktam  w^wi- 
tah^lne  w^tchi  ideyt  Nukam ;  sang- 
m&nwi  Klassi4n  Cathilicam  k^ssisseynl- 
tidjik  61i  P^sekwitltnon^yotinwilmeniAk 
ummwhlniatch  messiu,  messiu  uskitchin- 
wAk  yi  uyusittit  ayaptchiutch  uleyit- 
twAk  spemkamikook  ^pnltidjik.  Th 
hhjt 


OFFERTORY, 

Saghi  Ostiwine  W^z^zus  nemih6k  sak- 
taw^na  kiizanmi  kVilomoku  pittaga 
%a    k'wiwisakhh61en    sa    Z^znsmiwi- 


48 


kigh^u8kaliaglife  wfew^ssimoli61a  tfena 
k'tchitchahkw^l  kigh^uskahagh^  w^w^ssi 
moh61aku. 


SANCTUS. 
Kessiss^y^n,  Kessissfey^n,  Kessissfey^n, 
wfesangm^nmi^k  yalasom^n  Anz^i^k 
uskitchinuak.  K^tchi  Sangm^nwi  t^hM- 
mokusit  spemo6k  ak  ktahkamikook  tchi- 
bato6k  ulimfesk.  Nixkam,  Zfezus,  Spfe- 
mo6k  utcH  nantsi  ulasouyane. 


OSHWINE  ESPIGUNOTE. 
At  the  Mevation. 

KetelagLittoo],  Z^zus  utapiiiii  tani 
epaninangwdk  unaskossi^n  *  kia  nel^wan- 
g^n  t^ka  kepiwittWe  w^sanmit^hanmela, 
th  kepekittMe.     (Nisda.) 

TswiMle  alabami^n  *  aTnant^  npmo. 
6 


60   ' 

tchin&ne  alabami^n  t&  tepeskawlwi  p^ki 
nihdli.    Amen. 


KESSENA. 

Z^zus,  Nixkam,  w^sangmanmi^ku  kta- 
tchitwankwehtolpena  kfetakatchitiilpena 
^lanmi  Ostiwin^pi^ne  k^no6k  metch  skat 
kenamih61opena. 

Anixkam  witelmfilpena  tchibatook 
yaptchiwi  ketchi  tfehfelmokiissit  Anixkam 
wfemiktankiissit  tfedebiu  ketchi  t^hfelmo- 
kiissit  w^tchi  vlhyt  Anixkam.  T6  feleyt. 

KESSENA. 

W^kk^nagu  6talam^skem6k  nemih61a 
N^sangm^nm  Z^zus ;  w^kk^nagu  k'haghi 
k'miline,  k'hagh^ga  kis^ltam^n.  W^k- 
k^nagu  sapiwi  hazitasalel^n,  ketlM  kik- 
tMan  Nez^zussem  t^  sapiwi  nWanmehd- 
zine  pitta  kemiisanl&l  t^  sapiwi. 


51 


KESSENA. 

Sangmanwi  wikobaltime  n'dw^tchi 
sami^knZfezus  kigh^y^ka  petchiliuSang- 
manwi  k'hagh^  petehiKu  Wasami^ka 
f  bakkanoom  n'dwetchi  sami^ku  messiu 
kegnss&l  kalawAk  agMm,  aghim  kisi  ta- 
khtch  Sp^modk  wikkw^hline. 

KESSENA. 
Ngagatdpa  w«i  pipenakanouytoe  tar 
neghh  moWegwh  skat  dakisin  kikahleg 
hh  soga  witchigh^  moha  kwasow^m^yawi 
uhpokuasiine,  w^sAnmi  Witahaziine  Sp^- 
mo6k  ntchi  pipenakAn  kigh^w^wi  pipe- 
nak^n  kik^tole  memessone. 

Anz^U  pipenakAn  saman  nskitchinu 
saghi  pipenakAn,  weneyahpAl  kelotask 
pessdgvri  nepahkelahine  saghi  nepahkeW 
liine  umah41  usagmanmy  ketemagh^hit 

npam^hn,  ketemagh^Mt  upanifehn.    T6  . 

elevf. 


AGNUS  DEI. 
ffizus  aym^ta  Tiskitchinw^k  uneyotiw^. 

K't^mangnM  minfe. 
Z^zus  aymlita  tiskitchinw^k  nneyotiwM. 

K't^manguy  miii^. 
Z^zus  aym^ta  uskitchinw^k  uneyotiwM. 

K'milgon^na  Kbkgwinfena. 


KISI     ALAMESKEMOK     AYAMIEWANGAN- 

ESSIS. 
^  Frayerfor  after  Man. 

XJliimi,  N'sangmanm,  feli  kisi  witala- 
mfeskan,  akessinfekiu  anta  wMilitu  yughis- 
ikk ;  anehfeltamHwi,  N'sangm^nm,  kessi 
mam^ngwi  namahwisahdnil,  n'tanelsw^n- 
tamfen  tekasitfeltam^wi  kfesta  felanbfetslwfe 
witalamfeskan. 


ELY  EYMIHAMOK  KETU  PEKAMKAMZIMOK. 

A  Prt^er  before  Confetihn. 

Kinwihu,  n'sangm^nm,  k'sidik^k  6hyin, 
w^tchi  t^U  gagalwadem  ken6tthldketmdk 
messiu  sigw^kaswagheny  sighi  pekwah- 
tassianil,  ketemangh^lmin^  n6  wetchi 
ktsitsiktdn,  t6  wetchi  sabaskidabiye 
pidighal^sw^tmassie,  te  ahkwatem  mes- 
siu nitel  n'spiu  messiu  nemessohon^k. 
Nialetch, 


54 


ELY  EYMIHAMOK  KISI  PEF  VMKAMZIMOK. 

Nite  ket^kkwi  ukay61en,  n'kitchi 
Niw^skum,  wfetchi  dossenwik  yiite  w^- 
w^stahkew^hen  kisi  n'tomen. ;  kil  kisi 
kigh^ttonne  n'tchetchahkook  udjilin^wa- 
ghenM,  kil  kisi  n'tonyin  tel  k'uliw^w^ghe- 
n^k,  kenitonemeny  ntebinw^zwi  ulloke- 
w^gkenfel  m^tchin^wikebenil  sabihu  sig- 
w^kaswaghen^k  ketemagh^lmi  n6,  n'ke- 
tchi  Niw^skum,  milin  wetcM  winepasi 
ili  ellokeMen,  tchighittwine  k^hook 
nekut^mkw^  k^sa  nbemi  metehine  ka- 
tdfcsapets  kepelilluholo. 


^^^^S-iji^'  ^-^i^fj'-fe     -^i^t 


KETI  KOMINIEWOLTIMOK. 
Be/ore  Communion. 

Pitighem6k  ayamihfewigamigdk  t6  te- 
peltanzo  manna  Spemkik  pi%h^m6k 
elknhimdk  atalam^skemdk  namih&nku 
Anzklikk  p6mi  azitekwAkepoltidjik  n'ka- 
Dlnpi  azitekwak^pi  wiwinwam4n  k'sang- 
manmena  Zbam. 

Penobscot.  KietaJamikool,  n'sang- 
manra,  kia  fetali,  n'sangmitnm  wapiAn 
^talam^skemik    Ostwindok    kwina  kia 


56 

ketal^lmelfen  minagukfepa  anta  metchine 
k'namih61owanfe  antaga  nVisegodl  nema- 
n^wekehun^l  n'tali    wipiwi    ketwangan 
tepskusia    Mi    itam^nsa    ketapine  tchi 
Ostiwino^k    kisi  p^npattamawewitansi- 
^ne,  t^  tchi  noliagahine  nin^wa  wetchi 
talMmMa    Mami    Ostifewmo6k,    tfe  tchi 
nantspi  mfetchin^n  keketalMemel^n,  t6 
ketffi  alamikul^n  tann^kesil^sque  ketan- 
zelim^  nampi  kessiielen,  kesangmanwell- 
mfeU,  t^  Ketchi  Niweskwelmell,  tfe  nel^- 
wangi^n    kepakitenemol^n    nawi    Z^sus 
nawi  kigh^yane,  napiwiki  nelew^nganeke 
kussaghi  kwilomM,  nampika  kwakwilo 
mi^n,  kenannkwitasanlM,  kep^npem^an- 
IMl  nawi  Z^8U8,  nawi  kik^yane  napiwiki 
nelew^ngan^ke  kia  kwipika  keselmokus- 
si^n,  kia  kwipi  mamosanlokussi^n,  nawi 
Zesus,  nawi  kigheyane  napiwiki  nelew^n- 
ganeke. 


61 


The  tame  in  the  PoiMtnaquodcfy  language. 

K'talamikole,  n'sAngmdnm,  kia  ^tali, 
n'sangm^nm  wapiane   Osti^irin^k  mine- 
guba    anta     metchine    k'namih61ow4ne 
antaga  n'siskile,  manaw^keiin^l  wipitaki 
ketuhdngane    tepskiisia,    feU    itamansa; 
Ostiwine  kisi  panbatt^mawehutanzitS,  th 
tchi  noh^ahine  nawa  w^tchi  t^elmela 
Ostiwin^k,  th  tchi  nantsipiwi  metchinane 
ketalelmelen  Ostiwin^k  tanne  k^ssilesk 
ketanz^lim6k  nampiu  kessill^len,  k'saog- 
m^nw^lmel,  te  Ketchi  Niw^skwelma,  th 
kepakitenemol^n  nel^w^gan  nawi  Z^zus, 
nawi  kigh^yane,  napiwiki  nel^wangan- 
egh6 ;    kissaghiu     kVilomy,    nampika 
kwakwilomi^ne  kenannekwitasanl^l,  ke- 
panp^masanl^l,  nawi  ZJ^zxm  nawi  kigh6- 
yane  napiwiki  nelewanganegh^  kia  kwi- 
piga  k'selmokussiAne,  kia  kwipiu  mamo- 


58 

sanlekussiane,  nawi  Z^zus,   nawi  kighfe- 
yane  napiwiki  nelewanganegh^. 


KESSENA. 

KetelanghittMe,  N'sangmanm  kia  6tali 
ketapiane  Ostiwinfek  minakwigwiba  anta 
metehlne  k'namih61ow4nne  antaki  yulil 
n'depskusihiin^l  n'siskole,  wipika  ayo  kia 
k'tw^ngan,  tepskosia  eli  itamansa :  n'ta- 
pine  tchi  Ostiwin^k  kisi  panbattamahu- 
tanzite  t^  nohdngabine  ni  wetchi  k'tal^l- 
mela,  t^  hatcbi  askamiu  k'talfelmel^n 
^pkw^tcbi  kidji  nespiu  mfetcbinane ;  t6 
k'talamikolfen,  t^Ketcbi  Niw^sk  wMmel^n, 
messiu  kessil^sk  Sangm^wi  Mali^k,  An- 
zeli^k,  t^  messiwi  iitawaskiskuy^k,  ninapi 
kessi  wabw^nkomela,  t^  nelfewangane 
kepakitenemol^n,  k'bagh^  ^samiane  teka 

Y\J    ilUiOililiJiK^  W  K/JLVOilJiXKjXl    CttljaiLii.iSa,iJii^rf  OtSi.  .     V\J 


69 

yo  ketalMmel^n.      Nawit  Zfezus,   nawi 
kigh^yane  napiwiki  nel^w&ngan^k  kete- 
mAksessi^ku,   6welmi6ku,  anguniski  kia 
k'hagh^k    utahusi^ku,    wesanmasalifekn, 
nannkwitasanli^kn,      kirelsitanhwiyane,' 
nannkwitMmel^n,  nawit  Z^zns  kigh^yane 
napi-  iki  nel^wangan^fc ;  k'ussanghi  kVi- 
lom^l,  napiga  kVilom^l  sipigati  ulamse. 
tamAn  nawit  Z^zus  nawi  kigh^yane  napi- 
wiki nelewangan^k  k^tikomini^wimegli^ 
waga    tfepitahamane    mawi    pekkinwit 
naskatemsegoil^k  tepitahamsinega  etodji 
sesmiu    notanakiis8im6k  tepitahantama- 
vkne  Z^zns  Etodji  assagalok^tu  ai  kati 
samelaku  nhagh^  elghikook.    Nialetch. 


ULANMEWELTEMWANGAN. 
x^  uian'msetamen,    N'sangm&n,    kW 


itr«   1 


60 


panbatt^mi  agh^kitimdk,  tanfeba  kia  ke- 
tuh^ngan  ulanmfe  itamasa  w^tcM  sanni 
ulanms^tansik  panbatt^mi  agh^kigh^- 
mw^ngan^l  messiwi.. 


PlWmOZWANGAN. 
lAct  of  HvmUity» 

N'ketchi  Niw^skum  kia  k'tchannan 
tanne  panlinwit,  t^  milwdn  iiliwew^ngan 
tanne  piw^lsit,  kia  k'tapsenmen  amant- 
Bwdngannwil  kessMsidjik  kia  tali  unan- 
ghi^n  n'tchetchahkook  t^  aagh^kimi^n 
w^tchi  keneskelsia  nya  ^kuya  t^  ^pokuya. 


ANETAHANMSWANGAN. 
Act  of  Contrition, 

N'ketclii  Niw^skum,  n'sangman,  pitta 
.     p^mi  n'uzikytam  kessikak^nwih61aneb^n 
epekwatsba    rrulanmew 


1^  XJt.  V\J3^3. 


61 

eaghi     alelmiAne     anzokk^j    kekesanssi, 
n'saDgman,    kenittanwi    ketemangh^lkfe 
minawi  kenittanwi  an^hatam^wa  awfeni 
an^lsit,    tch^nawa   nya    ketemanghMmi 
an^h^ltamawi       kessikakanwiholaneMn 
^pukwetchi  fetto  kenamittawin  nel^w^n- 
gan  ^li  kessata  an^h^kia,  te  ^li  sankutet- 
tdk  nelew^ngan,  ansaghipa  ketemangha. 
miasahan^  anta  haba  mina  kepalsetolo 
tan^ba  kesta  elaghimiane  ketelikiktMen, 
t^  ^li  klah^hmawih^ne  teli  klahdhmansu' 
h^ntam^n   th  netekkwittune  kessi  hnh- 
katekamiksianil  messiwi. 


NEKETTETEHANTAMWANGAN. 
Act  of  Hope, 

N'uyaw^tchwantam^n,  n'sangman,  ^i 

katawi  witchuk^mimiane  uli  wiwinuhdn- 

".<ii»iiuc  cji  iiaiawi  anefleitamaiiwiane  ili 
6 


62 

an^hMsi^ne  eli  katawi  Spemkik  alossali* 
^ne  i!di  kiktuMnc  yulil  na  messiwi  nuya 
wetchuh^ntamen^l  tan^ba  kisi  kulilaw^ 
mipsa  awikigan^k  tali. 


K5SANSSWANGAK. 

Act  of  Lwe, 

Kia,  n'ketchi  Niw^skum,  kepemymfel, 
kep^mitah^nmel  k^gtisba  mina  eliltchi 
tahanlAma,  kia  etMchi  tahanmkussiane ; 
kia  welanrae  watchdnnemane  nelew^n- 
gane  eleghikook  nwetasanlela,  t^  na 
nitcU  Alnanbfe  kessi  tanna  tchesselmit 
nemussantsine  tan^ba  kia,  n's^ngman, 
^laghimidne  tchw^santsine  ninJiwa  kik- 
tule  nw^tasanlela,  t^  kia  ^talasanl^la. 


63 


KISI  KOMINIEWOLTIMOK. 

After  Communion, 

Ketalamiko61,   nsdngm^nm,  tilah^mia 
nic6mbe  ketalamiko61  ni  hli  Hsapitawi^n 
nelewAngan^ke   t^  ketali   sanpiwi  alan- 
ghittol^n  minagiliba  anta  tchilamamelo 
w4nne,  mfetchiki  p^seko6n  ai  tepaskusia 
ketuh^ngan,  tahdnlawiki  kenamih61e  ^li 
kisapitawi^n  nelewdngan^k,  kia  n^ghS 
nanwate  alnanbay^a  kossihuskoi  hutchi, 
kia  ^talanhusi^sa  n'tahkino6k  ^tali  nami- 
htikusi^a;  kia  Spomkik  w^tchi  nantchi 
kigh^hiequesa ;  kia  Sk^h^watteko6k  tali 
w^tchi  kis^owihequesa,  kia  ^Ina  kepit- 
tawdt  kemiktangoos  Ketchi  Niwfeku  an- 
legliilom^t  kia  tchi  nekutena  melkami- 
kegh^  nantchi    tepelomifek,  kia    messi 
k^gus  tepfeltamen  Spomkik,  t^  yo  kik,^  t^ 
alumkik,  t^  messiwi  AnzMi^k  t^peMk 


V,  iixy  ciiiciiiiuaii  Jiisainansaiiaiiife, 


64 


kia  n^kwitekil^n  n^kwitchikussihikussi^n 
sangmanwi^n  nekuita  sanl^l  n^kutchikus- 
si^n,  kesselmokussi^n  kepanpanwi  nami- 
hogo6g  Anzfelidk  matchiniw^skw^ll  kwi- 
tMmego6g  alnanb^k  hatchi  wfewMmeskik 
keiiannekwitfelmeko6k  ninia  nawanampi 
felM'mela  w^sangmanmi^k  iihaghfe,  t^  we- 
ketchiniwfeskomia,  t^  wemosantsuh^n- 
gani^  kepaktenemolfeu  nelewang^n  ke- 
millen  n'tchess^ue,  t6  messiwi  nepoman- 
husuh^ngan,  t^  k^ssa  tehanema,  t^  kessi 
tfepeMma  messiwi  kemillen. 


AHIAMIHAN    HATCHI    ANELSWEKANIAG- 

HEN. 
Proffer  with  the  Plenary  Indigence  granted  by  Pius  VIL 

.  K'sangman  mena  Zesus,  dasidquakekam- 
bawittalan,  wikudm61an  lewangandk  le- 
dahsin  mekkaweddah^w^n.  nabb^t  hatcbi 
mo8al6khe.  Nequainpte  elemossanlah 
nosiketahassi  mekkawedahamd^m,  kegus 
eleusikiussi^n.  Nia  matchelokkandam^n 
keffus  Uli  KchicDussuinu  David  keteluk. 


66 

*^  Elmalakaiit  petin^k  hatchi  nusit^k,  te 
"nangamsi  nsi-quadom&l.'' 


KUSSIHANNE, 
Act  of  AdoreUiotu 

N'ketchi  Niw^skum  k'kus8ih61e  th 
kulanmewelmel  ^i  kisihi^iza,  n'kindj^mes- 
seum  n'sangmanm  nekwitchi  tepMtaman 

messiwi  k^gwi. 


ALAMISWANGAN, 
Act  of  7%ank8ffiviti^. 

N'ketchi  Niwfeskum  k'talamisuhamel 
wfetchi  messiu,  uligh^k  kakessi  hutchiu 
mesenma  kia,  pitta  nawa  w^tchi  ali  kisi- 
hiaza  t^  hutchiu  polw^kiane,  ken^man 
^Hnwit,  t^  ^lihihane  w^tchi  ketayamih^ 
wigamigwi  awanzissuy^n. 


67 


POEITNIGAN. 
Aetof  Oblatim, 

N'ketchi  Niwfeskum  messiu  Hga  notji 
messenmen  kia,  kia  nawa  kiktiilen,  n'te- 
pitahanswanganM,  nekeloswangan^l,  n'te- 
lalokk^wangan^l,  nepomanhu8w4ngan,  tfe 
messiwi  kessi  alituhannil,  ih  n'tatchwel- 
dam^n  nteMton  kia  ketaldkk^wangan^k 
nekwitchihu 


WIKOTMWANGAN. 
Act  of  Petition. 

N'ketchi  Niw^skum,  anta  metanaski- 
tahanskowina  messiu  w^iglifek,  militanni 
etchwitp^k  w^tchi  pemanhusw^ngan  t^ 
kigh^w^ngan  pitta  nawa  idihotw^ngan 
wetchi  alokantama  kulMtamw^ngan  w6- 
tchi  messiu  kegu  sanbiwiZezuss^kN'sang- 
manmen6k.    Nialetch. 


i 


I 


ALAMESKEWANK   N'PINWAK. 

MM^for  the  Dead. 


INTROIT. 

Zezus    w^sangmanmi^ku     weWitehSl- 
m^ne  utchitchahkw^l  kassakussidjik. 

F.  Elmium^tcli  iilaso^yang^nga  Sp6- 
mook.  Zezus,  Nixkam,  kessiakussiane, 
ulasouyane  kassakussidjik. 

Z^zus  wesangm^nmi^ku  wfeulit^hM- 
mane  utchitchahkwM  kassakussidjik. 

KYRIE. 

Z^zus  ketemangh^lmane  kassakussidjik. 
Z^zus  ketemanghfelmane  kassakussidjik. 


69 


Z^zus  ketemanghSlmane  kassakussidjik. 
Nixkam     ketemangh^lmane     kassakus- 
sidjik. 

Nixkam     ketemangh^lmane     kessakus- 
sidjik. 

Nixkam     ketemanghilmane     kassakus- 
sidjik. 

Zfezus  ketemanghMmane  kassakussidjik. 
Z^zus  ketemanghfelmane  kassakussidjik. 
Z^zus  ketemangh^lmane  kassakussidjik. 

DIES  IRAE. 

Nahate  aw6ni  m^tchin^te,     * 
N^gman  Z^zus  pakatchi^ 
Nantsi  teplomadjil  yulil, 

Awikigan  pant^tanzo 
Tali  pfe>i  namittanzo 
Kessi  wagat  ^l^hiza. 

K'tahkamiko6k  tanna  mfewia 
Ulkamiketch  sisipana 
Na  p^tchiliu  tdilitfe. 


70 


Hatch!  kwina  tali  s^kso 
Tanna  metch  skat  aw^k^kiassa 
Panbatt^mi  klosohang^ne. 

Etutchi  k'ulanb^kw^ 
Ala  tchwi  mantchap^ziyin 
K^ssi  taketch  alek&m6k. 

Nitt6  k'telihogon^na 
Kilon  messiwi  kessifekn 
Tan^ba  p&ekoon  felighiaku, 

Tchikaatun^tch,  awfekanfetch 
Ketchi  agnotamoh4ng4nej 
Pitch^took  utchi  p^tansosa. 

Winepansin^tch,  ulantsin^tch 
Ketirkunaw^k  mfetchinidjik 
Ketyanambfemenaw^u. 

Kilon  wanwa  uskitkamiko6k  ^jrfekii 
Ulahamis  kessiss^yultikii 
Maltow^yu  w^ghiussine. 

Nilon  taketch  an^lsi^ku  , 

Metch  titchi  ketemangh^y^kn 


m 


71 


EH  ntamla  uneyfeku. 

Na  kepiikte,  Z6zu8  kiguhulaku 
Kepuku4htangun6natchi 
Wetchi  ulitahanzi^u. 

Tchenawa  awighih6k 
T^p^lmelaku  nakelalan^tch. 

Nilon  w6tchi  kassakussi^ku 
Ayagatch  k'nlanb^melpena 

Nixkam  Z^zqb  kessiakussione 
Ulasouyane  kassakussidjik.    Th  ^leyt. 


OFFERTORY. 

N'miktanktisena  Spemkik  hyikne  *  san- 
gmanwi  t^tanzlt  k'tliwizdti. 

Tchibetodk  *  witchfeyulAku. 

TAnne  etiktcM  saktask  Spimodk  *  tchi- 
batook  na  etutchi  sakt^k  k'tahkimiko6k. 

N'pipenakan  mina  6na  messiwi  ^hk- 


72 

Mhkil  wfeWinamekil  *  amighiskik  n'pet- 

sami^ku. 

Whfenwfekaninewinem^t  Mi  wfeulitel- 
moghfet  *  kil  na  wekayul^ku  feli  weiilite- 

hfelmine. 

Klottemwine  *  katawi  unfeynlifeku. 

MMwas  metch  ahikik  mikokemi^ku  * 
ayma  tfe  tabantamwine.    T^  Meyt. 

Z^zus,  Nixkam,  kessiakiissiane  *  ula- 
90uy4ne  utchitchahkw^     (n'setk) 


SANCTU8. 
Kessissfeyane ;  kessiss^yane,  kessissfey- 
ane,  wesangmanmifeku  yalasomane  Anz^ 
li&k  uskitchinw^k.  K^tchi  Sangm^nwi 
tihfelmokiisit  spemodk  ak  ktahkamiko6k 
tchibato6k  ulimfesk.  Nixkam,  Z^zus, 
Spfemo6k  utchi  n&ntsi  ulasouyiine.  Zfezus 
kighfehipenfesa  wissek^piane  Ostiwine 
natBi  n^go  auktam,  nakasai^u  ikasomin^. 


73 


OSTTWINE  ESPIGUNOTE. 

O  salutaris  hostia  sacra,  integer  homo 
deitas  vera,  fons  et  origo  prima  salutis, 
parce  defunctis. 

Tu  qui  es  nostra  unica  salus,  hominum 
quique,  O  bone  Jesu,  vitia  purgas  atque 
remittis,  parce  defunctis. 

Precibus  nostris  atque  tuorum  omni- 
um flexu,  O  Jesu  pie,  nostris  ubique 
annue  votis,  parce  defunctis. 

Requiem  cunctis,  quaesumus,  dona  in  te 
defunctis,  et  lux  aaterna,  mentis,  clemens 
et  pietatis,  luceat  eis.     Amen. 


AGNUS  DEI. 

Zfezus  aymata  wata  uskitchinwik  une- 
yotiwAl  ulasouyaue  kassakussidjik, 

Z6zus  aymata  wata  uskitchinw4k  une- 
yotiwM  ulasouyane  kassakussidjik. 

Z^zus  aymata  wata  uskitchinw^  une- 

5r 


u 

yotiwa.1  ulasouyane  kassakussidjik,  alemi- 

umetch. 

WfesangmaBmiikn    ketemanghamane 

utchetchahkw^  kassakussidjik. 

Zfezas,  Nixkam,  k^ssiakussiane,  nlasou- 

yane  kassakussidjik,   ketemanghymane 

utchetchahkw&l  kassakussidjik. 


KIGAHANA.     LIBERA  ME  ET. 

.B.  Kigahana,  wesangm&nmi^kn,  kuli- 

nfeticli  utcbethahkw^l  tanne  tana  kwan- 

sultitit  tak^tch  ;  Nixkam  hutcM  nata- 

kal^n:    *    Elmiumetch     ulasoiiyanSga 

Sp^mook. 

F.  Kwina  mamfegali6te  Skut^k,  kil, 
Nixkam  weulitMemine  tak6tch  Nixkam 
utchi  natakal^ne. 

Etutchi  unemantchfeyultitit  metch  sas- 
kat^moltw^k  *  Mmium^tcli  tdasouya- 
aega  Sp<^mo6k. 


16 


V.  Zfezus,  Nixkam  k^ssiakussiane  ula- 
souyane  kassakussidjik. 

Kigahana,  wesangmAnmi^ku,  kulinfe- 
titch  utchetohahkwM  tanne  tana  kwansul- 
titit  tak^tch  Nixkam  utchi  natakal^ne. 

K  Elmium^txjli  plasouyanegaSp  jmook. 


MISSA. 

Alam^shemok  ^^ghettighombh. 

Ant.  Asperges  me,  Domine,  hyssopo, 
et  mundabor :  lavabis  me,  et  super  nivem 
dealbabor. 

Pe.  Miserere  mei,  Dens,  secundum 
magnam  misericordiam  tuam. 

F.  Gloria  Patri,  &c. 

Ant  Asperges  me. 
V.  Ostende  nobis,  Domine,  misericor- 
diam tuam. 

R,  Et  salutare  tuum  da  nobis. 
V.  Domine,  exaudi  orationem  meam. 

R,  Et  clamor  mens  ad  te  veniat. 


V,  Dominus  vobiscum. 
JR.  Et  cum  spiritu  tuo. 

Exaudi  nos,  Domine  sancte,  Pater  om 
nipotens,  SBterne  Deus;  et  mittere  dig 
neris  sanctum  angekan  tuum  de  ccelis, 
qui  custodiat,  foveat,  protegat,  visitet, 
atque  defendat  omnes  habitantes  in  hoc 
habitaculo.  Per  Christum  Dominum 
nostrum.    Amen. 


KISI  AMPITCHIPEK. 

After  Easter, 

Ant,  Vidi  aquam  egredientem  de 
templo  a  latere  dextro,  Alleluia ;  et 
omnes  ad  quos  pervenit  aqua  ista  salvi 
facti  sunt,  et  dicent,  Alleluia. 

Pe.  C^iifitemini  Domino,  quoniam 
bonus :  quoniam  in  s^culum  misericordia 

ejus, 
/7# 


IS 

V.  Gloria  Patri,  Ac. 

V,  Ostende  nobis  Domine  misericor- 

diam  tuam.    AUeluja. 

jR.  Et  Salutare  tuum  da  nobis.    AUe- 
luja. 


KYRIE. 

jP.  Kyrie  eleison, 

B.  Kyrie  eleison, 

jP,  Kyrie  eleison, 

H.  Christe  eleison, 

JP.  Christe  eleison, 

JS.  Christe  eleison, 

P.  Kyrie  eleison, 

R,  Kyrie  eleison, 

P.  Kyrie  eleison. 

GLORIA. 

Gloria  in  excelsis  Deo,  et  in  terra  pax 
hominibus  bonse  voluntatis.  Laudamus 
te,  benedicimus  te,  adoramus  te,  glorifi- 


19 


camus  te.  Gratias  agimu8  tibi  propter 
magnam  gloriam  tuam,  Domine  Deus, 
Rex  ccelestis,  Deus  Pater  omnipotens. 
Domine  Fili  unigenite  Jesu  Christe. 
Domine  Deus,  Agnus  Dei,  Klius  Patris, 
qui  toUis  peccata  mundi,  miserere  nobis. 
Qui  tollis  peccata  mundi,  suscipe  depre- 
cationem  nostrara.  Qui  sedes  ad  dex- 
teram  Patris,  miserere  nobis.  Quoniam 
Tu  solus  sanctus,  Tu  solus  Dominus,  Tu 
solus  altissimus,  Jesu  Christe,  cum  Sancto 
Spiritu,  in  gloria  Dei  Patris.     Amen. 

CREDO. 

Credo  in  unum  Deum,  Patrem  omni- 
potentem,  factorem  coeli  et  terras,  visibi- 
lium  omnium  et  invisibilium. 

Et  in  unum  Dominum  Jesum  Christum, 
Filium  Dei  unigenitum,  et  ex  Patre  na- 
tum  ante  omnia  ssecula ;  Deum  de  Deo, 
lumen  de  lumine,  Deum  verum  de  Deo 


80 


vero;  genitum  non  factum,  consubstaA- 
tialem  Patri,  per  quern  omnia  facta  sunt 
Qui,  propter  nos  Jiomines,  et  propter  nos- 
tram  salutem,  descendit  de  ccelis ;  et  in- 
carnatus  est  de  Spiritu  Sancto  ex  Maria 
Virgine;  ET  HOMO  FACTUS  EST. 
Crucifixus  etiam  pro  nobis,  sub  Pontio 
Pilato  passus,  et  sepultus  est.  Et  resur- 
rexit  tertia  die,  secundum  scripturas ;  et 
ascendit  in  coelum;  sedet  ad  dexteram 
Patris;  et  iterum  venturus  est  cum  glo- 
ria, judicare  vivos  et  mortuos ;  cujus  regni 
non  erit  finis. 

Et  in  Spiritum  Sanctum,  Dominum  et 
vivificantem,  qui  ex  Patre  Filioque  pro- 
cedit ;  qui  cum  Patre  et  Filio  simul  ado- 
ratur,  et  conglorificatur ;  qui  locutus  est 
per  Prophetas.  Et  unam  sanctam  Catho- 
licam  et  Apostolicam  Ecclesiam.  Confi- 
teor  unum  Baptisma  in  remissionem  pec- 


81 


catorum.  Et  expecto  resurrectionem 
mortuorum,  et  vitam  venturi  ssBculi. 
Amen. 

SANCTUS. 

Sanctus,  sanctus,  sanctus,  Dominus 
Deus  Sabaoth.  Pleni  sunt  coeli  et  terra 
gloria  tua.  Hosanna  in  exeelsis.  Bene- 
dictus  qui  venit  in  nomine  Domini. 
Hosanna  in  excelsis.       ^ 

AGNUS  DEL 

Agnus  Dei,  qui  toUis  peccata  mundi, 
*miserere  nobis. 

Agnus  Dei,  qui  toUis  peccata  mundi, 
*mi8erere  nobis. 

Agnus  Dei,  qui  tollis  peccata  mundi, 
*dona  nobis  pacem. 


AHIAMIHEWIPEKWEZO. 
AngeluB  Domini. 

Tanne  Tep^ltamwino  iitanzfelimfel  el- 
tangwatokfelissa  Mali^l,  t^  utanssaghi 
pimunilfessa  w^tchi  Uli  Niwfeskukfe 
hutchiu. 

MWie  k'etalamico61,  &c. 

Nekiitchi  manwi  T^pelt^k  n'tepelmo- 
gop^n,  n'kehliaiie  nial^tch. 

MMie  k'etalamicool,  &c. 

NiagM  K^tcH  Niwfesku  wfemiktankusit 


83 


ewihusmianessa  nitt^  k'witghfemkone"^ 
nossa. 

MMie  k'etalamicodl,  &c, 

V,  Panbattamaw^wiDfi  wewfessi  wene- 
m^ni^  Ketchi  Niw^ku. 

H,  Messuliaghfetcha  Zfezus,  tcliwi  mes- 
suliagh^tch. 

PANBATTAMUTA. 
KVihwinuh^nmlep^na  nektitchi  T6- 
pelt^  n'tchetchaiikeno6k  tali  ponema- 
wine  w^uliw^tawann  nitch  wfetchi  ki- 
nawfelmogh&t  wa  Zfezu8  wen^manit  ^li 
alnambayusiza  Anz^li  p^stangw^tok^  tfe 
tanek^  ketawi  messnliaghete  usssaghinfe- 
wanganfek  natask^h^watekom6k  petsos- 
salghen^wa  wew^ssi  anpitchipewangan^k 
naki  Zfezus  k'sangm^nmena  ne&piu  nihali 
panbattamul^ku.    Nialetch, 


■> 


% 


^-^^  ^'  .0. 


IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-3) 


/it  ^  y#     ^ 


1.0 


I.I 


11.25 


1. 

IhRI 


2.5 


l^|2.8 

1^  IM    IIIII2.2 

^   1^    112.0 


1.4 


1.6 


yl 


^> 


^^».  z:^ 


/^ 


'^  tL.''f 


^^ 


^.  ^^ 


V 


^ 


Photographic 

Sciences 
CorpKjrdtion 


23  >MEST  MAIN  STREET 

WIEBSTER.N.Y.  K5H0 

(716)  872-450 


\ 


KATI  AaHEKinMOK. 
Before  Oudy, 

K'utchi  haba  tepiwWantam&nepane, 
Zfezus,  k'miline  keness^wangane,  n'tagh^- 
kimokusin6na  wew^ssi  ketw^aganAL 
KISI  AGHEKrriMOK. 

After  study. 

Uliiini,  wesangm^nmi^ku  feli  kisi  mili- 
Asa ;  nfepalitahinswang&ne,  Zfezusga,  an^- 
li^ltamawine. 


KATI  MITSIMOK 

Before  Meaii, 

'    Zfezus,  tep^ltam^n  nepomanhiisinina, 
mili^ku  yo  kati  mitsi^ku,  alelminfe  idi 


85 

t^'^^^^Tf'^^    nespiu    wiwinuhanme. 
liknhhwmkn.    Nialetch. 

KISIPPIMOK. 

After  JCmh, 

Ketalamiswinmelepan,    JSPkitcM    Ni- 

ha  ^^tchi  mapito  awaskiskw^  aekami. 
mmhmnUngkae.    Nialetch. 

KATI  MIT8IM0K. 
IHihann^tch,  N-sangmAnmen,  t^  dite 

KISIPPIMOK. 
Kemmebenn  ulazwMtemwaghenM 
kntoka«eniyi„,  Ketehi  Niwiskouyin 
tehi  messia  knliw^waghenM  kU  eyi  tk 
^^6m««uyin  yutel  k't4hkemiko6k  .kat 
metenaskihanodk.    Nialetch. 


ne- 


SANGMAWI MALTAL  QUEBSIOS- 
KWILIDGIL  K'DAMIHANGANAK. 

The  Jtottay  of  the  B.  Virgin  Mary,  in  thePenobecot  In^San 

language. 

Utliwisuhaag^Dgk^  Wen^manit,  Mtchi 


B1 

W^mitankiissit  hatchi  w^tchi  Uli  NTiw^s- 
kwit.    Nialetch. 

V.  Nixkam  nahnimwinft,  wesangman- 
mifek. 

JS.  Nakasahih^u  ikasumini^k.         ^ 

V.  S4ngmaiiwiTi>helemok{i8sitwekiis- 

sit,     wemitankiissit,    *     aw6tchi    uleit 

anixkam. 

-ff.  Tanne  eli  pitchem^tche  sangmanwi 
tihelemokiitsit,  *  aghim  takfetch,  aghim 
alemium^tche,  sangmanwi  T^hilemokils- 
sit.    Nialetch. 

K'naitanksen^,  Spomkik,  &c. 

MAKe  k'talamicodl,  &c.  (ncetA.) 

Nulamsfetamin  Ketchi  Niwiss,  Ac. 


NTTANKATTE. 
The  Jirtt  part, 

TUsacmde  td  JedtaOldcca. 


38 

N'^tcmlcatte  dhiamihan.    Ketchi  Ni- 
wessk  AlnambAo, 
K'mitankseni,  Spomklk,  &c. 
Milie  k'talamico61,  &c.     (MedMa.) 
Sangm^wi  Tehelemokiissit,  &c. 


Niaefweje  ahiamihan.    Sangmawi  M^ 
lie  unah^hin^mihU  Ellzabet. 
K'mitanksfena,  SpomMk,  &c. 
MM?e  k'talamico61,  &c.     (MedMa.) 
Sangm4wi  TehMemoktissit,  &c. 


N'^aetteweje     ahiamihcm,      Sangmiln 
mena  Z^sns  nali4mihinqusi!lssa. 
E'mitanksen^,  Spomkik,  &c. 
Mffie  k'talairico61,  &c.     (MedMa.) 
Sangmawi  TehMemokiissit,  &c. 


Jmeww^e  ahiamihcm,    Sangm&n  me- 
na Z^sus  quosikk^  Ezipt. 


89 

K'mitanksen^  SpomMk,  &c. 
M^ie  k'talamico61,  &c.    (MedMa.) 
Sangm&wi  TehMemokissit,  Ac. 

JSTcm^wweje  ohiamiMn.  Sangman 
mena  Z^us  w^nihli  danttam^i  ahi^mi- 
h^wikamikodk. 

K'mitanksenA,  Spomkik,  Ac. 

MMie  k'talamico6I,  &c.    (Med^a.) 

Sangmawi  TehfelmokAseit,  &c. 

IdtanidiMngan^  (p.  94.) 


\  • 


8* 


NISEWEJE. 
The  teeond  pari, 

Nisidaahcca^  te  Shehewattooh 
IPtamTcatte  ahiamihxm.  Sangm^n  me- 
na  Z^sus  dakhih4mihfe  n'bislidnkigano6k. 
K'mit^nksen^  Spomkik,  &c. 
M^lie  k'talamico61,  &c.    (Med^la.) 
Sangm^wi  TeKelmokiissit^  &c. 


Nis&wye  ahiamiha/n.    Sangm^n  mena 
Zfesus  ^emh^n. 

K'mitanksen^  Spomkik,  &c. 
Milie  k'talamico61,  &c.     (MedMa.) 
Sangmawi  TehMmokAssit,  &c. 


91 

N'^eettew^e  dhiamihan.   Sangmin  me- 
na  Zisns  tcbitok^bilakawissi^ 
K'mitAnksen4,  Spomkik,  &c. 
Maie  k'talamico61,  &c.     (Med^la.)  . 
SangmAwi  Teh^lmoktissit,  Ac. 


leueuweje  ahdamihcm,  Sangman  mena 
Z6su8  abomnikanlil  Tchibahto6k. 
K'mitanksenA,  Spomkik,  &c. 
Milie  k'talamicodl,  &c.    (MedMa.) 
Sangm^wi  Tehelmoktissit,  &c. 


Nomeuw^e  ahiamihmi,  SangmAn  mena 
Zfesus  d'talimettcMnan  Tchibalitodk. 
E'mit&nksen^  Spomkik,  &c. 
Milie  k'talamicodl,  &c.     (MedMa.) 
SangmAwi  Teh^lmokiissit,  &c. 
Idtaniaihangan,^  (p.  94.) 


♦ 


irSETTEWEJE. 

The  third  j)art, 

IPaetaalocca,  Kataumnde^  Jiatchi  Somde. 

N'^tamJcatte     dhiamihcm,      Sangman 
mena  Z^sus  ambitchib^ssa. 

K'mitanksenA  Spomkik,  &c. 

MAlie  k'talamico61,  &c.    (MedMa.) 

Sangm^wi  TehMmokilssit,  &c. 


Niseweje  ahiamiJian,    Sangman  mena 
Z^sus  alikl^  Spomkik. 
K'mit^nksen^,  Spomkik,  &c. 
M4]ieK'talamico61,<fec.    (MedMa.) 
Sangm^wi  Teh^lmoktissit,  &c. 


98 

N^setteweje  ahiamihcm.  SangmAn  me- 
na  Wetchi— IHi— Niwfeskwit  u^i  petchi- 
kliSpomklk. 

K'mitanksen^  Spomldk,  &c. 
Milie  k'talamicodl,  Ac.     (Medila.) 
Sangmawi  Teh61moki!l8sit,  &c. 


leueuw^e  aUamihan.    Sangmawi  MA- 
lie  alikli  Spomkik. 
K'mitanksenA  Spomkik,  <fec. 
MMie  k'talamicool,  Ac.    (MedMa.) 
SangmAwi  TehWmoktissit,  &c. 


Ncmemveje  dhiamiJum.  Sangmawi 
MMie  klsi  kiAdgemussisque  Spomkik 
hatchi  kiL 

K'mitanksen^,  Spomkik,  &c. 
M41ie  k'talamicodl,  cfec.     (MedMa.) 
SangmAwi  Teh^mokiissit,  &c. 


94 


SANGMAWI  MALIAL  QUESSIOS- 
KWILIDQIL  LITANIAIHANGAN. 

Litanif  of  the  Bhited  Virgin  Mary* 

Z^sus,  k^temangu^Imin^. 

Nixkara,  k'temangu^liijinfe, 

Z^sus,  k'temanguMmin^. 

Nixkam,  tchiksdaw^mini, 

Nixkam,  tchiksdaw^min^  Mi  w^likud- 
mol^k. 

K^tchi  Niw^skum  Spomkik  Wekiissit. 
K'temangufelrain^. 

K^tchi  Niwfeskum  Wemitanktissit  ki- 
k^hol^k.    K'temanguMmin^. 

K^tchi  Niw^skum  Wetchi  UU-Ni- 
wfeskwit.   K'temanguMminfe. 

Wew^ssi  Ntlo^k  pfe8eko6n  Ketchi  Ni- 
w^sskoh^nganoh^n.    K'temangu^Imin^. 


96 


Sangm^nwi  M^lie. 

Sangm^nwi  Unem^ni^n  Ketchi  Ni- 

Sangm^nwi  kilssian^k  Kussi^n. 

Nixkam  WfenemAniAn. 

Spomkik    widjoketoh^ngan    Une- 

KigAus  banqui 

Kig&u8  ngodMi. 

Kigius  qxiliiisque. 

Kig^us     misma^wenwuss^nmenA- 

KigAus  messi^wenAmdxandjin. 
Kig^us  Ktcliit^mit4haiim4. 
KigAus  kisi  hih^k. 
KigAus  kig^hihfek. 
P^minaktissi^n  ulik6nket6p. 
PfeminakAssiAn  k^tchidbussiAn. 
Pfemintch^tohdkiissiAn. 
P^minakiissi^n  els^ni^n. 
P^minakAssi^n  kiab^snsaniitn. 


I' 


^'\1 


96 


P^minakissi&n      k  sAnbitahamo- 
quossi. 

P^kkanbamoqu^que. 

P^miw^witahfeuwinwit. 

Olitali^nskagdn. 

K'tchekaque^tawapit, 

TJlitawapit. 

Ettawapit  abi^mih^w^ngan. 

Pesqu^aw^shikikiitchitcbiique. 
Pitabass6  David. 

Wambibitasso. 

Wistoim^nikamique. 
KtoMque^lanqudtin. 
Spomkik  clangan, 
Sp4nswi  w^ttaw^ssu. 
Sangl^massi  pemaldkemook. 
KnMcLiTitchiiikemd    sakamiks- 

wAngan^. 
NaJilito  ^quamb^milsi^ 
Nuitchiok^ma  P^mbakt^moinoh^k. 
Kindgfemussisque  AnzMi^k. 


yi 


I" 


m 


? 


g 


KindgSmussfeque  PAtliansik. 
Kiadgfemussisque      KtcLikpusswi- 
nwkk. 

Kindg^mussisque  TJtiikkan^h. 
Kindg^mussisque  NeMotchik. 
Kindg^mussisque   Kinom^ohlno 

Kindgfemussisque    WewAndamwi- 
HobAk. 

Kindg^mussisque  messi  Wewitah^ 
Sttb^ngan. 

Kindgfemosslsque       Wewisinami- 
kdssa 

Z68U8  aymAta  wAtta  oskitciinw^k  un^- 
ydtiwMl.    Anehydam^winfe. 

Z68U8  aym^ta  watta  oskitchinw^k  une- 
y^iwill.  Tchiksdaweminfe  61i  wilikid- 
mol^k. 

Z68US  aym^ta  watta  oskitchinwAk  une- 
y6tiwAll.    K'temansrufelmine. 
9 


1:1 


m 

Nixkam  tcbiksdaw^min^. 
Nixkam  tchiksdawfemini  Mi  wUiki^d- 
mol^k. 

Z^sus  k'temangti^lmini. 
Nixkam  k*temaiigu61min6. 
4  2i^3U9  k^emanga^lmin^. 
K'mit^nksenA  Spomkik,  &c. 


WE  FLY,  &o. 
IftelipAhepfeiin  k'djitonwfewaghonfek 
kil  K^tchi  Niw^sku  w^wissi  wigussel, 
ekkwi  keneskdte  nwihwinwtewi^henfe- 
nuho61  wetchi  kinwitpiayfeku,  w^tchi  po- 
Iwifekiiie  dak  m^tzimid  messin  tanne  n6s- 
sanagw^k,  w^wiseljnokuswi  kusaihdska. 
Nialetch. 

V,  Panpatt4maw6wi^6  tvew^gsi  on^rn- 
ani^n  Ketchi  Niwfessk. 

it.  Meesuliagt^tche  Z^stis,  tchwi  me^ 
suliaghetche. 


99 
PANPATTAMUTA. 

,|JB[V}hwbuhtonilep^iia  n^il^hi  Tep- 
AltAk  ntsessaquenAque  tali  ponemawin^ 
whaMiwitawta  nitch  wetchi  kisi  kina 
wellemugoit  wa  Z^sus  wenenaanit  Mi  al- 
nambausisa  Aozeli  pestangwitok^  t^ 
taneki  k^t4wi  messoliaghite  U8Saghin6- 
w^nganook  th  nudoskw^watekodk  petso- 
sSleghin^wa  wew^ssi  ampitchib^wanga- 
no6k  naki  Z^sus  k'sangman  m^na  n^spi 
nihMi  panpatiAmul6k,    Nialetch. 


Nannkwitchi  SangmAnskw^hit  Malie, 
anta  tama  awfeni  Spemkigh^  telep^lmo 
kusomAt,  Ketchi  Niw^skn  wipiwi  paye- 
m^mokusit. 


WELANGWIWI  AHTAMIANMOK. 

K'tal6mant6  yo  6piaku  ketifcwi  kelolaku 


100 

1 

B^etohi— NiwSsku  witchi  nawa  witchu- 
k6melika  k'uliwiwinnhAnmannina  pet- 
chi    anta   kelewinganridk   wetchi    Uli 
NiwSskwit  nawi  wewftssi  Uli  Niwfeakou- 
yane    psanatattawi     nel^wangannw^k 
tannik  wilanmewMmeskik    talits  k^ssi 
wew^i  Skutik,  kemussanlegdne  alamte^ 
swi  wahwankomanda  Ketchi  Niwesku, 
kia  Kf  tchi  Niweskouyane,  tika  tepiltar 
mane  nepomanhosin^na^  uliihii  kekisihi- 
n^nopane,  nliiini  kotchi  kapanninenopane 
^talakasisihikpanba  alanmklk,  ulidni  Mi 
ketemanghelmmSna  ghiskihkiwigliil  ke- 
min&wi  kisittawinina  nepomanhiisTfran- 
gtona ;  ulitmi  essi  kematiininAwi  ulMmi- 
n^na     wanhutchiu     ulanhussifeku    teka 
k'ulihibena  messiw^  ulighik  keljelelmi- 
n^na  anta  haba  kisi  memanbinekolonina 
kakfessi  ketemanghelmi^ku,  t6  keasaswi- 
li^ku  essitahkebegwa  ghiskahkiwlgti  ka- 


101 

"^ighiliirin^mikominemessiaiekuBstel 
*^bekw6  hntchia  kessikakaxj^wihol^t 
Pahe,  ludtomiAkefei  n'teailmanBa,  n'hA. 
gh^na.    Nialiteh. 


^  ^ndayi,  be/are  Ma»». 

Anizkam  nahl6nm«ru.6,   w6sangn,4n- 
mi^kn,  nakasahifehn  ikansomin^. 

K   W^ngmanmi^kn    kemamptcM- 
mnlpena,  saktawin^  metch  k'nIiminS 
Sangm&nwi   tehSlmokdssit,    wekdssit 

<BC.  ' 

^TEK  ^AI^GMANWI  MALIE  GHISKOMEK 

K'ulaaikole  MaUe.  m^tch  p^ki  nanx- 
CT^avane.   DTolriSac.:^ tit.  , 


m^nm^noj  meesia  Migos  ^niAawlttakiiy 
messia  k^ghsMsittaiikiisitD,  messia  kigus, 
mesBin  k&gos  nyalasotemakanjitch. 

kilsdane,  ilasotem^Isiane,  metch  ika- 
somine;  »« 

Sangm&nwi  tehMmokillssit 


KETEK. 
Nihlantfe  kighiwinowyAne  nit  elkilo- 
mit  n^kanhtahtwinowyane  Ketchi  Ni- 
weskowy&ne  wihl^o  wihlank^pAt  kes- 
sikank^ghi  kia  kissituh&ngannowy^ne 
yAtchpa  kennotah^nsa  kemanhwimeghi. 


KETEK.  ♦       rr 

AnotheTf  in  the  Mietnak  Indian  langtMge, 

Uskitchinu  M^ie  puct^mkazit  Z^luz^- 
\hmk  eli^t  tchel  messiu  matkamigh^odk 


108 

pemteksabanil  utaMtiik  S6n  Z^n  kalol- 
kesenik  neperimki  mu  n6miah6k  nidjar 
nM  Zezoss^l  nemiketn^k  klutcheyawik- 
todk  6tli  akwatkw^tosenig^u  tchM  kawip^ 
s6k  aptekwipaossnigiu  tchM  messiu  utini- 
n^k  saghihokialifeku  sistwel^ku  sistes- 
kispdk  ^tlebem  mfendw^Udk  sistw^yam- 
kele ;  Nixkam,  w^ulit^h^lmine. 


INVIOLATA. 

Taneki  p^ki  petehiliwi  NanxkwAhi 
h^  MMie,  kanghk  SangmAnwi  klanga- 
niltAnzo  Spemklk  feli  nighiaaia  na  Z^Tm 
mosanli^ku  n'tun^manwme  Sangm^nsku 
wew^lmeMu ;  nemfessuneiiM  ^lasomeMu 
t6  n'toBawAl,  nem^8sunen41  anlawittu  t^ 
n'haghAnawM ;  n'dw^tchi  uli  stasksa  ke- 
nixkamenawM,  p^kwa8tawine,weulitelmo 
gunina,  kessi^kilissiane.  tnli^nnt+A  lur^M^ 


104 


pextw6kassi4ne    Milie,v  pitchiliu    p6ki 
Nanxkway^ne.    Nialetch. 


TOTA  PULCRA  ES  MARIA. 

Messiu  kelawasin,  M^lie,  metch  pe- 
tchiliu  pahkat^zos  ktchetch^hku  kepuk- 
w^htaw^n  kalawasoti  Spfemo6k ;  kepuk- 
wahtaw^n  husk^wy^n  kessiss^ynltidjik, 
kepukwahtwin^ne  Spemo6k  n'ulitah^l- 
tin^ne  yasutemysi^ne  tanegh^t  anysoi- 
tidjik.  Kessiss^y^ne,  M41ie,  kil  Naxku- 
jkne  petchiliu  kessiakdssi^ne,  etoutem^l- 
sin^tch,  kessiss^yoltin^tch  tanne  etutchi 
uskitchinuyfeku.    Te  ^%t. 


WELANGWIWI  AHIAMIANMOE. 

Ptayer  in  Penobscot  language,  which  thejndiam  ting  in  th« 

qfiernoon. 

Agay^    Sagaghi    n'^ssapit^sk    Zfezus 


105 

Aldambayihuaat  kigwi   Stta  al^ianba^ 
nilya  wawighinamfrta  jm^wh  khgm  ne- 
beliwi  ken'iakMtainuta  ken'akelmegwik 
yu  wew&lmegwik  nyMghikwi  piwihozes- 
si^e  tanne  mestapi^ne  saskatAmwang^ne 
Z^zoB  keteminkpassitoe  na^i  kighdta- 
vrkae  Spemo6k  wata  upakatcWAne,  Z^sos- 
sis  ka  ghiessassoliku  ketmadghinangwik 
n^tahtaku  yuga  kauzigamigook  niilghi- 
kwi  K'tchi  Saghimanwit  wata  Tepiltik 
nah^nskikw^ssine  sakskikw^ssine  kaiizi- 
gamigodk,  Ketchi  Saghfem^awit.     Sang- 
mkawi  tekin^ngan  nanuta  saliighi  we- 
s^nma    sal%li6     alighewina    n'metchi- 
nay^kfu 


KBTTEfit  im* AI^G WI WI  AHIiLMIANMOK. 

Another  Bmiing  Prayer,  in  Penobieot  language, 

EftanteMl  kekitfepc^dk  Anzeli  uakifc- 
iamikodk  aliiza  natsi  nanwOti4n  widziwi- 


sanU  ^Isket^ulit  k^^tkogiibwiti  n'da- 
kouy^ne n'tayamihaline  agMm  Spemodk 
panteh4nzo,  etutchi  nnaghiat  matcbid^- 
mine ;  ntiAl,  Mdzan,  tanne  Mme^  nid^n, 
winepanzine,  kVidznk^ole,  irass^ne- 
mang^ne  aliptaw^  elsketesik  kaahk^ta- 
wane  aghim  Spemo6k  panteh&nzo,  mad- 
z^ptoon  awikigan,  elayamih^it  ktanakddi 
Anz^li^k  welitahazit. 


KETEK. 

Nihl&ntsi  tehanmswinowy^ne,  nann- 
kwitchi  mossanleknssi^ne  kwini  awaanel- 
mul^sa  wekken^ku  kw^ni  anta  moesanl- 
louh^sa  k^gus  w^tchi  anta  mossallelo- 
wAsaa.  Panpay^mi  ketcixflawnanagwikil 
Sipiwi  kagatiwi  alit?e4  kisi  ki^^8pline 
meldamkik  kia  wipim  usaaoklitftwika- 
wy^e  ni  askam4t  kemuss^nlelino  alah- 


w 


lot 

t^irh  kaghisselndaaa  tchin  alalit^tehga 
netekwimussantdgae  kia  nawa  w^nem^I- 
mel^asa  musanlaneifccli  liititcli  nulih^hine. 
Nialetch. 

PepAmnkamighinwak  nannkwitchi  tan- 
ne  tepelmadjik  keghissihansabanighik 
meatto  Jc^tsi wi  n'ulanme w^ltemotitch, 
w^skitchinweskwym  teka  te  alenanbJ 
Hne  piwih6ziktole  nanne  hekia  elghi- 
kw^tikoktelgottit  nessessanklit^hanmtoe 
Zfezus  i  aota  moasahlulw^nne  n^ghia  el- 
gliiktfa»tli6kui  elghlkwi,  matchMdama 
Z^zus  Bigaiikan  wiholn^paiL  anih^ltan- 
mekii  ^agwiwipa  manmetchinajisahan^. 


i    ,'  *'  IW,*.^  '•«  #■ 


^i^i^M 


VISIT  TO  THE  BLESSED  SACRAMENT. 


EkisitahaHmkusa  s^wi  eleltagliil  an- 
saghiponduio  ^paniDtogwat<^,  waga  ^tnta- 
pit  keneskinang^w^  ni  Ketchi  Niw^kwi 
Alenanb^  ubi^liew^lginAl  t^kaOstiwinU 
^pannoyu  sayn  yuga  Zdzop  Qlbagh^  ma- 
tchen^mba  k^hla  awipomr  ?^}  *  ^  r  enigh^k 
^linanw^t  piwipon^k  uhagh^  elghikw^ 
sanlel^u  ketelMmoguna  nettosanmAn 
:a-hai?^li^  ansaghMtamiltaelenambfesnyaka 
kemohkina  manhwi  iHzns.    Nialetch. 


109 

i 

A  PRAYER  FOR  A  SICK  PERSON. 
Spemo6k  pess^zeum  wikemolas  Z^zus 
utahine  metewan^tck  metchin^wang^ne 
hekigh&tagh^ssa  uskitchinw4k  umiktan- 
kusw^l  watapks^ssam  tchibato6k  ayma- 
takwe  messiwi  matchfehighil  n'dwitchi 
m^tcluBetit  messiwi  uskitchinw^  petchi- 
liu  pagatassiane  sob^ku  pess^mouj&nef 
aymatawin^  metcliin^wang^iie,  sakt^ 
wine,  M41i6,  etotcbi  mossaless  k'koos ;  kil 
skat  nettawi  alwim^wi,  kigh^hin^,  Z^zns ; 
kighehin^,  ^lasntem^lsinAt,  Nanxkw^t 
kigaut. 


xEXE<K» 

Z^zus    Nesloigm^,    meyawihiJam^n 

kwikutamoI4n    kil.  nesetamawin    k^ssi 

peteliiliwi  hatchwin'tazine  w^tcbi  y^ossa 

Spemklk  ^tali  k^gus  yahpa    petchiliu 
10 


9 


110 

pdnwi*  tamen  klsi  peMwi  kiketdli  telozine 
awikiganfek  ketMi  61i  tchwi  kitchi  ma- 
tchiabfemkw^k,  t^  p^mi  ahkw^lmegw^k 
matchinayfekd  tali  yalagwinagwfe  kisi 
infetchinemgh6  yo  kelozwang^ne  ngaga- 
wih^kp^ne  Ketchi  Niwfeskum  kela  natil- 
gon.  Nesangmanm  ZfezuB  feli  matw^yk 
detchilamamgw^  kfessi  wSghihozdne  ta- 
kfeten  ktahk^mikoAk  anta  klahahmansine 
t^  uney wang^ne  tchfel  kuUmsetole,  ni  h]i 
keiozitea  th  manawek^ne  felagnotmeu- 
y^ne  negodawfeltam^n  th  sakiytam^n  ne- 
gagawih^p^n  tama  klsihit. 


WENE  KETWINET. 
.  For  a  dying  pertcn. 

Z^zus  messiol^kiipan  ktassitakutah^in 
Sk6hew^teko6k  nit^te   ketalin^n   kussi- 


O" 


Ill 

gan,  ketemanghilmin^  nawa,   messuline 
ak&wi  saghin^watamanhk&tch. 

"Wekk^naku  tanne  widzia^ssia  kessika- 
kAnwidk  meskikutep^ssitep&n  messin'tah- 
takupAn  kisittakusa  Spemklk,  th  yokik, 
th  nya  kisihisa  aptsi  nenawilmit  wania 
negmelmdk  kaghinettaw6k  kagaghihik- 
kidk  nya  Mighianfeban  eukatsinakusian^ 
ban   aseskok^    w^dji    alninbayan^ban 
ahpAyo  tanne  61i  pienmasalit  nenkem^i 
ketemanghymit  ubakkanom6k  w^dji  ki- 
sanwisa  61i  kati  Spemkik  wewfessi  ksasit- 
tawit  wanyamannd,bakatip6nalogh6  kes- 
sissaghMd^  messiu   ntliine   k^gus  ^la. 
ghimit^  anta  ntessiune  ezokkia  wenatAma 
na  kess^lmokussitepAn,  kwessikiissitepAn 
nagwi   naghen'skelmdk,  mussalekussite-  • 
p4n  nagwi  kess^lmdk. 


112 

t    Jh  hi  nmg  in  acecmpamying  the  Vtatieum  to  the  ffotm  <^ 

the  Siek. 

K6heM\  yo  ketapioe  azus,  alamiwi 
Ostiwin^k  minagwiba  anta  m'tchin^  ke- 
namiholow^nne  ketalMmel^n  tfeka  kisi 
kussinfessa  ketapine  tzu  ketaskamapine 

etutelmokassisa  tanegh^  WeiK^manit,  We- 
miktankusit,  tt  wetchi  iili  Niwfekwh 
askamiu  etutfelmokussit    TaniliMi. 

Prayer  for  a  cti/itiff  person. 

N'kitchi  Niw^skum,  ketalamisuhanme- 
Ifen  nekk^ghi  manhusw^lmi^ku ;  N'kitchi 
Niw^skum  ketemanghMmifeku,  amant^ 
mili^kii  nessewAngan  tch^kuhi  pemahil- 
swMmi^ku,  amant^  k'namih61e  Spemkik 
^  tali  kisi  mfetchinan^.  Sangm^nwi  M^lie, 
ketemangh^lmin^,  witchuk^mine,  kete- 
mangh^lmogone  nteh61temag6ne  tanne 
kessi  ukayuhiiku.  Sangmanwi  Z6zep, 
ketemangh^lmine,  witchuk^mine.,  wikot- 


118 

mwfewine,  ntemagh^lmogdne  N'sagmanm 
nteheltemagone  tanne  kessi  ukayuhuku, 
Wfetchi  Uli  Niw^skwit,  sakliteh^w^ngan 
ketemangh^lmine,  witchukemine ;  tchi- 
beto6k,  N'sangmanm,  kate  kega  apets 
absghfekwi  ukayuho6k.  Ketemangh^l- 
mita  N'sangmanm  Zfezus. 


10^ 


PAMBAKTAMAWEWA  METCHINET. 
The  recommendation  of  a  smU  departing, 

Z^sus,  k'temangu^lmin^. 
Nixkam,  k'temangu^lmin^. 
Z^sus,  k'temangu^lmin^. 
Sangm^nwi     Mklie.       Pambakt^ma- 

Messi  Anzeli^k  hatchi  Pemianzeli^k. 
Pambaktamawawa. 


* 


115 


Sangm^nwi  Abel.  Pambaktamawiwe. 

Messiktewiili.     Pambakt^maw^wodk. 

Sangmanwi  Ablaham.  Pambaktdma* 
w^we. 

Sangmanwi  Assan  Batis.  PambaktA- 
maw^we. 

Sangmanwi  Zdzep.  Pambakt&mawfewe. 

Messi  uli  Patlians^k  hatchi  KtcUdpus- 
swinw^k.    Pambakt^maw^wodk. 

Sangmanwi  Rol.    Pambakt^mawfewe. 

Sangmanwi  Pol.   Pambakt^maw6we. 

Sangmanwi  Andlfe.  Pambakt^mawSwe. 

Sangmanwi  Assan.  Pambatttoawfewe. 

Messi  nli  Uttikkan^li,  hatchi  Eband- 
j^Iistak.    Pambaktamawewodk. 

Messi  uli  Skitk^miquinw^k.  Pambak- 
tamawewodk. 

Messi  uli  Awosses^  Spomkik.  Pam- 
baktamawewodk. 

SangfmanwiEtifen.  Pambakt&mawfewe. 


116 


Sangm^nwi  L61a.   Pambakt^mawfewe. 

Messi  idi  Nelotchlk.  Pambakt^ma- 
wewodk. 

Sangmanwi  Silve.  Pambakt^maw^we. 

Sangmanwi  Gleg61i.  Pambakt^ma- 
w6we. 

Sangmanwi  Ogustin.  Pambakt^ma- 
w6we. 

Messi  idi  Eb^quo^k  hatchi  Kinomasso- 
hino^k.    Pambakt^mawewo6k. 

Sangmanwi  Bonnet.  Pambaktkna- 
w^we. 

Sangmanwi  Plansoi  Pambakt^ma- 
wfewe. 

Messi  uli  Kdlakid^uMngan.  Pam- 
baktamawewo6k. 

Sangmanwi  MMie  Mddlin.  Pambak- 
tAmaw^we. 

Sangmanwi  Liisi.    Pambakt^mawfewe. 
Messi  iili  Kussian^k  hAtchi  Sikusqudk. 
Pambaktamawewo6k. 


lit 


Messi  Wewfessitah^nsuhanganffl  Ket- 
chi  Niw^ssk.    AwitehokkfemanA. 

Mos^k  sakial^lmakki.  Sangmd.n  mena 
Zfesus  mennialelme. 

Mos^k  isakial^lmak^.  Sangm^n  mena 
Z^sus,  mannaw^kke. 

Mos^k  sakiaMmak^.  Sangmki  mena 
Zfesus,  wikkunfe. 

Watch  askamaw^lmaMtcli.   Sangm^n 

mena  Z^sns,  mannaw^kke. 

Wutck  fell  metchin^t. 

Wutcli  yisakkamiksuwinwit. 

Wutcli  Utchalankik.  [n^k. 

Wutcli      m^ssis^kawekansuli^nga- 

Wntch  equanpsanfet  matclii^ndTi. 

Eli  kisanuifekbiln. 

Elissit^ne  Ktckib^taco^k  hatchi  ^ 

taholukb^ 
Elimetchin^nhatcliieli  p6skanlo6k. 
Eli  amikika6ssi^n. 
Eli  Ketchi  K'mathfeWan  Spomklk. 
Eli  petchikl^t  Uli  Niweskwit. 
N'bemghiseg^k  noktbitehtoan. 


I 


'Jiii 


118 

Nitchih^ni^mih^bnA  alakamiksuh^nga- 
nM.  Pambakt^maw^waw^tch  nekikah^n. 
MennialMme.  Nitchih^ni^mih^bn^  ala- 
kamiksuhangan^l. 

Z^sus,  k'temangu^lminfe. 

Nixkam,  k'temangu^lmin^. 

Z^sus,  k'temangu^lmin^. 

PAMBAKTAMAWATA. 
Panbattama  titchatch^ue,  kutchunan- 
dj^klan  yatMe   kik,    jtitliwisiihang^nki 
Ketchi  Niw^ssk  Wenfemanit  kisi  hdskes^ ; 
jdtliwistiliaQg^nki  Zezos  Wemitanktissit 
Ketchi  Niw^ssk  w^tchim^tchinfessa;  jutli- 
wisihang^nki  Wetchi-Uli-Niw^skwit  aw- 
enghisiadasque ;  jutliwisiihang^nki  Anze- 
liik,  Pemianzeliai  t6  messi  Niwesko^k 
Spomkik ;  jutliwisuhanganki  Patlians^k 
hatchi  Ktchicpusswinw^k ;  wewfessi  Util- 
kkandh,  hatchi  Ebandjelistdk,  wew^ssi 
Nelotchik  hatchi  Kinom^sohinohdk,  we- 


119 


wfessi  K'dlakidassuli^gan,  wewSssi  Kus- 
sian^k,  hatchi  messi  Wewfessitahansuhan- 
ganMl  Ketchi  Nhress — ^uli  took  klewan- 
kanw^l,  t^  mcjssiMtcli  ey^ue :  fell  k'sang- 
man  mena  Zfesu8.    Nialetch. 

K'sangm^n,  wiquenfe  askamfeulaiisuh^n- 
gan  wetcliitcli  askam6  tili  aya.  JS. 
Nialetch. 

K's^ngm^n,  tchwittu  tchetcli^qiie  as- 
kamfeulaiisuh^ngan  wutch  sagli^skut^k, 
t^     mfessi    ketm^nkiMtcliik.     H.    Nia- 

letch. 

K's^ngm^n,  tchwittu  tchetch^ue  as. 
kam^iilaiisuMngaii,  ^i  uMy^n  Enok 
hatchi  Elia  wutch  metchinew^ngan.  B. 
Nialetch. 

K's^ngm^n,  tchwittu  tchetchdque  aska 
m^ulatisuh^ngan,  fell  uliMy^n  N6ah  wutch 
n'k'b6.    B.  Nialetch. 

K'sangm^n,  tchwittu  tchetch^ue  as- 


120 


kam^ulansuMngan,  Mi  uliaiyi^n  AblahAm 
wutch  Kaldeanik.    It.  Nialetch. 

K'skigm^n,  tchwittn  tchetch^ue  aska^ 
m^ula^suMngan,  h\i  uMykn  Zob  wutch 
Mi  messi  hutammili61ak.    M.  Nialetch* 

K'sdngmAn,  tchwittu  tchetch^ue  as- 
kam6ulai!isuh^gan,  61i  uliaiy^n  Izaik 
wutch  hameka6sa  amiktd.nquesA.  M. 
Nialetch. 

K's^ngm^n,  tchwittu  tchetch^que  as* 
kam^ulatLsuh^ngan,  ^li  uliaiy^n  Lot 
wutch  Sodom  t^  wutch  nauwMkasesmu- 
hdngan.    R.  Nialetoh. 

K-s^ngm^B,  tchwittu  tchetch^que  as* 
kam^ulaiisuhAngan,  Mi  uliMy^n  M6zes 
wutch  hukpetin^k  PMaoh  ktchikindge- 
m«s  Eziptw    jB.  Nialetck 

K's^Bgm^n,  tchwittu  tchetchAque  as- 
kam^ulaiisuhAngan,  ki&  ulidiy^n  Daniel 
wutch  ^iMdit  awass^.    E.  Nialetch. 


12T 


K'sdngmin,  tchwittu  tchetchique  as* 
kamiulausuh^ngan,  ^li  uliMy^n  ntlodk 
awassisdk  wutch  sagh^skutfek,  th  wutch 
hukp^tinfek  kitchikindg^mus  messik^te- 
peld^k.    B.  Nialetch. 

K's^ngm^n,  tchwittu  tchetch^ue  as- 
kamfeulaiisuhkigan,  61i  uliMy^n  Zuzinna 
wutch  anda  messi  ull^nmew^ngan.  It» 
Nialetch. 

K's^gm^n,  tchwittu  tchetch^ue  as- 
kam^ulaiisuh^ngaii,  611  uliMy^n  David 
wutch  hukp^tinfek  Zaul  hatchi  GoliAh. 
a.  Nialetch. 

K's^ngm^,  tchwittu  tchetch^ue  as- 
kam^ulaiisuh^ngaii,  61i  uliMy^n  Piol 
hatchi  Pol  wutch  ai  wiknodt  H. 
Nialetch. 

T6,  yi  kia  uliaiyiu  wewfessi  kussi^ 
hatchi  nehldt  tdi  Tikla  wutch  hutammi- 
hdlak;  tchwittu  tchetch^ue  askam^u- 


ii. 


122 


laiisuh^gan,  t6  k'tali  witaghimglife  Spom- 
kik.    R.  Nkktck 

PAMBAKTAMAWATA, 

Pambakt4maw6waw4tch,  Sangman 
mena  Z^zus,  tchetch^que  honni  askami- 
tilahtisuli^ngan ;  \k  k'bambaklAmawfewa- 
witch,  Sangmto  in^na  Z^zos  Nixkam 
kMhoUlk,  k'lAli  witaghimgh^  Spomklk ; 
iissam  kia  wfetchi  alnambahi^n  ntchin^ 
k'mikawitibam^n,  Z^zus,  metchiwi  kial6k- 
kan  Bntchi  kisi  tah^mgh^bsa  ibbitte  kia 
welompst&maKetcH  Niwessk,  wfetchi  dat- 
tam^dwhfen  ibbitte  kia  Ketchi  K iw^ssk, 
wjissaa  dftttam^wb^n  Mli  kiai  addbe 
u'dali^lsLa  kia.  01ittahaailinalittaw6  tcke- 
teh^ue  olittaliasiliii  nilujiiampi.  Anda 
n'mikawittah^iho6n  elal6kkan  wetchi 
puskl^t  ii'glitali^iJi4ngaa ;  wetcM  ibitte 
alamt^wa^  as6kke  keFnem^n  ket'lil^&f 
auli^iigaii  Ua  Win&manit^  Wemiktankii- 


123 

sit  hatchi  wetchi  Uli-Niwfeskwit ;  knli- 
hMo6k  memhplawi  kwitchilikemodk  Ket- 
chi  Niw^skum,  th  kisih6osk. 

Anda  n'inikawittah^iho6n,  SAngm^ 
mJna  Z^sus,  elal6kka  kl&  andahkeque- 
weweld^ma  elahdsit  aas6kke  k'temangu- 
^Imi.    Kiseldam^awi  ubidigan  Spom- 
kik,  th  AnzeMk  kessausitch ;    wew^ssi 
Mlzel,  P^mi^nzel  petcliipp6k  Spomkik. 
Wewespinodk  Piol,  hatchi  Pol  witchik- 
kemo6k.    Wew^ssi  Assan,  ul^tahAmatch 
tepMmalik      Zezus     panbattamawfewe. 
Mhm  wewessino^    Uttikkan^h,  aw6n 
alassanwdngan  metclumabila  hatchi  M- 
sapquihildt  pambakt4maw6wo6k.  Mfessi 
aakam^ulahtisxihinganik,  t^  wewessinoik 
N^lotchik  Ketchi  Niw^ssk,  ket'manghi 
ditchik    wntch    Zfezus,  pambakttoaw6- 
wo6k,  wetchitch  uliahidit  Spomkik  wi- 
tchiiketohingan  hatchi  milan^tch  Skass- 


124 

m^n  m^na  Z^zus  t6nne  etalaiisit  hatchi 
etal^tebeld^k  witchi  Amittankissit  t6 
Uli-Niwfeskwit.    Nialetch. 


PRAYERS, 

Which  the  IfuUam  are  accustomed  to  ting  for  the  repose  of 
the  wide  of  the  dead. 

Kemossantsw^nganM  saghi6k  Zfezus 
kessansyAn  saghittutich  ntluhinw^k. 

Ketemangh^lmah^htich  ussighin^nku 
panpay^mi  wesAnmi  kw4nkwiloin6ku. 

Komfelkelpena  wMighi^ne  Z^zus  we- 
nitzanni^ne  mozdk  ketchawittawigh^k 
winuhAnmeMu,  ketemanghfessessi^ku. 
(Nisda.) 

Kighehine,  kangh^ssi  k^ssi  litw^ghil 
wewulmoktissiane  kaiigliessd.nssikie. 


125 

Wesdngminwi  tehfelmane  Zfezus  Anix- 
kam,  miie  Naxkw^t  emigahussidne ; 
wfetchi  klotchiiitoMssa,  nilon  katAwi 
kigh^hipeni^  kil  kwine  teli  tulk^psa 
kebikkano6m  samagw^n  yalidzw^ndssa, 
nesughenighisk^  kemina  hotchwin^ssa 
aghim  Spemook  ketelianfessa  aptchitth 
wfetchi  pakatchiay^n  ketawi  aben'kedwfe- 
wipan^sa,  wigw^mkamine  Zfezos  Nixkam 
fekkwi  uskitchinuy^ku,  a  Z6zus,  uzanmi- 
umfttcli  weuKtoh^lminfe.  Ze  Zteus  sak- 
tawine  weildistawine,  Z^zus,  Nixkam,  we- 
miktanktisit  Spemodk  wikkw^hline.  Th 
el&Ht. 


11* 


126 
FOR  CHRISTMAS  EVE. 

Wiktanguna  ughiskw^  teptikk^  nemi- 
Mt  ku88ili6skwM  Niw^skwM  utlwilidjil 
plapahine,  plapahine,  welighilidjil  elikan 
ketemankep^nsit  sessatjik  niw^ttasanle- 
ktisit  tepessiku  piwazass6  plapahine,  pla- 
pahine utelkilen  alamikawan%a  tchwi 
napiwi  kighfew^t  nagat^wi  Ketchi  Niw^s- 
kwkl  un^mannM,  Zezfega  aliwizwM,  man- 
manw^n'tii%a  wetespemkimit  Anzeli 
ke88it.  AUeltijah,  AUeltijah.  Kyrie, 
Chri8te,  Kyrie  eleyson. 


KINDJEMESSWIMOK. 

JFhr  the  Epiphany, 

Begem  videre  quid  times,  &c. 

Ma  matchi  helodowy^n,  k^gus  wetchi 

nsahat  Z^zus  anta  megugh^nak^wi  nMji 

nghigahoUw^t ;  k^gus  wetchi  katonnalat 


1j1 


kutchitchikan  n  tian   Dugwapa  anta  all 


127 


nlMtamngh^  m^tchi  kisi  pulkiile  agatch- 
weltamiita  aw^nzis  nniosk^tchi  awansis- 
suhihane  tfeka  awanzisswinangw^t  yu  kik 
tseplannosahidjik  anta  ketemanghMman- 
w^t  n'ulesk^ssa  tannapigli^  pay^mank^ 
tcliihanw^n  weg^k  n^ka  th  liateliig^k 
kepanpay^mi  n'uli  anpeltew^t  anzokkfe 
yu  Zezns  kepayfema  katcih6zin  messiwi 
wissayfelmoltin,  .  saskatfemoltin  mesiwi 
tchena  pittawiglii  t^kan  messiwi  pemit- 
sa]i4nno61  pagahkani  sibussis^l  tckendwa 
wanliw^ssemini^  ^tto  kantuttam^  Z^zos 
ktvankussiun^tch  kussihnskwi  wfetchi 
nighian,  kussiunetcli  kemiktankods  t6na 
wfetchi  uli  Niweskwit. 


BESSAGWENNEMAMOOK. 
At  the  distribution  of  OaruUea  on  Purification  Day, 

iMmen  ad  revehtionem^  &c. 
Spatespatanil    pepanmgamighimwik, 
yu  Z^zussdl  wassen^makdttit. 


128 

Spatespatanil  pepangamiglunwik,  ym 
ZeasussAl  waesenfemakottit. 

Nikietu  sipiwi  tetepeskwihlaku  *  61i- 
a»©pane  Nesftngmanm  Z^zus, 

Spatespatanil  p^panmgamighixiwik, 
ju  ZezussM  wassenemakottit. 

Teka  th  nuh^hu  tcheskawakapima  * 
emessahkamigh^k  kigbew^umuhii 

Spatespatanil  p6panmgainighiaw4k, 
yu  Z^zussil  wassen^makattit. 

Etutelmokusisa  tan^k^  utchiu  ^  We- 
afemanit,  tt  WemiktaiJriiait,  t6  wetohi  Uli- 
NiwJskwit 

Spatespataidl  p4panmga«uglunwdk, 
yu  Z^zuss^l  wassen^makattit 

Am^nt^  nawanil  askamiwi  *  ^tutMmo- 
kusait  tt  tauihal^, 

Spatespatanil  pepanmgamiglunwdk, 
yu  Z^zusaal  wassen^makattit 


129 


CANnCUM  gIMEONIS. 

AntipJioncu  Lumen  ad  revelationem 
gentium  et  gloriam  plebis  tnse  Israel. 

Cantic.  Nunc  dimittis  servum  tuum, 
Domine,  secundum  verbum  tuum  in  pace. 

Ant  Lumen  ad  revelationem  gentium 
et  gloriam  plebis  tusB  Israel. 

Quia  viderunt  oculi  mei  salutare  tuum. 

Ant  Lumen  ad  revelationem  gentium 
et  gloriam  plebis  tusB  Israel. 

Quod  parasti  ante  faciem  omnium  po- 
pulorum. 

Ant  Lumen  ad  revelationem  gentium 
et  gloriam  plebis  tuse  Israel. 

Gloria  Patri  et  Pilio  et  Spiritui  Sancto. 

Ant  Lumen  ad  revelationem  gentium 
et  gloriam  plebis  tuae  Israel. 

Sicut  erat  in  principio  et  nunc  et  sem- 
per et  in  saecula  sseculorum.    Amen. 

et  gloriam  plebis  tuse  Israel 


uo 


STAKKSrOOK  KELMOK 

Far  Palm  Sunday,    J*wri  Eebraeorum. 

Zfezuss^  n^gi  ^  .  ""awd-t  eptsikanwatit 
panbattaghik  kelv?iiemotlt  mipiAl  pan- 
banmkw&k,  ih  itam6k:  uli,  uli  peyantwa 
»antalokkanlit  N'kitchi  Niw^skum :  ho- 
zanna  Filio  David,  uli,  uli  peyantwa 
»antalokka»litN'kitcH  Niw^kum. 

Zteusa^  n^gh^  mawkt  heneklatit  utas- 
sew^nl  autik,  kelenemotit  mipidl  pau- 
banmkwik  t^  itamok :  uli,  uli  peyantwa 
nantalokkanlit  N'kitclii  Niweskum,  ho- 
^^anna  in  ej^celais, 

Gloria,  laus  et  honor  tibi  sit,  Eex 
Christe  Eedemptor.  Cui  pueiile  decus 
prompsit  Hosanna  pium. 

Israel  es  tu  Rex,  Davidis  et  inclyta 
proles :  Nomine  qui  in  Domini  Eex  be- 
nedicte  venis. 


131 

Coetus  in  excfelsis  te  laudat  coelitus 
omnis,  et  mortalis  homo  et  cuncta 
cretosimuL 

J?.  Gloria,  lans,  &c. 

Plebs  Hebr^a  tibi  cnm  palmis  obvia 
venit:  cum  piece,  voto,  hyrnnis,  adsumus 
ecce  tibi. 

It.  Gloria,  laus,  &c. 

Hi  tibi  passuro  solvebant  mmiia  laudis : 
nos  tibi  regnauti  pangimns  ecce  melos. 

JS.  Gloria^  lans,  &c. 

Hi  placuere  tibi,  placeat  devotio  nos* 
tra,  Bex  bone,  Bex  clemens,  cui  bona 
cuncta  placent. 

M,  Gloria^  lanB,  &c. 


'■<1^SS 


ULI  TEOTAALOKKA. 
JBoly  Thursday. 

MamptcMman^tcli  MghohoMu  san- 
gwiwi  mosanlanfetch,  mStcb  moywala- 
n^tch,  welagwiwik  meskw^  megam6k 
kisittones  Ekalistiewine,  negman  Sang- 
manwi  Z^zus,  kise  61i  kelozit  Z^zus, 
keloso  Patlias,  pilwfesso  Pipen^kan,  mek- 
wapak,  Elamiwi  Ostiwine  yute  apine 
ZSzus  Tihaghi,  utchitchahkwal,  uketcbi 
Niw^skwangane ;  pessighfehtote  Ostiwine. 
Kate  pessigh^Uawi  Z^zus  ughagh^ ;  us- 
kitzihu  pipenakan  pessiffhelitote.  f^iM^hi 


133 

^hit  Z^zas  magaiimkigan  etutchi  ^hit 
apsaghikun  keno6k  piwiy^t.  Messiu  ayo 
2fezus,  yu  messiwi,  elal6ket  Ketchi  Ni- 
w^sku  nittahtwangane,  ni  etutchi  ulan- 
ps^tangwak,  wene  medai  kominifewit 
metch  16  umahal  Z^zus  uhaghe,  ni  etutchi 
maxk^lmit  Nixkamnawal ;  whne  lo  wMi 
komini^wit  unektek^yagole  Nixkamna- 
wal  aghim  Spenio6k  uponehlegole.  Zteus 
Anixkam  kighey^ku,  ^him  Spemo6k 
wikw^hline. 


Mamptchimanfetch  kighoholagu  kilon 
wetchi  mam^kahosa.  Mawiman^tch 
metch  nenwit^lmanfetch  tanne  fetali  usi- 
kytankusa  welagwiwik  meskw^  megaha- 
m6t  wikhubalasapaail  ussiw^ssw^l;  kes- 
sispahtawanesapanil  ussitwal  aghim  uki- 
sitttmes  Ekalisti^wiiie=  Kise  t^  ^"nassite- 
12 


184 

pokak  kihkanak  ali^ssa  etelasomasapanfl 
umiktankiisal ;    ketahkainiko6k    tchitu- 
hamkwesinossa  aghim  m'ptchiliu  unma- 
tchitansosa  etotchi  unmatchitansisa  messiu 
uhagh6    alozossahalazit^    uyatchitchwa- 
ndssa  ubakkano6m  utalasohane ;  kise  tfe 
epassitepokak  wanni  n'pakatwasa,  pahki- 
kala  k'tahkamiko6k  alahkanfessa,  titah- 
kit^kawassa  kigaskikwSteliansa  ktahka- 
mikook  yalatfetchelansa,  utihogole  San- 
gmanwi  PielAl:  k'ulit^hantamnawa  eli- 
holaku.      Utihogole :    n'tdit^hantam^n, 
mos4k  kegus  alohkekatch. 


KETCHI  SKEHEWATEKWIK. 
Oood  Friday. 

^z^messihidekipanketassitakutaha. 
sine  Skehewateko6k  th  ketalinanissa, 
ketemanghelmm^,  messuline  k'nssighine- 
wangane,  te  kussighi  m^tchin^wangane 
tangawi  saghinewantamansine. 


Ninnagam,  wekkenAnku  epukw&h- 
tw^gani^ku  *  k^gan  ketel^hoghenfena 
Wen^manathi^kiipan.  Amant^  ni  an- 
zokk^  aakami  nanmMtamol^ku  *  manmes. 


136 

hfewatteku  kanglimamo6k  essitokutahan- 
sit  Skeh6watteko6k.  *  T^  atchiga  ussital 
atchga  ul^wangane.  *  Tch^panawa  ma- 
wimogh^  m^ssiokpanik  Wenemannatid- 
jik.  *  K^gan  ketelihoghen^na  ^iokpan 
ken^mau  mosak  ketemanghelmigli^ku 
n'uleltamnenadji.  *  Malie  k'talamikole  tfe 
wa  ken^mane  messiuline.  *  Amant^ga  ni 
anzokk^  askami  nameltamol^ku  *  mussan- 
lan^tch  kemikt^nkus  t^  na  wetchi  uli 
Niwfeskwit. 


VEXILLA  EEGIS,  <feo. 

Alenanb^took  mawimook 
Z^zus  mamekahiitepan 
Skaw6watto6k  kanklnamook 
Essitakutfehotepan. 

Alanbatamook  uletcliial 

Alanbatamook  ussital 

Ussisego61  hatch  ka  uaghfe 

Eli  ussagliitehilisa. 

Kiona  w^tchi  nihaihoot, 

Kiona  w^tchi  mfetchinet 

Anta  mosanl^siwisa' 

Pitta  kemosanlfekuna. 

Z^zus  etulasanlelaku 

Anlawi  kekanwiha^w^ 
12* 


188 

Uliaghfe  ki  amiknisa 
Katawi  menoliolagw^. 

Z6zus  etutasanlelaku 
Matchiniwfesku  uta  skut^ 
Ne  kassaw^  panwattangwfe 
Niubakkanodm  sughenfek. 

Uliilini  ni  eli^ku 
Zizus  kehMa  Idghihiiku 
Ne  metsineh^panosa 
Anta  metsinewasahanft. 

Amanti  na  uli  kiktulSku 
T6  ali  metchinayigh^ 
Anta  Kfegwi  kutamowi 
Katawi  mosalelagw^. 

Mosantsinfetcli  kemiktankoos 
Askamiwi  mosanlanitch 
Wetchi  uli'Niwfeskwit 
Tedebiwi  mosanlan^tch. 


139 

0  CRUX  AVE,  <ko. 

Skahfewattook  ketalamikole 
N^kwitchi  klanbatchwangane 
Pekkinwak  wanhtilihft 
Kassamawi  annfenwak. 

Kighfetwi  ntluhwinuhuyak 
KesSlmanfetch  Ketchi  Niw^sku 
Tcliibato6k  nanhspanuhuyfeku 
TapMminfe  nfeman  all 

Te  eMit. 


FOR  PENTECOST. 

WetoU  Uli  Niweskwit  Kussihdt 

VENI  SANCTE  SPIRITUS,  <fco. 

Amant^  nipayayan  nelewangane  neno- 
glife  w^li  Niwfeskouyane  ketemanghM- 
min^ga  t^ka  pittahuswi  ketemanghfelses- 
si^ku  n^saghin^panaghi  seyaghi  alma- 
y&ku    ketchi    kighenfeka  matchenab^ta 


140 

win^nut^h^mwipena  uli  nepisunin^na 
nenwilmeswib^na  anta  haba  bogwa  tchi- 
ghiagh^  wahwabikibina  pawatamegh6 
Spemkik  negagbiwawibena  uli  kinussali- 
n^ga  yu  nudaman^na  yu  pessekasauy^ku 
natchi  kighektawine  yo  ussik^tam^ku 
wfeli  kessassyki  katawi  kiktule  tchi  neda- 
katchibanaghi  match^na  Pabattam^ku 
mossalSgossin^ga  kwinaga  uline  t^ka 
ulistawine  kesta  notanauyfeku.  Nialetch. 
Alleluia. 


BASKWEAYAMIHANE. 

VESPERS. 
K*mitangsenAf  Ac    Malie  J^tdamikool,  dtc.    Mennajami' 

hankch. 

V.  Nixkain  nahnemwinfe,  wesangman- 

mi^ku. 

iU.  Nakasaliihfeu  ikasomind. 

Sangmanwi  teh^lmokiisit,  wekusit, 
wemiktankusit  *  awetchi  uleyt  Nixkam. 

Tanne  eli  pitchemfetch  sangmanwi 
tehfelmokiisit,  *  aghim  tekfetch,  aghim 
alemiumfetch,  Sangmanwi  tehelmokiisit. 
Te  eleyt.     (Alieiuia.) 


142 
PASKWE  AHUMIHAN. 

Z6ziis  teka  tepeltam^n  nepomanhusi- 
n^na  *  kemfllen  n'haghfe. 
Kemillen  hatchi  kat^wi  kestalit6waiiil 

*  kesta  kat^wi  elal6ka. 

Kemillen  hatchi  kat^wi  kestalitowanil 

*  kessi  ketem^nksessianll  kaUwi. 
Kanhk^ssi  sangheltam^nepan  *  mes- 

siwi  kemillMen. 

Ulahamis,  kemillfelen  kaghfessin^ssa  * 
elitahansianil,  amant^  kaghessin^ssa  ni 
kesta  mikwitehanmela. 

KanhketemanghMmi  tchi  nawa  N's^ng- 
m^nm  Z^zus  *  kwewAntamitch  hatchi, 

Amant^  uli  kiktMen  *  amant^  anta 
askamiwi  kakanhwiholohtine. 

Amant^  anta  metkas^siwa  alamnkik  * 
amant^  nawa  wik^ltami^ne  Sp^mkik  tali 
kisi  m^tchinan^. 

Nettanwi  kessansian  M^lie  *  pitta  pan- 
b:  -  amaw^wi. 


ft  r-'« 


143 

Tchwitawi  ketemangh^lmuko6ii  *  ke- 
n^man  Zteus. 

^  Konizeta  nekwln  nawa  ^talakant^k  * 
kisi  fekwi  alnanbayan^. 

EtutSlmokusiza  tanek^  hutchiu  *  We- 
nJmamt,  t6  Wemiktankusit,  t6  wetchi 
Uli  Niwfeskwit. 

Amant^  nawanil  askamiwi  *  etutMmo- 
kusit.    Taoihal^. 

CAPITULUM. 

Nidzant6k  sanassatsit^  Zfezus  k'sang. 
m^n  mena  aw^niba  anta  mossantsikwi 
Zfezussal  wapakitasits  uhaghd. 

a.  Neba  al^gh^. 

HYMNUS. 

Wighaawahine  azus, 
Manmikwi^ltamide  yokik 
Eskwa  p^makaplane 
AnsaghinhtahtowanSka. 


14A 


Tama  paki  pemosal6t 
Kanghighfehoskamoli6pane, 
"Waga  nepuhwanganiwit 
K^gan  kiktan  kelolantjik. 

Ansakelassa  kil  kantak 
Teka  kwittastangiina 
Kelamanlitaman^ga 
Tchikapihasoyopanik. 

Nigkikpa  ketsawiltaakik 
Ayaga  matcliiiiiw^skwak 
P^sekuta  k^lalante 
Kemem^tasanllekopanik. 

Anta  kiwi  wantilkuliuyak 
Kfegwi  6tto  anlawittawan 
Zfezus  kisi  ki  messiwi 
Ansaghinhtahtwi  k'haghi. 

Eli  kesakelmokussiane 
SagaI6kantamawin^ 
Na  nepukwalitam^  kilga 

nPj^l^Tm    vrtiTtriVio^OTtnTiA 


145 

Antiphona.  Ketelaghittule  kwina 
ketapin^  eknmi  ostiwine,  minagtiba  skata 
messwiwi  k'namiholow^nni  yaptchi  widji 
ketelit^lmelen  kittule  kwina  kisi  ki  keti- 
tamen^p^ne  ketapine  tchiyiita,  ketapine 
tchiyita. 

CANTICUM. 

Elanmi  Ostiwin^  ketelit^lmulpena  • 
kenook  metch  skat  ken^mihulun^na. 

Ulasikwan^tch  nawa  messiwi  Sp^mook 
eyeku  *  Anz^li^k  panp^nmi  uskitchin- 
wldjik. 

Sangm^nwi  t^h^lmokusit,  Wekusit, 
Wemiktankusit  *  aw^tchi  ul^yt  nixkam. 

Tanne  ^li  pitchem^tch  sangm^nwi  t^- 
hfelmokusit  *  aghim  tek^ch,  aghim  ale- 
mium^tch,  Sangm^nwi  t^h^mokusit.  T6 
^leyt. 

V.  Tepset^wi  wes&ngm^nmi^ku  pan- 
pattamla. 
13 


146 

R,  N'sankut^winwansw^ngan,  nfeman 
payitmwitch  ^piane. 
V.  Dominus  vobiscum. 
B,  Et  cum  Spiritu  tuo. 


* 


LAUDATE  DOMINUM  OMNES  GENTES,  Ac. 
Messiwi  Alnanb^took  pepamk^migli^k 
pfemkantamfeku  *  Sangm^nwMmoku  mes- 
siwi kisitt^ku. 

Nan'kwitchi     Sangm^nwelmokusit 
nan'kwitclii  ketem&ngliamel^ku. 

Etut^lmokusisa  tan^kfe  hutchiu  *  We- 
nfemanit  ik  Wemiktankusit,  ih  wfetchi  uli 

Niw^skwit. 

Amant^  nawanil  askamiwi  *  etutelmo 

kusit  t^  tanihal^. 


U1 


KISI  EYMIHAMOK. 
After  Church, 

'  Kfessi  ulilawfemelaku 
Messiwi  netahtaku 
Tak^tch  manaw^kan^tch 
N^kat^wi  metchin^nk 
Hutchi  pukwaht^nzo 
Mewiha  winepansine 
Essaklitahanmesine 
Panbattamuhangan^k 
Tan^ba  ketchi  kalawaghil 
Millebaey wil  Ketchi  Niw^sku 
Negm^n  otun^k  hutchiu 
Kagh^sta  utitam^n 
NVitchuk^manna  tanna 
Uliwiwiw^nuhamit, 
Tanne  etutchi  wiwinuhamit 
N'etutchi  witchukemok 
Wetchi  kisi  klahahmansit 
Wetchi  uikamikesit 


148 

Nite  Hi  nepunemfen 
Kwina  n'ulanm^wangdne 
Nya  n^ulanmehoswangane 
Metch  skat  kisi  ketchawilan6k ; 
Tena  nittahtuhangane 
Metch  skat  kisi  metcliihlaii6k 
Nite  wfette  k'sank  feltanzo 
K^ssi  ulilawJmelaku 
Tan^ba  mfetch  skat  asesmiwi 
Nepatsolw^wi  kelozine 
K^gus  pahitaman^ 
Tswi  n^ulanmahozine. 


VESPERS  IN  LATIN. 

S'mUanqsenA,  8pomklh,eU.    Malit  KHcdami- 
eofi,  etc    Mmnajamikanttch. 
V.  Bern  in  adjutoriam  menm  intende. 

M.  Domineadadjuvanduminefestina 
Gloria    Patri,    et    Filio    et    Spiritui 
Sancto. 

Sicut   erat  in  principio,   et  nunc  et 
semper,  *  et  in  saecula  Sfficuloram.  Amen 
Alleluia.    £-e.ssend.    Laus  tibi  Domine 
Rex  aeternse  glorise. 

^  Ps.  cix.  Dixit  Dominus  Domino  meo,  * 
Sede  k  dextris  meis. 
13* 


150 


2.  Donee  ponam  inimicos  tuos,  *  scabel- 
lura  pedum  tuorum. 

3.  Virgam  virtutis  tuse  emittet  Domi- 
nus  ex  Sion,  *  dominare  in  medio  inimi- 
corum  tuoriim. 

4.  Tecum  principium  in  die  virtutis 
tu8D,  in  splendoribus  sanctorum,  *  ex  utero 
ante  luciferum  genui  te. 

5.  Juravit  Dominug,  et  non  pcenitebit 
eum,  *  tu  es  Sacerdos  in  seternum  secun- 
dum ordinem  Melchisedech. 

f).  Dominus  k  dextris  tuis,*  confregitin 

« 

die  irsB  suae  reges. 

T.  Judicabit  in  nationibus,  implebit 
i-uinas,  *  conquassabit  capita  in  terra 
niultorum. 

8.  De  torrente  in  via  bibet,  *  propterea 
exaltabit  caput. 

Gloria  Patri,  &c, 

Pe,  ex.  Confitebor  tibi  Domine  in  toto 


151 


corde  meo,  *  m  consilio  justorum,  et  con- 
gregatione. 

2.  Magna  opera  Domini,  *  exquisita  in 
oranes  voluntates  ejus. 

3.  Confessio  et  magnificentia  opus 
ejus,  *  et  justitia  ejus  manet  in  sseculum 
sseculi. 

4.  Memoriam  fecit  mlrabilium  suorum, 
misericors  et  miserator  Dominus,  *  escam 
dedit  timentimis  se. 

5.  Memor  erit  in  sseculum  testamenti 
sui,  *  virtutem  operum  suorum  annunti- 
abit  populo  suo : 

6.  Ut  det  illis  hsereditatem  Gentium,  * 
opera  m annum  ejus,  Veritas  et  judicium. 

7.  Fidelia  omnia  mandata  ejus,  confir- 
mata  in  sseculum  saeculi,  *  facta  in  veritate 
et  sequitate. 

8.  Redemptionem  misit  populo  suo,  * 
mandavit  in  aeternum  testamentum  suum. 


152 


9.  Sanctum  et  terribile  nomen  ejus,  * 
initinm  sapientiee  tiuior  Domini. 

10.  Intellectus  bonus  omnibus  facien- 
tibus  eum,  *  laudatio  ejus  manet  in  saecu- 
lum  sseculi. 

Gloria  Patri,  &c. 

-Po\  cxi.  Beatus  vir  qui  timet  Domi- 
num,  *  in  mandatis  ejus  volet  nimis. 

2.  Potens  in  terra  erit  semen  ejus,* 
generatio  rectorum  benedftetur. 

3.  Gloria  et  divitiae  in  domo  ejus,  *  et 
justitia  ejus  manet  in  saeculum  saeculi. 

4.  Exortum  est  in  tenebris  lumen  rec- 
tis,  *  misericors,  et  miserator,  et  Justus. 

5.  Jucundus  homo  qui  miseretur  et 
commodat,  disponet  sermones  suos  in 
judicio,  *  quia  in  seternum  non  commo- 
vebitur. 

6.  In  memoria  esterna  erit  Justus,  *  ab 


nil/Iff li^nzi    i-k'knln    »i/^-r»    +i*vi/ilM^ 


UB 


T.  Paratum  CO?* .  ejus  sperare  in  Domi- 
no, confirmatum  est  cor  ejus,  *  non  com- 
movebitur  donee  despiciat  inimicos  suos. 

8.  Dispersit,  deditpauperibus;  justitia 
ejus  manet  in  sseculumsaeculi,*  cornu  ejus 
exaltabitur  in  gloria. 

f  Peccator  videbit,  et  irascetur,  den- 
tibus  suis  fremet  et  tabescet,  *  desiderium 
peccatorum  peribit. 

Gloria  Patri,  &c. 

JPs.  cxii.  Laudato  pueri  Dominum,  * 
laudate  nomen  Domini. 

2.  Sit  nomen  Domini  benedictum,  *  ex 
hoc  nunc,  et  usque  in  sseculum. 

3.  A  solis  ortu  usque  ad  occasum,  * 
laudabile  nomen  Domini. 

4.  Excelsus  super  omnes  gentes  Domi- 
nus,  *  et  super  coelos  gloria  ejus. 

5.  Quis  sicut  Dominus  Deus  noster,  qui 
iu.  aibiis  iiciuitciu,  t;c  liumiiia  respicit  m 
codIo  et  in  terra  ? 


154 


6.  Suscitans  k  terra  inopem,  *  et  de 
stercore  erigens  pauperem : 

7.  Ut  collocet  eum  cum  principibus,  * 
cum  principibus  populi  sui. 

8.  Qui  habitare  facit  sterilem  in  domo,  * 
matrem  filiorum  laetantem. 

Gloria  Patri,  &c. 

JPs,  cxiii.  In  exitu  Israel  de  JEgypto,  * 
domus  Jacob  de  populo  barbaro. 

2.  Facta  est  Judaea  sanctificatio  ejus,  * 
Israel  potestas  ejus. 

3.  Mare  vidit  et  fu^-it,  *  Jordanis  con- 
versus  est  retrorsum. 

4.  Montes  exultaverunt  ut  arietes,  *  et 
coUes  sicut  agni  ovium. 

5.  Quid  est  tibi  mare,  quod  fugisti  ?  * 
et  tu  Jordanis,  quia  conversus  es  retror- 
sum ? 

6.  Montes  exu]  tastis  sicut  arietes  ?  *  et 
colles  sicut  agni  ovium  ? 


155 

7.  A  facie  Domini  mota  est  terra,  *  k 
facie  Dei  Jacob : 

8.  Qui  convertit  petrara  in  stagna 
aquarum,  *  et  rupem  in  fontes  aquarum. 

9.  Non  nobis  Domine,  non  nobis,  *  sed 
nomini  tuo  da  gloriam  : 

10.  Super  niisericordia  tua,  et  veritate 
tua,  *  nequando  dicant  Gentes,  Ubi  est 
Deus  eorum  ? 

11.  Deus  autem  noster  in  ccelo :  *  omnia 
qusecumque  voluit,  fecit. 

12.  Simulacra  Gentium  argentum  et 
aurum,  *  opera  manuum  hominum. 

13.  Os  habent,  et  non  loquentur:  * 
oculos  habent,  et  non  videbunt. 

14.  Aures  habent,  et  non  audient :  * 
nares  habent,  et  non  odorabunt 

15.  Manus  habent,  et  non  palpabunt : 
pedes  habent,  et  non  ambulabunt :  *  non 
clamabunt  in  gutture  suo. 


156 


16.  Similes  illis  fiant  qui  faciunt  ea:* 
et  omnes  qui  confidunt  in  eis. 

1 7.  Domus  Israel  speravit  in  Domino :  * 
adjutor  eorum,  et  protector  eorum  est. 

18.  Domus  Aaron  speravit  in  Domino:* 
adjutor  eorum,  et  protector  eorum  est. 

19.  Qui  timent  Dominum,  speraverunt 
in  Domino :  *  adjutor  eorum,  et  protector 
eorum  est. 

20.  Dominus  memor  fuit  nostri,  *  et 
benedixit  nobis. 

21.  Benedixit  domui  Israel :  *  benedixit 
domui  Aaron. 

22.  Benedixit  omnibus  qui  timent 
Dominum,  *  pusillis  cum  majoribus. 

23.  Adjiciat  Dominus  super  vos:  *  super 
vos,  et  super  filios  vestros. 

24.  Benedicti  vos  a  Domino,  *  qui  fecit 
coelum  et  terram. 

tern  dedit  filiis  hominum. 


157 

26.  Non  mortui  laudabuut  te,  Do- 
mine:  *  Deque  omnes,qm  descendunt  in 
infernum. 

27.  Sed  nos  qui  vivimus,  benedicimus 
Domino,  *  ex  hoc  nunc  et  usque  in  sae- 
culum. 

Gloria  Patri,  &c. 

KESSENA. 

P^.  cxvi.  Laudate  Dominum  omnes 
gentes :  *  laudate  eum  omnes  populi. 

2.  Quoniam  confirmata  est  super  nos 
misericordia  ejus  :  *  et  Veritas  Domini 
manet  in  aeternum. 

Gloria  latri,  &c. 

CAPITULUNf. 

Benedictus  Deus,    et  Pater  Domini 

nostri  Jesu  Christi,  Pater  misericordia- 

ram,  et  Deus  totius  consolationis,  qui  con- 
14 


158 


solatur  no8  in  omni  tribulatione  nostra. 
Kisi  Capitulum. 
B.  Deo  gratias. 

HYMNUS. 
Lucis  Creator  optime, 
Lucem  dierum  proferens, 
Primordiis  lucis  novae, 
Mundi  parans  originem. 

IL 

Qui  mane  junctum  vesperi 
Diem  vocari  prsBcipis, 
lUabitur  tetrum  chaos, 
Audi  preces  cum  fletibus. 

m. 
Ne  mens  gravata  crimine, 

Vitae  sit  exul  munere, 
Dum  nil  perenne  cogitat, 
Seseque  culpis  illigat. 

IV. 

Cceleste  pulset  ogtium, 
Vitale  toUat  Drat  'nium. 


159 

Vitemus  omne  noxium, 
Purgemus  omne  pessimum. 

V. 
Praesta,  Pater  piissime, 
Patrique  compar  Unice, 
Cum  Spiritu  Paraclito, 
Kegnans  per  omne  saeculum. 

Amen, 

V.  Dirigatur,  Domine,  oratio  mea. 
-ff.  Sicut  mcensum  in  conspectu  tuo. 

The  Song  of  the  B,  V.  Mary,  Luke  i  46. 

Magnificat  *  anima  mea  Dominum  : 

2.  Et  exultavit  spiritus  mens,  *  in  Deo 
salutari  meo. 

3.  Quia  respexit  humilitatem  ancillse 
QUSQ :  *  ecce  enim  ex  hoc  beatam  me  dicent 
omnes  generationes. 

4.  Quia  fecit  mihi  magna  qui  potens 


aa4-  •     ^     ^4.   « ^._ 

'VOW  •  r:{j  pi:s.iii''.r.ij 


et  sauctum  nomen  ejus. 


160 


6.  Et  misericordia  ejus  a  progenie  in 
progenies  *  timentibus  eum. 

6.  Fecit  potentiam  in  brachio  suo  :  * 
dispersit  superbos  mente  cordis  sui. 

7.  Deposuit  potentes  de  sede,  *  et 
exaltavit  humiles. 

8.  Esurientes  implevit  bonis,  *  et  divi- 
tes  dimisit  inanes. 

9.  Suscepit  Israel  puerum  suum,  *  re- 
cordatus  misericordise  suae. 

10.  Sicut  locutus  est  ad  patres  nostros,* 
Abraham  et  semini  ejus  in  seecula. 

Gloria  Patri,  &c. 

V.  Dominus  vobiscum. 

H.  Et  cum  Sj^  iritu  tuo. 

V.  Benedicamus  Domino. 

H.  Deo  Gratias.  {Kisi  Ampitchipeh) 
Deo  Gratias.  Alleluia,  alleluia. 

F]  Et  fidelium  animaa  per  misericor- 
diam  Dei  requiescant  in  pace. 

R.  Amen. 


161 


SANGMANWI  MALIE  GHISKOMEK. 
Ps.  cix.  Dixit  Dominus,  &c.  (p.  149). 
P«y.  cxii.  Laudate  pueri  Dominum,  &c. 
(p.  153). 

Pe.  cxxi.  Laetatus  sum  in  his  quae  dicta 
sunt  mihi :  *  in  domum  Domini  ibimus. 

Stantes  erant  pedes  nostri :  *  in  atriis 
tuis,  Jerusalem. 

Jerusalem,  quae  asdificatur  ut  ci vitas:* 
cujus  participatio  ejus  in  idipsum. 

lUuc  enim  ascenderunt  tribus,  tribus 
Domini :  *  testimonium  Israel  ad  confi- 
tendum  nomini  Domini 

Quia  illic  sederunt  sedes  in  judicio :  * 
sedes  super  domum  David. 

Eogate  quae  ad  pacem  sunt  Jerusalem  :* 
et  abundantia  diligentibus  te. 

Fiat  pax  in  virtute  tua :  *  et  abundan- 
tia in  turribus  tuis. 

Propter  fratres  meos  et  proximos 
meos :  *  loquebar  pacem  de  te. 


162 


Propter  domum  Domini  Dei  nostri :  * 
quflesivi  bona  tibi. 

Gloria,  &c. 

Ps.  cxxvi.  Nisi  Dominus  sedificaveiit 
domum ;  *  in  vanum  laboraverunt  qui 
SBdificant  eam. 

Nisi  Dominus  custodierit  civitatem :  * 
frustra  vigilat  qui  custodit  eam. 

Vanum  est  vobis  ante  lucem  surgere :  * 
surgite  postquam  sederitis,  qui  mandu- 
catis  panem  doloris. 

Cum  dederit  dilectis  suis  soranum:* 
ecce  hsereditas  Domini,  filii :  merces,  fruc- 
tus  ventris. 

Sicut  sagittae  in  manu  potentis:*  ita 
filii  excussorum 

Beatus  vir  qui  implevit  desiderium 
suum  ex  ipsis  :  *  non  confundetur,  cum 
loquetur  inimicis  suis  in  porta. 

Gloria,  &c. 


163 

Fs,  cxlvii.  Lauda,  Jerusalem,   Domi- 
num :  *  lauda  Deum  tuum,  Sion. 

Quoniam  confortavit  seras  portaram 
tuarnm :  *  benedixit  filiis  tuis  in  te. 

Qui  posuit  fines  tuos  pacem :  *  et  adipe 
frumenti  satiat  te. 

Qui  emittit  eloquium  suum  terrse:  * 
velociter  currit  sermo  ejus. 

Qui  dat  nivem  sicut  lanam :  *  nebulam 
sicut  cinerem  spargit. 

Mittit  crystallum  suam  sicut  buccel- 
las :  *  ante  "aciem  frigoris  ejus  quis  sus- 
tinebit  ? 

Emittet  verbum  suum,  et  liquefaciet 
ea:*  flabit  spiritus  ejus,  et  fluent  aquse. 

Q^  annuntiat  verbum  suum  Jacob  ;  * 
justitias  et  judicia  sua  Israel. 

Non  fecit  taliter  omni  nationi:  *  et 
judicia  sua  non  manifestavit  eis. 

Gloria  Patri,  <fec. 


Iltl' 


164 

AVE  MARIS  STELLA. 

'  Ul^yan,  MMie,  sub^ku  pess^ssmouyane, 
kissiseyane  Anixkam  wekussiane  eya- 
ptchiwi  p^ki  Nanxkw^yan  agun  wetchi 
kessetay^ku  Sp^mook. 

W^tcbi  aghenotem^ku  AnzMi  Gabli^ 
kulaswipena  ketemangh^y^ku  saktawine 
lasutemagani  kalawazoti  n'tchetchahku 
lahl^Q. 

Wetchi  ktchipilinamo6k  n'uneyutin- 
wM ;  kil,  Malie,  ampkwehline  kli  piskig- 
w^y^ku  wassakwen'manhwine  wfeneyul- 
ti^ku  kil  h^line. 

M^liM  kenidzan  n'hagh^naw^l  w^tcH 
saktawinam^t  kwi  Sangmanmena  pitchy 
m^tch  ^yt  Anixkam  ewigauskanfes  k'ha- 
gh^  weskitchinw^lsi^ne. 

Kil,  Nanxkway^n,  petcliiliu  pfeki  Nanx- 
kwayan,  kil  petchiliu  k^ssiakussiane,  ela- 
sutemelsine    kighfehinam^t   messiss^ywi- 


manr\t% 


165 

Pnkwahtwin^  n'dli  uskitchiawinene 
mantch^pin^ne  Spemo6k  nemikit  Z^zus 
kiguhulaku  yaptchiu  tchi  k'ulitahansul- 
tipena. 

Tchibato6k  k6pemi  tehMmokissit,  we- 
kdssit,  Nixkam  mamptchim'kiisit,  wemik- 
tankisit.  Nixkam  y  i  kes^lmokfisit  wetchi 
r^^jt  Nixkam  ntlw^k  pasunfewidjik 
pesekdon  ^li  mamptchimkto.   Te  Meyt. 

V.  Bignare  me  laudare,  Virgo  sacrata. 

i?.  Damihivirtutemcontrahostestnos. 
mw  Ampiichipek,  Alleluia. 

WewittahAma,  Sangamawi  Malie  kus- 
ansque,  esma  wewelmaiksi.  attamihh 
K^misnam6n  ehhlAt.  NehAmskawass 
pesekd,  k'delan,  attemahh  kemisnamdn 
elit.  Anda,  Sangamawi  Malie  Kussiik- 
qne,  anda.  Meli  elitchawpM«,«o  .1: 
Jisangm^nmenaZezus.     JSfialetch. 


THE  LITANY  OF  SAINTS. 


LitanicB  Sanctorum. 


I 


Kyrie  eleison. 
Christe  eleison. 
Kyrie  eleison. 
Christe  audi  nos. 
Christe  exaudi  nos. 

Pater  de  coelis  Deus,  Miserere  nobis. 

Fili  Eedemptor  mundi  Deus,  Miserere 
nobis. 

Spiritus  sancte  Deus,  Miserere  nobis. 


THE  LITANY  OF  SAINTS, 

Wewkssitahdnsuhdngancdl  LitanidiJidngan, 

Zezus,  k't^mangufelmin^. 

Nixkam,  k'temangu^lmin^. 

Zezus,  k'teinangufelmin^. 

Nixkam,  tchiksdaw6min&. 

Nixkam,  tchiksdaw^mme  eli  wilicud- 
mokek. 

K^tchi  Niw^skum  Spomkik  Vekussit, 
k^temangu^lmin^. 

Kfetchi    Niwfeskum    WemiktankAssit  ' 
kikah61^,  k'temangu^lmin^. 

K^tclii  Niw^skum  Wetchi-Uli-Niw^s- 
kwit.  k'temane'iiMmine, 


168 


Sancta  Trinitas  unus  Deus,  Miserere 
nobis. 

Sancta  Maria,  Ora  pro  nobis. 
Sancta  Dei  genitrix,  Ora. 
Sancta  Virgo  virginum,  Ora. 
Sancte  Michael,  Ora. 
Sancte  Gabriel,  Ora. 
Sancte  Raphael,  Ora. 

Omnes  sancti,  Angeli  et  Archangeli, 
Orate. 

Omnes  sancti  beatorum  spirituum  or* 
dines,  Orate. 

Sancte  Joannes  Baptista,  Ora. 
Sancte  Joseph,  Ora. 

Omnes  sancti  Patriarchae  et  Prophetsn, 
Orate. 

Sancte  Petre,  Ora. 

Sancte  Paule,  Ora. 

Sancte  Andrea,  Ora. 

Sancte  Jacobe,  Ora. 


169 


miokk  peseki!in  Ketchi  Niw^sskohan 
g^noh^n,  k'temangu^lmine. 
Sangmanwi  Malie, 
Saugmanwi  Unemani^n, 
Sangmanwi  kessiakussi^n, 
Sangmanwi  Misel, 
Sangmanwi  G^blifel, 
Sangmanwi  MnpaM, 
Messi  UK  Anzeli^k  hatchi  Pemi- 

Anjseli^k, 

Messl  Uli  tabaskutiganMl  wew^ssi 

Niweskw^k, 
Sangmanwi  Assan  Batis, 
Sangmanwi  Zozep, 

Messi  Uli  Patlians^k,  hatchi  Ktchik- 

pusswinw^k, 
Sangmanwi  Piol, 
Sangmanwi  Pol, 
Sangmanwi  Andl^, 

Sangmanwi  Sak, 
15 


I 


I 


170 


Sanctis  Joannes,  Ora. 

Sancte  Thoma,  Ora. 

Sancte  Jacobe,  Ora. 

Sancte  Philippe,  Ora. 

Sancte  Bartholomsee,  Ora. 

Sancte  Matthsee,  Ora. 

Sancte  Simon,  Ora. 

Sancte  Thaddsee,  Ora. 

Sancte  Mathia,  Ora. 

Sancte  Barnaba,  Ora. 

Sancte  Luca,  Ora. 

Sancte  Marce,  Ora. 

Omnes  sancti  Apostoli  et  Evangelistse, 

Orate. 

Omne  sancti  Discipuli  Domini,  Orate. 

Omnes  sancti  Innocentes,  Orate. 

Sancte  Stephane,  Ora. 

Sancte  Laurenti,  Ora. 

Sancte  Vincenti,  Ora. 

Sancti  Fabiane  et  Sebaatiane,  Orate. 


171 


Sangmanwi  Assan, 
Sangmanwi  Thoma, 
Sangmanwi  Sak, 
Sangmanwi  Pilip, 
Sangmanwi  Battelemi, 
Sangmanwi  Mattin, 
Sangmanwi  Simon, 
Sangmanwi  Thad6, 
Sangmanwi  Mattias, 
Sangmanwi  Balnabfe, 
Sangmanwi  Luk, 
Sangmanwi  Malk, 

Messi  Uli  Utakkan^i,  hatchi  Eband- 
gelist^k, 

Messi  Uli  Skitkamiquinwik  Zteus, 

Messi  Uli  Awosses^.k  Spomkik, 

Sangmanwi  Eti^n, 

Sangmanwi  Lola, 

Sangmanwi  Bisent, 

Uli  Pabien  hatchi  Sebastian. 


I 


i: 


J 


172 


Sancti  Joannes  et  Paule,  Orate. 
Sancti  Cosma  et  Daraiane,  Orate. 
Sancti  Gervasi  et  Protasi,  Orate. 
Omnes  sancti  Martyres,  Orate. 
Sancte  Silvester,  Ora. 
Sancte  Gregori,  Ora. 
S^^jicte  Ambrosi,  Ora. 
Sancte  Augustine,  Ora. 
Sancte  Hieronyme,  Ora. 
Sancte  Martine,  Ora. 
Sancte  Nicolae,  Ora. 
Omnes  sancti  Pontifices  et  Confessores, 
Orate. 
Omnes  sancti  Doctores,  Orate. 
Sancte  Antoni,  Ora. 
Sancte  Benedicte,  Ora. 
Sancte  Bernarde,  Ora. 
Sancte  Dominice,  Ora. 
Sancte  Francisce,  Ora.  [Orate. 

Omnes  sancti  Sacerdotes   et  Levitse, 


173 


Uli  Assan  hatclii  Pol, 

Uli  Com  hatchi  Damien, 

ITli  Selbfeg  hatchi  Plot^s, 

Messi  Uli  Nehlotchik,       "^ 

Sangmanwi  Silb^t, 

Sangmanwi  Gleg61i, 

Sangmanwi  Amblo^ 

Sangmanwi  Ogustin, 

Sangmanwi  Sel6m, 

Sangmanwi  Maltin, 

Sangmanwi  Nic61as, 

Messi  Uli  Ebeqno4k  hatchi Kinomas- 

sohino^k, 
Messi  Uli  Notchinbilwetchik, 
Sangmanwi  Anto^n, 
Sangmanwi  Beno^, 
Sangmanwi  Belnald, 
Sangmanwi  Dorainik, 
Sangmanwi  Planso4, 

Messi  Uli  Patliansak, 
15* 


J 


174 


Omnes  sancti  Monachi  et  Eremitae, 
Orate. 

Sancta  Maria  Magdalena,  Ora. 

Sancta  Agatha,  Ora. 

Sancta  Lucia,  Ora. 

Sancta  Agnes,  Ora. 

Sancta  Caecilia,  Ora. 

Sancta  Catharina,  Ora. 

Sancta  Anastasia,  Ora. 

Omnes  sanctseVirgineset  Viduae,  Orate. 

Omnes  sancti  et  sanctse  Dei,  interceditvS 
pro  nobis. 

Propitius  esto,  Parce  nobis,  Domine. 

Propitius  esto,  Exaudi  nos  Domine. 

Ab  omni  malo,  libera  nos,  Domine. 

Ab  omni  peccato,  libera  nos,  Domine. 

Ab  ira  tua,  libera  nos,  Domine.   . 

A  subitanea  et  improvisa  morte,  libera 

nos,  Domine. 

Ab  insidiis  diaboli,  libera  nos,  Domine. 


115 


5* 


i 


Messi  Uli  KdMkidassuh^nganw^ll,  ] 

Sangmanwi  Malie  Modlin, 

SaDgmanwi  Ag^t, 

Sangmanwi  Lusi, 

Sangmanwi  Agnes, 

Sangmanwi  Sesil, 

Sangmanwi  Catelln, 

Sangmanwi  Anastasi,  [usqu^k, 

Messi  wewessi  Kussian^k  hatchi  Sik-  j 

Messi  Wewessitahansuh^ngan^l  ketchi, 

Niwesku,  witchokk^min^.' 
Mos^k  sakialelmak^n,  Z^zus,  anehMam- 

awin^. 

Mos4k  sakialelmak^n,  Z^zus,  tchiksdawe- 
min^  eli  wilitcliudmat^k. 

Messi  sakawekansuhangan^k,  Utchikik- 
kawine. 

Messi  alakameksuhanganM,  Utchikikka- 
win^. 

AskamawMman^ck,  Utchikikkawin^. 


176 


A  flagello  terrsemotus,  libera  no9, 
Domine. 

Ab  ira,  et  odio,  et  omni  mala  volun- 
tate,  libera  nos,  Domine. 

A  spiritu  fornicationis,  libera  nos,  Do- 
mine. 

A  fulgure  et  tempestate,  libera  nos, 
Domine. 

A  morte  perpetua,  libera  nos,  Domine. 

A  peste,  •fame  et  bello,  libera  nos, 
Domine. 

Per  mysterium  sanctae  incarnationis 
tuse,  libera  nos,  Domine. 

Per  adventum  tuum,  libera  nos,  Domine. 

Per  nativitatem  tuam,  libera  nos, 
Domine. 

Per  baptismum,  et  sanctum  jejunium 
tunm,  libera  nos,  Domine. 

Per  crucem  et  passionem  tuam,  libera 
nos,  Domine. 


Ill 

Sesal^kki  metchin^,  Utchlkikkawin^. 

Matchundu  el^lokket,   Utchikikkawine. 

MatcLiput^k,  Utchikikkawine. 

Musquitah^ma,  hatcti  messekess^k  aum- 
baletah^nsuhanganM,  Utchikikkawine. 

AumbalalokewanganM,  Utchikikkawin^. 

Manamekuhansu,  hatchi  sai^amquehasu, 
Utchikikkawine. 

Elghisg^k,  Utchikikkawine. 

Messiodidu^k,  quasqual^ma,  hatchi  audin, 
Utchikikkawine. 

Eli  K^ttaku  wutch  ku  'heghe  ^yussw^n- 
gan,  Utchikikkawine. 

Eli  Utchkawhilan,  Utchikikkawine. 

Eli  kisanviekMn,  Utchikikkawine. 

Eli  k'sughenepansuh^ngan,  hatchi  uli 
k'ghekin^wi  alaghitinieghil,  Utchikik- 
kawine. 

Elissit^ue  taholukban,  hatchi  Tchibi^k- 
tacodk,  Utchikikkawine. 


li^. 


m: 


IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-3) 


7.x 


Wj  |i£   "^"      HID 


I.I 


^  1^    1112.2 


11.25  i  1.4 


6" 


2.0 


1.6 


/] 


/: 


Photographic 

Sciences 

Corporation 


33  WEST  MAIN  STREET 

WEBSTER,  N.Y.  14S80 

(716)  872-4503 


m 


178 


Per  mortem  et  sepulturam  tuam,  libera 
nos,  Domine. 

Per  sanctam  resurrectionem  tuam 
libera  nos,  Domine. 

Per  admirabilem  aseensionem  tuam 
libera  nos,  Domine. 

Per  adventum  Spiritus  Sancti  Para- 
cliti,  libera  nos,  Domine. 

In  die  Judicii,  libera  nos,  Domine. 

Peccatores,  Te  rogamus,  audi  nos. 

Ut  nobis  parcas,  Te  rogamus,  audi  nos. 

Ut  nobis  indulgeas,  Te  rogamus,  audi 
nos. 

Ut  ad  veram  poenitentiam  nos  perdu- 
cere  digneris,  Te  rogamus. 

Ut  Ecclesiam  tuam  sanctam  regere,  et 
conservare  digneris,  Te  rogamus,  audi  nos. 

Ut  domum  Apostolicum  et  omnes  Ec- 
clesiasticos  ordines  in  sancta  religione 
conservare  digneris,  Te  rogamus. 


179 


Eli  metchin4n,  hatchi    eli  poskanlo6k, 

Utchikikkawini. 
Eli  uli  amikikaosian,  Utchikikkawin^. 
Eli  ketchi  Fmatch^hlan  Spomkik,  Utchi- 

kikkawin^. 

Eli  betchikl^t  Uli  Niweskwit,  Utchikik. 
kawin^. 

Nbemaghisegik  noktbiteham^n,   Utchi- 
kikkawin^. 

Nitchihaniamiliabna  alakamiksukan-  ] 

Amaute  aneheldamawinfe, 
Amante  k*temangu61min^, 
Amante  utchitahasin  elalokka, 
Amante  kia  witchakkeme  mehqui- 

quahutchik,  kVewessi  ahi^mih^-  '  ^' 

wigamikook, 
Amante  *kia  kaskam^n    sangmawi 

kighemwinwidjik,    hatchi    messi 

kighfemwinuhodk,  amante  tetekwi 

panbatt6mw^ho6k, 


s* 


180 

Ut  inimicos  ^/^nctee  Ecclesiae  humiliare 
digneris,  Te  rogamus. 

Ut  regibus  et  principibus  Christianis 
pacem  et  veram  concordiam  donare  dig- 
neris, Te  rogamus. 

Ut  cuncto  populo  Christiano  pacem  et 
unitatem  largiri  digneris,  Te  rogamus. 

Ut  nosmetipsos  in  tuo  sancto  servitio 
eonfortare  et  conservare  digneris,  Te 
rogamns. 

Ut  mentes  nostras  ad  coelestia  deside- 
ria  erigas^  Te  rogamus. 

Ut  omnibus  benefact'oribus  nostris  sem- 
piterna  bona  retribuas,  Te  rogamus. 

Ut  animas  nostras,  fratrum,  propin- 
quorum,  et  benefactorum  nostrorum  ab 
aetema  damnatioiie  eripias,  Te  rogamus, 
audi  nos. 

Ut  fructus  terrae  dare  et  conservare 
digneris,  Te  rogamus. 


181 


Am4nte  kia  kisi  amekkahal^te  anda 

panbaktamook, 
Am^nte  messi  kindgemussAk,  hatchi 

ktchimaussohimuh^k      panbakta- 

mo6k  mile  pesekunuhitahasuhan- 
ganal, 

Am^nte  messi  pambaktakfek  mile 
pesekunuhitahasuhangan, 

AmAnte  ketemanghelmin^,  milin 
wetchi  winepasi  eli  el'ulaldkke- 
ulan, 

Am^nte  n'utchatchakwAl  tbithanda- 
wak  Spomkik, 

Am^nte  miliane  messi  uligo6k  messi 
uli  mossanlaquik, 

Amante  utchi  klamolaque  alamkik, 
k'utchatcliakAnawak,  ki6na  ki- 
tchiw^naw^k,  messi  ekkikkahgo-  i 
dam^ue,  hatchi  mossanlaquik, 
hatchi  utchalankik  am^D^e  utchi- 
kikkawin^,  j^ 


f 


182 


Ut  omnibus  fidelibusdefimctis  requiem 
setemam  donare  digneris,  Te  rogamus. 

Ut^nos  exaudire  digneris,  Te  rogamus, 
audi  nos. 


Fili  Dei,  Te  rogamus,  audi  nos. 

Agnus  Dei,  qui  tollis  peccata  mundi, 
Parce  nobis,  Domine. 

Agnus  Dei,  qui  tollis  peccata  mundi, 
Exaudi  nos,  Domine. 

Agnus  Dei,  qui  tollis  peccata  mundi, 
Miserere  nobis. 

Christe,  audi  nos. 
Ghriste,  exaudi  nos. 
Kyrie  eleison. 
Ghriste  eleison. 


I 


183 


I 


P 


Am^nte    messi    ulikke    metchime ' 

miliike,  pesku^aw^k, 
Am^nte  kia  wess^ngmanmi^ku  weii- 

litehelm^ne  messi  utchitch^kwM 

kassakussidjik, 

Am^nte  k'tchiksdaweminfe  Mi  wili- 

kiidmolik, 
Wemiktankussit  ketchi  Mwisku, 

Zezus  aymAta  watta  oskitchinuik  une- 
yotiwai.    Aneh^IdamAwin^. 

Zezus  aym^a  watta  oskitchinuik  une^ 
yotiw^U,  Tchiksdawemin^  eli  wilitchud- 
mol^k. 

Zezus  aym^ta  watta  oskitchinu^  une- 

yotiwAll,  k'temangufelmin^. 

Nixkam  tchiksdaw6min6. 

Nixkam  tchiksdawemin^  61i  wilikud- 
mol^k. 

Zezus  k'temangufelmin^. 
.    Nixkam  k'temangu61min6. 


184 


Kyrie  eleison. 

Pater  Noster.    Secreto, 

Or  emus, 
Deus,  cui  proprium  est  misereri  semper, 
et  parcere:  suseipe  deprecationem  nos- 
tram :  ut  nos,  et  oranes  famulos  tuos,  quos 
delictorum  catena  constringit,  miseratio 
,tu8B  pietatis  clementer  absolvat.  Per 
Dominum  nostrum  Jesum  Christum  filium 
tuum,  qui  tecum  vivit  et  regnat,  in  uni- 
tate  Spiritus  S^ncti  Deus,  per  omnia 
Bascula  saeculorum.    R,  Amen. 


185 

Zezns  k'temanguymini. 

K'mitanqsena,  &c  Mennajamihanetoh. 
Pcmbattarmoa. 

Ketchi  Niweskum,  well  mossandjik 
tatchi  askamiki  aneheldamAwi.  KiknA- 
tawi  elaiamihi,  tampquihaUanntch  allak- 

amihnsulianganmessipambaktakik,  Naki 
Zezns  k'eangmanmena  nespiii  nihaU  pan^ 
battamuleka    B.  Nialetch. 


16* 


m^ 


Hymns  in  Indian  language. 

KETI  NIBAYMIHAMOK. 


For  Advent 

N^nwitfetemula  Zizus  kigheyfeku 
UskitchinwMsih^a 
WiguskanfetcH  Nanxwfet  Malie 
Kise  teh^lmesk  wetchi  uleyt  Nixkam. 

Noel,  Noel,  Noel,  Noel, 
Noel,  Noel,  Noel,  Noel, 
Noel,  Noel,  Noel,  Noel, 
Noel,  Noel,  Noel,  Noel. 

Malie  Wegtissi^a  Kalawazoti 
WekiLssi^,  kessiakussi^n 


187 

Aymaghim&n  ekwlha  uttamumine 
K6gan  n'peghiu  ikasomane. 

Noel,  Noel,  Noel,  Noel, 
Noel,  Noel,  Noel,  Noel, 
Noel,  Noel,  Noel,  Noel, 
Noel,  Noel,  Noel,  Noel.         [m^nmiika, 
Tchibetook  mamptchimeskes  wesang- 
Mklie  Nanxkwfe,  Nighiuskesa 
Tchibetodk  Mi  kesakMmokiisit, 
Wikusita  w6tclii  uleyt,  Nixkam. 

Noel,  Noel,  Noel,  Noel, 
Noel,  Noel,  Noel,  Noel, 
Noel,  Noel,  Noel,  Noel, 
Noel,  Noel,  Noel,  Noel. 


NIBAYMIHEWINETUHAGHENEL 

JPbr  Christmas  Eve. 
Uskitchinu  uskin'tanhwlne 
Uskitchinuliwiliuzussa 
Wemiktankusit  Nixkam 


188 

Messiwi  alasomel^ku. 

Nemosantsin^l  k'hagh^nawW 
Kegusoyo  iwayulti^ku 
Mantchessoyo  mitsw^ngan 
Yaptchiu  n'emillaku. 

M^awas  ^li  utchehtchakuyfeku 
Kweiilitelmukunussa 
W^tchi  uskitchinuhisa 
Kat^wi  kigh^ukunusa. 

Etutchi  wiulitfeh^lmelekdssa 
Keteliteh^lmukuniisa 
M^ssiwidji  nes^nktangodk 
Messiwidji  nemos^nlegodk. 

Kwina  t^  saktawit^te 
Kwina  t^  iposanlitite 
Nitchi  kwina  n'widjigh^man 
Spemkamiko6k  etAtapian. 


189 

KTSI  SHEHEWATEKWIK. 
For  Good  Friday. 

Zezus  kuliwewinolo 

Eli  utahussiane 

Wewelmat  Zezussal 

Niwesku  ketchi  Niwesku 

Saghihassa  ga  Zezus 

Tanegli^  nelanmeghfe 

Pitta  saghi  megaha 
Shehawatekook  sitakutaha 
Pitta  sanni  buskena 
Niwesku  ketchi  Niwesku 
Memptchi  penapusk  testahote 
Eli  sanni  buskena 
Kiona  wetchi  n'lossa 
Niwesku  ketchi  Niwesku 
Saghihassa  ga  Zezus 
Keseltami  Zezussal. 


190 


r- 


KETSK. 
Sagawdnsis  mosanlekussi^ne 
K^gus  w^tchi  nibanighi^ne 
Spates  n'emikt^nsku 
M^tchin^ne. 

Papili  kalawazoti 
Spates  <v^6tchi 
Kisi  tomoku 
W^lapatasku  assaghiiiahu. 

Sagawdnsis  mosanlekussi^ne 
Epitaskwa  61i  nighiane 
Akaya  mosa  mosala 

Akaya  ussighi  ghizodk 
Kfewakatchi  n^yrnan  gLizook 
Tepukk^k  ^li  nighiane. 


KETEK. 

Spemo6k,  ktahkamikook 
Tak^tchi  pessutat ; 
Spemo6k,  ktahkamikook 


191 


Takfetchi  aJkhgwktwkkn ; 
Nohawanku  Anz^liAk 
Takutchi  kiktawan^tch 
Ulittankusw^k  pessAngwi. 

K^gus  panwytaman 
Wfetchi  kisi  nighian ; 
Khgua  panw^ltaman, 
Nixkami  Awanzis 
Kenantchi  kigh^hipena 
T6  nlisaktul^ke 
Kemantch^  pipenadji  Spemo6k. 

Messiwi  t^pelUk 
Uskitchinw^lsuza ; 
Messiwi  t^peltAk 
Ulitah^azultinia 

Nantalasikwan^tch 
Kauzigamigo6k 
Uskitchinw^k  hutchi  nigo. 
Skat  nikiusapane 


] 


8- 


192 


Skat  nikiiisapane 
Pessangwi  ketemanghey^ne 
Mussantsin^tch  tanni 
Uskitchinwdk  hutv   i 
Ketemanghihuzo  Nixkam. 

Kil  ptchiliu,  Nanxkw^yan, 
Sangm^nwi  MaliM ; 
Kil  ptchiliu,  Nanxkwdyan, 
Nixkam  w^gussiane 
Wikutemw^mine 
Spemkamikook  tali 
Kisiba  namihana  kukus. 


J 


KETEK. 

Sp^mook  yalasutfek 
Yu  kt^hkamikook 
Tak^tchi  nigo. 

Tch^  nakasahihu  • 
Nantchi  messiwi 
UlasikwaD^tch. 


193 

K^nok  ktek^highil 
K^nok  tepukikil 
Mants^husann^tch. 

Kwina  elasutemanni6k 
Nixkami  kwit^h^nm6k ' 
Skata  kisi  kiwanhwim6k. 
Pankwinankiisit  azus, 
Pankwinankiisit,  Malie, 
Z6zep,  pankwinankiisit. 

TaniahpM  essi^ku, 
Takeyo  pessangwi 
Skata  skut^wiwi. 

Kila,  Kwina,  MMie 
Taniahp^l  essy^n 
Tanne  k't^hlane  k'koos. 

Matcheyo  wigwam 
Skat  kegu  agwiwi 
W^skitchinwit. 

TaniahpM  n'tehlane 
N'tlit^h^lmane 


17 


194 


Kila  ketelihozine. 

Nepelawi^hpM, 
Nixkami  awanzis 
Kigus^^kisi  al^yo. 

Kilwa  utahkil 
Hulitah^msoltika 
Kwina  il^yk. 

Alitahdnsdt 
Wetchi  kigh^hoku 
UskitchinwAk. 

Kulimipena,  Malie 
Eli  keloli^ukiisa 
Pessanku  k'ulimipena. 

Atchwitawlne 
Ntelipugunftna 
Spemk^mikodk  koos. 


EETEE. 
Kwilomagopane  sipiwi  n^mihoku 
Natchi  kigh^hol^ku  alamisuhann^tch 


195 

Mosanlan^tch,  nann^kwitasanlan^tch 
Nannfekwitasdnlekussi^ne. 

TchipakMta  sangm^nskw^lii 
Spatani  Sp^mook  w^gw^bihwi 

Wesangm&nskw^wim^k  haghi 
Uskitchinwit  th  hUjt. 

WenAhkaminanku8omM 
Nikahihwi  sangm^nskwAhi 
Nikutoka  nanki!iso 
Staghi  klzus  sagh^wati 
Eli  messiwi  wWassfek 

Pessessamuhwikugh^ 
Wenahkaminankusom^l 
Nfekahihwi  sangmAnskw^hi 
Nikutoka  nankuso 
Stagh^  kizus  sagh6wat6 
Eli  messiwi  welass^k. 

Tch^na  ansiti  mosantsinitch 
Z^zusna  n'tamka  mosanlan^i^ca 
Saghlhok  feli  kawatsit, 


196 

Tchatchiksatok  fell  saskafcemit. 

Weulit^lmanhw^kupane 
Akawetchigh^  mawaghi 
Akaya  p^kwastaw^kupan 
Wetatfemit  k'hagh^wal. 

"W^ulitfelmanhw^kupaiie 
Akaw^tchigh^  mawaghi 
Akaya  p^kwastawfekupan 
W^tat^mit  k'haghfewM. 


KETEK. 
Etatasanlalaku  kemiktankusuhino 
Etutasanlalaku  kemiktankusuhino 
Tchipak^lta  mina  uskitchinw^zussa 
Wata    k^tawi    kigh^ant  uskitchinwA^k. 

(Nisda.) 
MMie  welazikat,  AnzfeKAl  GabliM^l 
MMie  welazikat,  AnzeliM  Gabli^lal 
Utihugun  k'hagh^  ewigahuska  Nixkam. 
Wata   k^tawi    kigh^ant    uskitchinwik. 

{Nisda?) 


197 

Kinngh&k    k'naxkwahi    mitchtchelo 
k'unidjanni, 

KinBgh&k  k'naxkwaM  mfetchtohelo  k'u- 
nidjanni, 
Kisiahpil  Ugaa,  alawitto  Nixkam. 
Wata   ketawi   kigh^ant   nskitchinwik. 

Ketawi  nemihot,  Nixkami  awinsis, 
Ketawi  nemihot,  Nixkami  awAnsis, 
Kisi  uskitchmwit  ali  wihlan  Zfezus. 
Wata   kitawi   kigh^ant   nekitchinwAk. 

(Nisda.) 
Utihtigodn  GabliM^:   Milie,  kesak- 
tiilen, 

Utihugodn  Gabli^lil :  Milie,  kesaktMen, 
Aleyndji  tanne  ^lasomit  Nixkam, 
Wata  kStawi    kigWant    uskitchinwAk.. 

{Nisda.) 
Kwini  pimulimodk,  kisi  pimiilimaku, 
Kw6ni  pimulimodk,  kisi  pimulimakn. 


198 


Kisi  ipassitepokk^k,  uskitchinwl  wazis. 
Wata    k^tawi   kigheant    uskitchinwdk. 

(Nisda,) 
Kisi  uskitchinwit  uliwi  nottaw^nku 
Kisi  uskitchinwit  uliwi  nottaw^nku, 
Anzyi^k  Spenio6k  etalintuhutit, 
Wata   k^tawi    kigheant    uskitchinw^. 

(Nisda.) 
Ketahkamiko6k  feyfeku  ketelitahanzul- 
tiku 

Ketalikamiko6k  ^yfeku  ketelitah^nzultiku 
Spemkamiko6k  feyeku  t6  mamptcliimo6t 

Nixkam. 
Wata    ketawi    kigheant   uskitchinw^k. 

(Niada.) 
Kil  n^ketek^ywat  k^tassipissema 
Kil  nfeketek^ywat  k^tassipissema 
N'tamk     k'ulasikaw^ne     feli  t^hfelmesk 
Nixkam. 

Wata    ketawi    kigheant    uskitchinwdL 

(^Nieda.) 


199 

Elikfe  waghMmesk,  kil  ketemangh^hine, 
Eli  kewaghfelmesk,  kil  ketemangh^hine, 
STtamk  ktilasikawane  Nixkami  aw^nsis. 
Wata   kfetawi    kighfeant    uskitchinw^k. 

Kwinasaktawateyaptchi  widji  k'ul^hi, 
Kwina  saktawate  yaptchi  widji  k'ul^hi, 
Ketapidji  Spemo6k  tekwitcheyuha  Zfezus. 
Wata    k^tawi    kigh^ant    uskitchinr^k. 

{Nisda.) 


KETEK. 

Eghetakaw^kasimegh^  Spfemodk  pan- 
ttitazo  ayaptchiwi  ^hitepane  takfetch 
uskitchinuliwihu. 

Awansia  teh^lmokuso  musantsin^tch 
tani  ketchitchltun^tcli  ^tutanwatit  kemu- 
eanlekunenussa.    (Msda.) 

Wetchi  tak^tch  ^li  kanwatsi,  w^tchi 
saskat^mitj  kemuhimeguna  taki  i^\\ 
nlti^ku. 


-   nuiiTra 


200 

Skat  anfelsiakwfe  n'sekesin^patanik  ke- 
sansayaki  tepelomegunatchi  Z6zii8  mfewi- 
melakw^.     {Nisda.) 


KETEK. 

Kise  uskitchinwitZ^zusmnzighiskwfetook 

Anziliik  etalinhtwik.    {N'Ma.) 
Noel,  Noel,  Noel,  Noel.  Noel. 
K^pemi  teh^lmokuso  Z^zus  alitahansnlti- 

ticli  uskitchinw^k. 
Moywalanfetch  Noel,  moy  walanfetch  Noel, 

moywalenfetch   Noel ;    moywalanitch 

Noel,  moy walan^tch  NoeL 
Weskitch  nfeketek^y wadjil  tcliitchkelw6- 

utchitch^l  felitayaku.     {Nwda,) 
Noel,  Noel,  Noel,  Noel,  NoeL 
N'kami  wen6tswi  kwozigamig6k  tanne 

fetli  nighit  Z6zus  aghim  ^telinhtopanik. 
Moy  walan^tch  Noel,  moy  walan^tch  Noel, 

moywalanfetch    Noel,    moywalanitcb 


201 

Noel,  moywalanfetch  Noel. 
Unhmihmwkl   k'nixkamenawM  Mi  nski- 

tchinuhilit  umil^nhwM. 
Noel,  Noel,  Noel,  Noel,  Noel. 
Utchetchalikw^,   umessunuhwM   aghim 

messiu  uhaglienew41  ^tel^westopanik. 
Moywalan^tch  Noel,  moy  walan^tch  Noel, 

moywalan^tch    Noel,    moywalanfetch 

Noel,  moy walanetch  Noel. 


KETEK. 

Ketchi  Niw^skw&l  unfemannM 
Kisi  Alenanbahihw^l, 
Kisi  Spemkik  alangotw^k 
Teka  t^  kisi  w^hulahtal 
Alamiswantamo  tannawa 
Kwansipohatw^k  alanmkik 
Tchen^wa  kighewMmesita 
Kussihuskw6  w^nidjannit 


Hi 


202 

T6ka  t6  nahniisaliit 
Eli  paogw^ssihuskwahit. 
Te  Zoz^pal  nannfenanwfelmit. 


VICTIMuE  PASCHALI.     • 

Panp&nmi  wewfesintanzo  Zfezus  ampi- 
tchipfet,    keghisanhukuna    mfetchinfepan 

k'haghfenak'ulilmokussip^naampitchipit. 

Saghinilantfe  utinfck  n^hlant  nepwan- 
gan&l  wa  nihl&ntanliuso  ampitchipet. 

Milie  antokfewihiku  nemittawat  aw6- 
mil  wessaket^ku  buskenig^n  ayo  we- 
w^ssinanku  ampitchipet. 

WissegheniganM  Anz61i4k  nemihdk 
itakesa  tani  tali  kenfemihanw&ndji  am 
pitchip^t. 

Ketemanghfelminfega  mfetchinan^ku 
Zfezus  kelamfeltamin^nku  ampitchipiit. 
NyaletcL,      \llelaia. 


208 

0  FILII  ET  FILIJB. 
UtchiwAnwi  kiltamuta 
Z^rm  ket^jhi  kisi  ntlansa 
Nokv/ltcbi  kigh^uziissa. 
.  Alleluia.     {I^ovda.) 
Uteskamn^sa  yo  penapodsk 
S6ba  pskahiisa  ms5penapo6sk 
Eli  sani  puskendsa. 

Alleluia.    (liouda.) 
KegussokwApa  yo  mina 
TJtamihodsk  kighihussiAne 
Niw^skwilitu  yu  k'haghi. 
Alleluia.    (liouda.) 
Anta  tchilinangwatowiil 
Kessi  mam^gahusanil. 
Kessi  papskw^tchusanil. 
Alleluia.    (iBouda.) 
Wipiwiga  ul^w^ngan 
tlletcliiM  t^  ussital 

Neinitto6t  mimptchimanl^t. 
Alleluia.    (leotcda.) 


204 

Ghisiiswi  nangvFtolka 
Yulil  kestehehusaDil 
Kank^ssinaitamen^lga. 
Alleluia.     (leoitda.) 
Wikinangw^t  angwamiwi 
Kank^s  elen^ngwat  uhaghS 
Wanhulass^mwin^ngwfit. 
Alleluia.     (Jeouda,) 
Mhlant  k'tanpitchip^liussi^ne 
Z^zus  teka  n^sipiwi 
K^ketchi  Niwfeskw^lmeg^ne. 
Alleluia.     {leouda^ 
Nyuna  k'haghen6k  tali 
Wanwia  wetsw^ltamin^nku 
Niman  n'tampitchipan^na. 
Alleluia.     {leouda.) 


KETEK. 
Tanne  tfekwakwi  t^ka  Z6zus 
SaDgli^manliw^lmokussiane 


205 

Yn  kantAk  61i  m^tchin^yane 
Hatchi  p^manhassiAnne 
Kankisi  6kwalaiiiiAnne 
Panp^ttawan  lanmkik 
Maniwigh^tan^ssa 
Etali  skahuyolfeghe 
NitkmmigUgU  t6  hutchlu 
Wauli  m^tchin^tega 
Tali  melesAnnighik 
KenAntsi  ampw^angahote 
Abantchiwi  apitchip^ 
Pay^mi  kVilom'skapane  • 
Malie  eskawihuskepAn 
Kenittanma  lamikkang6ne 
Anzek^  kangh^ttwakan^k 
Kanghfeki  namihoskik 
Yewin'sk^  kessuganiwi 
Ni  mtsessila  kagh^kimdk 
Thomas  tetcLawymeskepAn 


206 


T&ka  t&  kw^Tiramaiiw^n 
PanpekHwi  sanni  k^hagh^k 
Z^zas  sasaghit&li^Qsit 
Sanpiwi  ulanmsetaskik. 
WelWmatna  k'milin^  nawdl 
Ketali  ulanpsetoln^na. 

NicHetck 


4iVENI  CREATOR. 

Wigw4mkamine,  w6tchi  uley&n  Nix- 
kam, 
Sanantchi  tchahkundna 
Santawine  n'messun^nal 
Elasutemaganil  kalawaz&ti. 

Kil  kwapalin  ^li  pisahkwal^ 
M^tch  skat  kisi  kigak^wi 
Simaiiwine  mfetcli  lawazuti 
Ayaptchiwi  pesenfepiane. 

Kil  Sp^mi  skut^k 
Wassaaaen'mawine  keDnkwahtwinwina 


-%■ 


)k 


Nix. 


ina 


COHPTJS  CHRIS TrS  MY  AT 
OLD-TOWi;  TNBIM  VIIiMGE, 


207 

Anixkam  kemnsanlanfetch 
Mfetch  witcheyul^ku. 

Nuteghimdl  ^kkwi  yatamomin^ 
Tek^tch  kulaswipena 
Mamptchfepinfe  m^tch  Sp6mo6k 
Mitch  ihighil  aymatawin^. 

Kepw^htwini  n6nuhwanitch 
W6ki!issit,  Wemiktankiisit^ 
Tedebiwi  ninuhwanitch 
Wfetchi  ulhjt  Nixkara.  [kam 

Mitch  mamptchim'kTisit  Wekiisit  Nix- 
Mi  mamptchimkiHsit  Wemiktankiisit. 
Wili  nleyan  Anixkam 
Mitch  maraptchiu  mamptchimkusi^ne. 

Tiiliyt. 


BAMOSSEYMIHAMOK. 
For  Corpus  Chr    " 

Etut^pin  Zizus 
Esamiiku  uhaghi 


208 


Sangm^nwi  kebakano6in 
Ewikwamuli^ku 
Etiitchi  mosanlifeku 
Un^yulti^ku 
MStch  wekayol^ku. 

Eli  amps^lsi^n 
El^nmi  Ostiwine 
K6tawi  ksahayan 
Elanmi  nem^ssune 
Wiss^kelessiane 
Uskitchiu  pipenakAn 
Anixkam  miwitMmulpena. 

M4n wi  messiu  uhagh6 
Petchiliu  mosanlifeku 
Kessiakossi^n  Z^zus 
Metsami^ku  k'haghi ; 
Kemillen  nem^ssune 
Kemillen  ntchetchahku 
Kemillen  messiwi  n'hagli^. 
Melkitahansidn  an'sma 


209 


>•  ts: 


K^tawi  mdmptcliimo6k 
K^tawi  kessattiile 
Kwfeni  uskitchinuy^ku 
Kil  pukte  metchSpian 
Elanmi  nemfessune 
M^tch  n^ktek^yuhi^ku. 

Tchfena  mantchultin^tch 
Spemkik  Anz61it6k 
Tchilskanwinanku 
Messiu  manwianitch 
Nixkam  mamt)tchiinan6tch 
M^tch  ulasikwanStch 
M^tch  natekatchistwan^tch. 

Mosanlekussian  Z6zu8 
Mitswanganelsian 
Mfetsami^ku  k'hagh^ 
M^tchi  uskitcbinuy^ku 
M^tch  ikansomine 
Auktam  kenantchin^gun 
^gj^/^  Spemo6k  mantchepin^. 


i5-        T6  ^leyt. 


210 


KETEK. 

Nixkami  tehymane  Ekalistiwi^ne, 
pimiiliane  Zizus  uhaghS  kalawat,  ubak- 
kano6m  n'dwfetchi  ulfeyane  w^tcbiga  pit- 
ch^ kisi  manuett^o  Naxkw^  ketelanmilo. 

Nixkani  wemiktankiisit  weskitchin- 
wysiane  Ewigauskayane  MAlie  n'dw^tchi 
ulfeyeku,  tanne  fetodjiu  uskitchinuhuy^ku 
m^tcli  k'taghfekimipenossa  aghim  kwine 
kulaswihipena. 

Welagwiwik  mfesku  hem^gahamdk 
kise  wikkubalas  Apostol^uya  kassispAh- 
tawanM  ussitwM,  tchipfehughessoltwik 
aghim  utassaman^ssa  uhaghfe,  utassima- 
wan^s  ubakkano6m. 

Z6zu8  Anixkam  kess^ltam^n  kakl^saip 
mitswangan^lga  pipenak^n  aynga  ubak- 
kano6m  mekwap^k  ayo,  m^tcb  w^tchi 
eamieku,  m^tch  witcb^yul^ku.   Th  M^yt. 


211 


SKUTE  PESKASIK. 
For  the  Fettivai  of  St.  John  the  BaptuL 

WAnwew6ssino6k  kwessiadakidjil 
Pipamgamigh^k  panbattaminuak 
Spemkik  etiitchi  t^tepeskawiwi 

Pitigalllnsa. 
Plapahine  eskwa  felenanhuzite 
Wfewantamampto  piwelso  klabamkiso 
Hapayo  tali  pfesekwi  watchAnat 

Pikiteh^nmat, 
Sanhwe  ki6na  mitewintaw^ta 
W^wfessilitek  spin'tohantamiita 
Napi  k'hagh^na  kutchi  tchiiittiita 

Winwanzin^tche. 
Kisi  metchin^t  antokanlekwatlAni 
Ni  nantso  sohanmat  nekutanbetWet 
Etutchi  kant^k  ass^bi  kigbekUnku 

Kessi  kin^mok. 
SpAnkom^ntaga  nanekwi  telm^nta 
Spemkik  nekutchi  pay^mi  kilom^ntak 


212 


Piseku  Niw^sku  nikutchi  Tepfeltat 
T^ka  nehliihit.    T6  ^eyt. 


-Ww  the  Fettival  of  the  neitation  of  the  JB,  V.  Menry. 

Petchol^tiku  nawa 
Spemkik  Anzelit6k 
Kangh61bo8s6kutaki. 

Kegan  mantcho  Malie 
Watakussisak  6yant 
Elizanb6tagh6. 
Ulitok  eyant 
Sesnak^hemo6k 
Tch^tchipahkatan^ghiL 
Pekamigh6tch  ^yant 
MosAk  kegissis  tama 
W^ktessimanmohkitch. 
Nya  mantchin  M&lie 
Wanhw^tcheitwAk 
Yuligahki  Zoz6pal 


218 

Pepanmatanighfek 

Kangh^kitfekwankuhik 
Nyagahpa  yfewak. 

Nyupidikatawane 
UtalamikawAneJ 
MAlie  Elizanlifetal. 

Nottawant  Malial 
WMi  alamikatchil 
Ny  utansaghilitune. 
VhsigUk  epOidja 
Awanzisswal 

Mant^waghihasswAl 
Ny  etotchi  ghimant 

Niwesku  Elizanb^tal 

Kessohlant  MMial. 
Sissfelpansilite 

Messiwi  plih6nemo6k 

Etutelmatabanil. 
T^bata  yu  nia 

IVTeS^DSI'm^Dm  wio'nnaa&l 


"^a--jtj»pa 


214 

Ni  ii'petot6kang6ne. 

Kia  taki,  M^lie, 
Pay6m61moku8siane 
Nampigawa  keniman^ 


PAB  ATTEM  W  EH  U  TIMOK. 

Ibr  all  Souli. 

Kessiakussi^ne  Z^zus  weulit^lman^tcb 
n^watchiwi  kassakussidjlk. 

Pessangwi  t&  kwilomole,  pessangwi  t^ 
kemusanlil  Spemk^mikodk  tali  neksa 
pon^lanitch. 

Ulab^temititch  Wi  nespiu  elasot«mel- 
aiak  Sapgm&nwi  kebAkkano6m.  (Nsetl) 


WASIS  METCHINET. 

For  the  death  of  an  Infant. 

AnzWit6k  nenawMmi^ku,  ikkaline  ma- 
mikakahifeku  w^tchi  atanipuh^ku  sekpa- 
tapalotin^tch  ^ts  tali. 


m 

.     O  SALUTARIS  HOSTIA. 

Kaghighiwet  ewakkahine  Ostiwine 
Kia  Spemkik  pantemane, 
Nemawi  kwiltakepana 
Yo  sasaklitahan^tch. 

Nehwit  t^  p^sekohuyane 
Tanihali  kes^lman^tch 
Ayaskamahosswangane 
MetAwi  kilna  millaku.    T6  blhjt 


ADAM. 

Adama  Kenionsonpsenawa 
Tika  tfe  kemessihogona 
Tchiganhwi  moha  t^  tsighenM 
T6ka  t6  kw^ghihogona 
Nitchi  lassiagwi  n^ghe    . 
Kematch  ^Imokussin^na 
Kighelamossa  k'haghfenok 
Kematch  elmokussinina 


w\ 


216 

Tannitch  nawa  ^simeku 
Tannitcli  tchwfetanhussimekn 
Tebat  tekwi  assikeltamusa 
Kisi  k'ulanhusinfena 
M^He  utennawittun^l 
Wfekals^yak^kpanig^ 
Nighih&nmat  awansiz^l 
Kan  kfetchi  Niw^sku  unfemannil 
Zfezus-kli  aliwizw^l 

Wahki  keti  kigheholaku 
Z6zu8-kli  aliwizwM 

Wahki  nantchi  kigh^liolaku. 

Sw^gahki  pekwihlan  ni^tchinouyane 
Tanne  t^pelt^k  m^santo  w^wikwilom^sk 
Tebatkw^ni  tchatchikahossatam^B 
Pfekwastawin  (nsetd)  wfetcliihaba  teh6I 
mit. 

Kaghanluhet  ^Imighighiwanwihane 
Siholalan  kiwinossokolane 


217 

Essaghinangw^k  kw^ssatawihassa 
Elagh^hlan  (metd)  wenitzann^lmihane. 

Sassekpananku  nawinaghiktaholane 
Mosalanlane  nighighiwanwihAne 
Tannikpegwahaba  nin^pahkatolane 
Tchw^pegwa  (metd)  kedebassal^gha 

Sagh^n  kfelabantchitahamana 
Nudzigh^tto  saw^  nikam^lmit 
M^uyabatt^  abohasalalanme 
Kussighihole  (metd)  niba  kemosanline. 


WENE  PEKITKIGHETE. 
SaDgm^nwi  Z^zus, 

Sangm^nskw^wi  M^ial, 
Z6zep,  Zoassime 

Assagm^nskw^wi  AnnM 
Eyaptchiwitch  nahn^lnemawin*, 
Eyaptchiwitch  kasswimind.  (Metd.) 


218 


ffffmn  in  Miomao  languagi, 

Kil,  Zizus,  Spemo6k  w6tchi  ahinftk, 
natal  ketemaghilmieks,  weuli  teh^lmine. 

Kil,  Nixkam,  Spemo6k  w6tchi  /vhinfek, 
natsi  kae  iwikamuy^ku  n'telkemikswA. 
ghenuhool,  wetili  tehilmine, 

KetelitahAzoltipa,  nidzantodk,  alanm- 
klk  skat  metw6hin6k ;  w^ne  skat  ntepl- 
tahama  kisiholegvvil  mAtsimitits  alanmkik 
tli  ketemaghiyo  ;  weuli  tehilmine. 

Wine  idak :  Nil,  nidzan  nemussantzine 
kegwitchi  skdt  mnnsaghikimahdte ;  ke- 
temagheyots  wine  skat  uli  ghikimaku 
unitzannel,  metzimiiits  alanmkik  tli  kete- 
maghiyul,  wiiili  tehilmine. 

Tannts  wirie  utlissine  nimat  wine 
Spenaodk  pikisrit,  kisiholegwil  tli  pabet- 
simet,  uli  pabetsimegolts :  k'uli  ghikim- 
kohossebenik  kenighikodk  uskitkemiku 
bemahussihine }     Utidmen  :  Skat  n'uli^ 


219 

ghekim'kowibenik,  nale  nil  tekfetch  witchi 
ketemaghihi.     Weilli  tehfelmine. 

Kil,  nidzam,  n6  notmones  skitkemiku 
beraahussihine.  Nil  Spemo6k  emseta 
tepMtam.    Weiili  teh^lmine. 

Kil,  nidzam,  k^gu  k'mesohonek  igah^ 
mfetwShik,  nil  ketepitahaminia 

Nil  kisiholfekpAn.     Weiili  tehMmine. 


Hymn  in  Micmac  hngtiage. 
Pakulamook  kize  m^gwatsholki  tli 
nemitankS  topita«nfeghosnaweskwassitar 
wiyan  pitwasna  oweskwassitaneepkunotji 
teli  wisna  aunotji  61mi  weutokkdpit  sliga 
nfekutinskeksliga  tch^l  tabo  sliga  kul- 
kwfewetchga. 

Bymn  in  the  Montagnaise  language. 
Pishitshihiku  irinitiku, 
Tshekwan  we<»h  fiifnryoTxri'/ii^, . 

Ni  ka  witen,  pishitshihiku 


,VWTT   XW.XV.U 


220 

Wi  siika  takweritamuku 
Abwa  shetsher  nogusiekn 

Kassinaw  u-t-astshitsh  ka  taieku 

Wir  utshita  tshi  tutagwaw 

Missi  missi  ka  nittamittat. 
'Rhitshi  kasSinau  satshihaku^ 

Tshitshi  gaie  pamittawaku 

Waskutsh  mag'mira  assitaku 

Egu  wetsh  tshishihitaku. 
Tririitiku  setshihatau 

Zesus  Tiu  ukussisa, 

Pirisikat  ka  satshihiamit 
Tshiranau  miskut  ka  nepit. 

Eka  tapue  seatsliihaku 
Ega  gaie  pamittawaku 
Tshi  ka  tekupihigunau 
Ute  ka  tet  Matshi  Manitu : 

Tapuetawatau  kassinau 
Ka  etat  tshishe  Manitu, 
Espishi  nishtu  peiokoot 
Mapitsh  mag*  mirumataa     I^u  iavmn. 


Q. 


.  < 

c 

<  -- 


Ci,     c^ 


PRAYERS  IN  MICMAC  LANGUAGE. 

Morning  Prayers. 

The  ktter  ^r  before  e,  i,  has  a  soft  sound,  and  it  must  b« 
pronoujjced  as  we  do  in  the  Latin  words  ',^1,^^^ 
ne^^i TV^^r*  pronounce  the  letterTii  W^an- 
b^r^L  nfi?*"  ^'°  «pWned  at  the  beginning  of  thi. 

Mirw-i^  •*?!?'  }^  "  P^*^."^»"  ^^°d  of l>und,  broken 
•J  it  were  m  the  throat,  and  of  which  I  cannot  «ve  an 
^ea  on  paper     When  the  *  is  to  be  pronSSn^d^in  th^^ 

tt^fA'h  '*."'  P'r  "  *^«  ^«°<^'»  do  »«  the  word! 
vowel.  It  must  be  pronounced  m  the  same  manner, 

Z'^khas  the  sound  of  a/»bent  to  an  aspiration  makin* 
the  nojse  of  an/  and  A  together.  "Pirftuon,  making 

ECHKITPUGOWEY  ELAJUDMANK. 
M'chet  deehi  uchkitpagw^l  ddi  mawi  elayudmamk, 

*  Tan  d^lwigit  W^gwigit  2Jc  Euschit, 
a*  Wegi— uli  Nixkam.    N'delietch, 

%el^g  nigmatoot  rau  negwech  ula 
k'tedli  dMmanenu  K'chi  Nixkam  kijul- 
tuchp;  mechtail  oifiopli  «7.  m'^i,^!  *a« 
19* 


222 


dSlkik  kigidachik  m'chel  pa  eik;  t^chel 
moiw^ch  echkwi  himook,  melkidfedemer 
nech  to^  ula  uteimen  k'nixkaminu ;  ai 
nugo6tch  m'chelmanech  w^gi  uli  Nixkam 
n^gueum  Lyunak  kwijatulkootch  k'ka- 
melamiininal     kalabich — kijuIkiktukM  ; 
toh  elp  kinu  keguinwatulkooteh  tan  ked- 
wi   dfeltamkool  k^nixkaminu.     Lndenan 
nfegueum  mu  abugunnemutoolk  kinu  d^li 
egeloltiiu,  mu  ba  kigi  pkwadajultikoop 
k'tuelicbtemagun^nu    deltaudikoal    deli 
elajndmaikool. 

W^gi  uli  Nixkam^win  tcLigwife,  mitku- 
gwat^n  nugi  elajumchkik  uschija^mi- 
)wkky  chabeudil  wejw^tu  ukemMaraunwal 
uchiwal  panntatu,  ah  utunwak  yg^tu 
k't^li  uli  m'ch^lmugooD  t'chel  n^n  uschi 
kykwadagiticb  d^lta  wetigel. 

V.   K'namwin     n'chakmaminen    nuli 
deleiinen  dMyumiek. 
jS.  Kii  oioch  we  uixkamiek  k'tinin. 


223 


EloQudmanecK 

N'chakmaminentok,  neguech  n^teli  uli 
pektadatagunen  k'pegili  uUamodin  temk 
d^li  uli  pa^tadatw^chp  n^gu^la  jagigui  ela- 
judmewinuguka  amchkuech  uclikit*am- 
mook  eimelitka.    D^lechip  pa  n'tininea- 
wiktook  dedau  n'jagiguidajultinen,  ajfc  chik 
n'ulphtemodemenen    k'kejijulinen    kuli 
^  elajumulinen  k'pegili  k'chalninen,  m^ch 
•  elp  n'melki  elidajultinen  k'tinin  yapchiu, 
nan  kiunakach  ^damulek  kpkwad^dem- 
winen  utenilk  kwich  lechwk'lil  n'chak- 
maminen.     N'delietch. 

lechuch  neukti  yaljudemwin,  n'pemi 
uchkiginwin;  mfechta  nemool  n'tinin; 
m'chetbakechema  nemul^nel  tanel  kich- 
kook  kedwi  delw^gagianel  ai  tenel  kedui 
delManel. 

Nelabamchel  kechemanenu  tanel  tanel 


224 

kichkook  kedwi  d^chidagianel,  ajfc  t^nel 
kedwi  dfejabuqwanel. 

Tan  dfech  kedwi  unemadgeianel,  m^chta 
k'chemimau  nemulanel. 

Tand^ch    kamelamianel,  nitpa  d^ch 
k'nenwidMmulin. 

Tchiptook    n'kudid^deman,    Nixkam 
k'm^chtachkeduHn,  a*  k'pegili  k'chalnin. 
Tchiptook  to*  deli  eulidMmin  menn- 
dwakik  mu  n'tedli  unemadg^in. 

Mali  peikweAchen  dawalchewin,  n'teu- 
lidelmagunnen  k'kwich  Kchuch. 

A*  pekwadawalch^wi  tan  tedii  ul^in 
elp  nil  ndtel  n'tedii  yapchi  ulein. 

Tchiptook  ma  puni  k'chalnwan  K- 
chuch ;  w^danulkep  n'tinink,  mu  ba  kigi 
punid^demu  k'kchalnin. 

K'pmim'toiwalanech  W^gwigit  ai&  Eus- 
chit  ai  Channt^ulamudit. 

Tetpi  k'chid^lmukjultitich  yapchiu  na^ 


225 

« 

*ela  n^chigigik  tanik  nnixkamfeudiwan 
neuktidutich.     N'delietch. 


THE  LORD'S  PRAYER. 
Chakmawi  Majudmdkan, 

Nuschinen  waj6k  ebin,  tchiptook  del- 
wigin  meguid^demek,  wajok  n'telid^nen 
tchiptook  ignemwiek,  xx\k  nemMek  uledfe- 
chinen  ;  nkihl  wajok  deli  chA;edulk, 
tchiptook  deli  chiedulek  makamiguek 
eimek.  Delamiikubeniguel  echemi^guel, 
apch  negu^ch  kichkook  delamuktech 
penegunnemwin  niliiiien ;  deli  abikchik- 
taiachik  w^gaiwinametnik,  elpkil  d^li 
abikchiktwin  elw^ultiek ;  melkenin  mech 
winnchudil  mu  k'tygilinen,keginii*amkel 
winnchiguel  twaAtwin.     N^elietch. 


THE  ANGELICAL  SALUTATION. 

AnncfiaUvoi—  Uchkakeltimkewh/. 

Kulfein    Mali,    chab^udil    w^jubiael: 
k'chaimaminu  tegweiachk ;  Epigik  pagi 


'226 

^ulfeinik,  ai  wfelfek  t^  k'tyamilook  wegi 

manit  lechuch.     Pegili  chab^win  Mali 

wfegwigin  wfechtaiilkoop,  negu^ch  elajud- 

m^lchewin  elw^ultiek,  a*  pabich  wigwi- 

altiek     elajud'melchewid^chnen.     N'de- 
lietcli. 


THE  APOSTLES'  CREED. 
ApocktdM  Keguinamatimk. 

W61i  ked'lamchedagi  k'chinixkam  Wfe- 
guigit,  m'chet,  koAwW  t^u  delidfetkel  de- 
IMiguel.    Netn^n  nfegueum  kigido&hep 
wajok  a*  maiamigueu.    Elp  eliked'lam- 
chedagi  Kchu— klit  ukwigel  neuktigwili- 
gel ;  netn^n  n^gueum  wfechaimamultiku 
w^giuli    nixkam    piptugopchialachenel, 
rnwMachenel  ^chk  Malial  naxkw^lidek 
atelamilook     w^gi     uclikiginwiHchenel. 
Amachkwibeneluda*     Punnch     Vilktbh 
chakmiawidek.    K'luchioitddaJJ;,  nepka*, 


227 

utieddludaAr,  lamArammook  61ipkewi6da;t, 
tabuknagnek  w^gi  minunnchicheni  n^be- 
ligi,  wajok  eli  unaAri^daA:  uschel  m'chet 
iokwel  ika  delidetkel  delWiguel  utina- 
kank  ebigel.  Apch  p'kiginntan,  wajok 
nschiedau;  tin  delid^lmach  delelidak 
wechkiginultlligi  ak  yapchin^ligi. 

W^li  ked'lamchedagi  W^gi-uliNixkam 
dSchitich  ^lajudmagik  neukt^giligel  cha*. 
tw^tigel  napkwagel  lechuchel  ked'lam- 
chedagiaDik.  Eli  kedlamcliedem  cha- 
bfeudil  mawietch,  telw^ndil  menietch, 
makeil  abigibedal,  wajokmech  uchkigi- 
nudi.    Nyelietch. 


Prayer  to  the  B.  Virgin,  Guardian  Angel,  ike, 

for  protection, 
^  Neukti  tdi  Naxkwen  Mali  wegwlgin 
echtaulkoop  p'kwadawalchewin  kichkook 
n'tignemaguenen  n'tili  uli  echkemelchi- 


228 

nen,  tchel  nrn  tami  n'tininemak  uschia- 
nootch  n'ugaiwanen  k'kwich  lechuch 
n'cha^maminen. 

Kilau  wedannchal^miek  k'tininfewau, 
kilau  wajok  eimoA:  wijwijuntiek,  m'chet 
d^chiok  w^jok  tedli  uloholtioAr,  dawat 
chewin  K'chi  Nixkam  k'tijnemagunen 
nVannta^  mediitinen  m'chet  kokwhl 
winncWguel  twaArtwinametch  ak  yapchi- 
alodik  took  Talnametch.     Amen. 


NWIDEMENECH. 
Let  tt8  remember. 

Ula  naku^k  ignemulk  k'tatkignfede- 
men^nuk'uchtanenu,  tcbiptook  degiguich- 
kenemidekehnu  ulanaku^k.  Tchiptook 
n'pwakan  wichkwalalkudau  echk  mu 
megegid^demiiku.  Annkodemenech  mu 
kichkook    k'teli    eubelateguenenu    tan 


tila&ra   deli    AnliplAfpcy 


11  oi 


f^lUl 


229 


nakwek  kak'keicli  'Mtun^ch  k'telidaj  wa» 
Aaminal  kalabich  kijulkiktook  k'nixkami* 
nawiktook  k'chaulnookch  k'kin^majiilti- 
n^nu,  nan  uschiech  muktaunud^demenenu 
t^n  kijulk  delkimoolk  ;  m^ch  kokwei 
delewichtun^ch  t^n  kijoolk  ukelujwa- 
Araniktook  teleg  malokonchamenech  mu 
k'chewiguenalugunenu  m'chet  Lw^udil 
uschemuktemenech ;  chik  ba  uphtemode- 
menech  kulataAadinenu,  poktakid^deme- 
nech  k't^leinenu  t^n  lechuklil  delegchep 
6chk  uchkit^ammook  eikek.  N4n  nh- 
gueum  m^chta  yaljudemoolk  k'tininenu, 
n'doio  nkn  uschi  pkwadajultidekch  nu 
mfech  wajok  k'teli  uloholtinenu  kigi  de- 
babwiaA;  k'punooA:  ademenenu  tan  ula 
negu^oh  uiniiku. 

Tan    delwigit     wegwigit     Nixkam, 

Euschit    Nixkam,    ak    channteulamudit 
xr:-i 

20 


CHIAIT    WELAG   DELI   ELAJUD- 

MAMK. 
Prayers  for  Night. 

•Ji  Tin  delwigit  Wegwigit  a^Euschit, 
aAr  Wegi-uli  Nixkam.    N'delietch. 

N'dedook  ul^ch  chkemtook  ikn  nugi 
jultiku  kt^lidanenu  echkumenak  m^ch  wi- 
kinwatwaku  knixkaminu  d^i  uli  nenwi- 
d^demuphkool  m'chet  kelulket  kichkook 
pemi  nakwek  peweguunemulkebeneL 

Kich  dd  waundagikooch  n^gueum 
kichkook  deli  kchiabchiulkuchp,  utchit 
ignemulkuchp  m^cli  kuleinenu,  hk  mok- 
w6ch  ika  winnchik  kmesreialuffunenu. 


231 

Mu  ba  Nigmatook,  wM^nook  n^n  kta- 
wanndajultinenu.  Lndenan  paw^demuku 
delkik  apch  ehnisJc  kpugwadagunenu. 
Kektook  man  belianook,  d^ch  ula  ne- 
mikwM  kmwiwademenfenu  elajumkwel 
wala  m'chet  nenemupbkool  eulichtemul- 
kubenel. 

Nan,  Nixkam,  wegi  t'li  maweiek  ula 
k'muiudemulinen  kichtook  ignemwiek- 
chep  nuli  pemi  nakauneminen,  medw^guel 
mu  ntyganen  Negufech  apch  ignemwiek 
ula  tedlidelmulek  n'teli  uli  t'godinen. 

T'punook  apch  ignemwid^chnen, 
n'chaArmaminen  moArw^ch  'Inba  n'nantal- 
kwijalugunen.  MMwich  toA:  k'tinink^l 
d6ch  agiegel,  n'teli  unaA:edajultinen;  nan 
kinna^ach  edamulek,  weli  n'kudi  nechi- 
judin  k'tignemwinen.    N'delietch. 


232 

DELIACH  TUPKWANI  MECH  CHKADU 

N'CHA^MAM  KELULACH. 

Tvnll  speak  to  my  Makers  ctlthmgh  I  am  duit, 

Melki  kedlamchedem,  Nixkam  ula 
kteimen,  n'telemikamelamoon  w^kwi  ne- 
midoon,  m'chet  ba,  n'telamidek  Eikel 
w^kwi  chabaptemenel.  'Lndenen  kil 
w^kigidaAranin  n'tinin.  KeoA:  kunemen 
nuchkiginwin,  kiznfe  nen^ben.  Kedel  ba 
pagigiu  yaliumin  negu^ch,  avfe  kigi  n'pann, 
m^ch  pagigiu  yaliumidex. 

Kegidu  n'moku^jwin  kil  k'tininnkel ; 
net  n^n  uscKit  n^gu^ch,  Nixkam  annchma 
ba  n'kamelamuniktook  wfegiaA:  n'kennchi 
delchinkil  k'tinink^l. 

Edamool,  Nixkam  kwfejoArwatwin  nuli 
nemidoon  t^n  d^U  eul^gi  w^gaiulep 
kiuna^ach  edamool  negufech.  Ktignem- 
win  n^Rkh  migwidedemen  m'chet  d^chi- 
guel  kichkook  eubelatwabenel  delkiminel 


233 

{Dlhchip  neniikewichiuiimh  ok  ^Lnba  nennJca- 
hugwatimk,  yali  annkidMemeguel  ekoch  tann- 
hel  kichkook  pemi  nakwek  deleimkechenel) 

(Here  you  have  to  stop  a  little  while  in  silence, 
and  examine  yourself  on  what  you  have 
done  during  the  day.) 

Lok  Nixkam  mu  welidagiu  wfegaiulep 
elw^wianek,  pegili  chabewin  oioch  kilpa- 
gigiu  m'cliet  pechili  k'chalkugin,  sJc  Iw^- 
udi  maxkidedemen  kedel  Nixkam,  apch 
mu  kigi  uphkaiulu,  t'chel  echkumenaA;upli- 
kwaiuluau  ulidagidech  delechip  n'pann. 
L'nim  denan  euchami  maxkidedem  apch 
kugaiulin.  LoAr,  Nixkam  hipattamool 
abikchiktwi  kektook  akaye  !  Mechkiguel 
n'telw^udil  ak  L'nim  euchami  pigwelkel 
nala;  kil  chkadu  yach  pegili  eulid^da- 
guen  ;  net  nan,  Nixkam  wegi  melkidedem 
eulid^lmiden. 

Keginn  winnmedu,    Hginn    elw^wi, 

20* 


234 

agidedemoon  kejool  neukti  kchi  chabiwin, 
kejool  neukti  peikuei  kchidelmukcliin. 
Kfeginn  wegaiulachp.  Kejool  nedawiabik- 
chiktwen.  Keginn  mu  kejeluwachp.  KU 
neukti  pchili  kchalkugip.  Kejool  mu  nan 
uschi  n^nnAratoon  apch  kt^ulidMmin  hip- 
pattamulan,  keginn  kikatmedwep;  kejool 
mu  naArch^d^demoon  kunnmajodeguen. 

Kichkook  toA:,  Nixkam  dfechetch  n'te- 
leumtuntemk  delmedwachp  kalabich 
negu^ch,  nan  uscliit  elajumool  abikchik- 
temwi  dMmedwabenel,  ichhl  negufech  deli 
mutkulbugwi  ula  kluchi^weiktook  t^n 
tedli  oArotkwedochp  k'kwich  w^chtaulk, 
n^t  nkn  elwitemool  n'tabikchiktemwin. 
kajuikemwi  n'telw^udil  naArchi  echkibedu, 
Nixkam,  k'tignemwin  n'melki  aniaptemen 
dfelmedwabenel,  apch  mu  n'teleumtoom 
toA;  elp  mu  n'neben  echkumenaA;  kigi 
aniaptemu  n'tinin. 


235 


THE  CONFITEOR. 

K'chi  Nixkam  ked  wi  p^abugwei  mechet 
Arokwel  kigidoAchebenel,  Mali  m^ch  nax- 
kwet  chab^udil  m^chtannkel,  Michel  Mp 
k'chi  Annchal^wit  chab^udil  m^chtankel, 
Jean   tettoArol  chab^udil    wfechtaiilkool 
chiguenndwaclienel  uclikit)fcainmo6k  eime- 
lidek,  PiM  elp  tettoM  chabfeudil,  ait  Pol 
chab^udil  tettoM,  m'cliet  elp  wajok  eikik 
chab^udil  tettutigel  p^abugwdnik,  utchit 
elw^wiachp,  winabugwachp,  aA:  win^chi- 
echp;  hegidu  ha  rCtelwewachm^  Tcegidu 
ha  rUtdwewachm^  hegidu  ha  Huim  rUtevr 
chami  ^hoewctchin.      Utcliit    elajumkik 
Mali  mech  naxkwet  chabfeudil  m^chtann- 
kel,  Michel  Mp  k'chi  Annchal^wit  chabe- 
udil  m^chtannkel,  Jean  tettoM  chab^udil 
w^chtaidkool  chiguenndwachenel  uchkit- 
A:ammo6k  «m61idek,   PiM  elp    tettoArol 
chab^nrlil     sth    Pol     nViQ"kAii/^n    4.^4.x^x...i 


286 

m'chet  elp  wajok  eikik  chabSudn  tettuti- 
gel  elajumkik  n'tyajudm^lcheuphkooA 
Kfchi  Chapman  k'nixkaminu  n'kaAr^  abik- 
chiktemagoon  n't^w^udil  d^chiguel. 
N'delietch. 

Nuschinen  wajok  ebin,  &c. ;  Kul^io 
Mali,  &c.;   W61i  ked'lamchedagi,  &c. 

/  KEDXAMCHEDATIMKEWEI. 

An  Act  of  Faith. 

N'chaArman  Kchuchem  mfelki  ked'lam- 
chedemanel  m'cliet  d^chiguel  kil  kegui- 
namw^penel  echk  uchkit— kammook 
ted'li  pemi  uchkiginwinek,  ak  hip  mMki 
ked'lamohedem  Elajudma>!;an  t^n  kil 
ignemwichep. 


ECHKIBETIMKEWEI. 
An  Act  of  Hope: 

Nixkam  ^chkibedn  k'tignemwin  t&nel 
koAvvM  neduliguel  n'uschtoAron  iktuk^cKk 


387 

ula  uchkit— kammuk'eim ;  elp  mfech  ech- 
kibedu  n'pann  wAjoJk'tignemwin  n'tilfein. 

K'CHAI/riMKEWEL 
An  Act  of  Love, 

Tin  dfelkik  nTcammelamoon  ah  n'chi- 
jaJmich,  ak  dfelidiye,  nAn,  Nixkam,  deli 
k'chaln,  m'ch^t  ^ta  ba  kokwhl  pagigiu 
k'chalnanel,  ak  ilp  nigmaA:  dMi  k'chatkik 
nil  n'tinin  d^li  k'chadem  utchit  kil,  Nix- 
kam,  dfelkiminin  okoch. 


ANIAPCHIMKEWEL 
An  Act  of  Contrition. 

LoAr,  Nixkam,  mu  wMidagiu  wegaiulep 
felw^wianek  pfegili  chab^win  oAroch  kil, 
aA:  Iwfeudi  maxkeltemen  kedM  Nixkam 
apch  mu  kigi  uphkuaiulu,  tchel  bchkume- 
nak  nphkwaiulwan  uliddgid^ch  dfelechip 
n'pann.    N'delifetch. 


288 

ALAMISWANGAI^. 
•        '  An  Act  of  3%ankiffwinff. 

Lo*  ba  Nixkam  mwiwaln  tkn  dechigu^l 
deli  ulalinel  tan  delechip  uchkitkammook 
ygalip  kalabich  kichkook  kil  kigichep  ; 
til  w^gi  p'kwadawichep  umaldemek 
ygatoA:chebenek  k'kwich  wechtaulk  t'chel 
neguech  ignemwin  ula  k'teU  elajnmalin 
chak  oA:ocli  echkibMwin  n'taniapchin, 
n'doAo  D^n  ignemwin  n'taniapchin. 

Tok  elp,  Nixkam  mu  kchegenootch 
yapchiutAn  deli  euUd^mip  ktignemwin 
kigi  uchkiginwianek  delechip  n'mew^ian 
tenik  jagigui  kedlemchedeguewinook. 

Prayer  for  the  Superiors,  <!bc. 
ElajumulekNixkamk'teulich  temwinen 
deli    elajudmelcheuphk^gik  N'uschinen, 
Papewil  aA;,n'chakmawiPatliacheminen,' 
*(n'telegu6minen  sJc  wigg  eimeligi). 

kAT'"''!'''^  ^^  ^^^  parenthesis  (for  the  King  Ac  )  are 
to  be  said  m  the  Canadaa  and  BritiRt  Pmvi.v^^'rSli  ?!? 
50  oe  omitted  in  the  United  States.       " " '     "       ""''•'  **'  *" 


-. ..™— 


289 

Edamulek,  Nixkam,  mfech  k'pemi  euli- 
d61man,  ak  k'pfemi  uli  akneiwau  m'chet 
dichitich  elajudmewinook. 

Mu  Nixkam-Punianootch  kulaptemen, 
eJc  nanndemik'tygademen  elegu^wakik 
tan  eimek. 

Eulidelem  nVoA;menaA;  n'tudeininak, 
sJc  tanik  apchinamegik. 

Damulekelp  k'teulidyman  tAnik  mu 
kejal'namegik,  ah  tanik  wineiwinamegik. 

Ignemu  Elw6ultigik  wigupchik  k'ti- 
nennkel  utelichku  ledanaa. 

Ignemu  m'chet  tanik  jagigui  elajud 
m^winook  nepkik  uschijafonijwa  wigup- 
chik uteimenau  yapchi  wanntaAodiktook. 


Angele  Deij  in  Faasamaquoddy, 
Ketchi  Niweskwi  Annchele,  wewessi 
k'nenwelkewaghenfek,  wassenemwine,  ik- 
kaline,  neuwelmine,8kwatemwine  tekfetch 


\  \ 


240 

4 

bemghiskak  pedjiu  mesiu  sigwekaswa- 
ghenek,  te  wetchi  skat  n'sanagutonok.  - 

Kchuch,  Mali,  Josep.  Nahnemwine, 
lichuch,  Nixkam,  kessiakussiane.  Kete- 
manghelmine,  N'sangmanm,  Kchuch. 

T^n  dy  wigit  Wegwigit  ah  Euschit,  ai 
Wegi-uU  Nixkam.    N'delietch. 


EOHKUMENAiT  WEN  PAJTABUGWEUK 
Prayers  before  Confession, 

PM  toA;  n'paA;^   agnudemwan,  K'chi 

Nixkam,  aA;  P^tli^ch  wfechtaiilk  nna^ka- 

bem,  m'chet  deleiabenel  negufech  n'tini 

niktook  tedlid^demachianel  ;    kakA;eich 

win^chiep,  kakA;eich  winabugw^p,  kak- 

Aeich  winidagiep.    Loft  NixA;am  anadfe- 

demanel  dMmedwabenel,  LoA;  maxk^U^- 

manel  padMek^benel ;  Tuoh  aniaptemanel 

m'chet  koAwel  dfelkimimkeclienel  i^lich 

temabenel.      K'tininnkfel,  Nixkam,  eli- 

iw^w&chiep,  nigmawiktukM  h\i  eubel4t«- 
21 


242 

Mp,  ai  elp  n'chijakmichk^l,  k^gidu  kich 
eU^  mu  n'ul^te*en.  Kilau  wajok  6imok, 
Mali  megui  naxkwen,  Annchal^wioA;,  ^h 
kilau  m'chet  w61i Xnultic 'c  kelechtemwik 
deli  m'chelmuloA ;  peuAtamimik  elajud- 
melchewiogwel   lechu— klit    mechta  u- 
schedawiwet  n'kaj^tagoon  n'tel  weudil,  toh 
elp  n'tignemagoon  n'telim^lki  aniaptemen 
dMmedwabenel,  t'chel  n^n  uschiech  mel- 
wich  n'pegilid^demen    neneben   echku- 
menaA  apch  kfedwi  punitu  n'jagigui  d^lein 
delkimigel.    N'delietch.'   *  - 

KIGI  PA^ABUGWEMKEK, 
After  Confession. 

Tal^dech,  NLadkam,  d^leiwin  dfeli  p'kwa- 
dwlguel  n'tMw6udil  I  Akaye !  tan  deli 
pkigi  uchkiginwiep  mechta  wajuiaAche- 
benel  winnmedwanel !  Lo*  aniaptemanel, 
-  --^^-..-i,,->^v.iiiv.,ii^,i,  jjiL&jxa,iUj  utjii  iwewia- 
benel,  deli  padMeMbenel  a*  deli  uph- 


243 


kaiulabenel,  deli  k'ehi  chabfewin  oA:och 
tchM  mu  kechpianook ;  dfeli  pchili  k'chal- 
kagin  tchel  mu-  kigi  kigidedememeuk, 
wegi  hippotamool,  Nixkam,  k'kaA;^  k'che- 
gat\dn  nala  kigi  p&iabugwademabenel 
kigi  p47cfe  agnudemafcaben'i,  k'nr-mben 
P4tli4ch,   utr  iit.     I^chu— Hit    k'kwich 
neuktiguit    kwich    megui    k'clialt    nka 
n^gueum  w^i  detkechp  uschinen  neguel^ 
ToA;  nenwddemen  t^n  dMi  melkiguenaA- 
chep  umaldemek  neguel^  neukt  kud^toA 
utcbit  mawi  'Ln6ok  utelweudiwal !    'Nkn 
cWk  melki  elidagi  kich  nugo6ch  kijum- 
chiep  ii'tyla<jhiii  abugunnemwin  kich  nu 
gooch    melkid^giep    mu    n't^leumtoon 
^ulid^lmin ;  kich  nugooch  mechta  max- 
kfeltemanel   m'chet    t^nel    n'tininiktook 
tedli    padaptemwinel ;     tchM    edamool 
melwich   n'pw^kan  nenemidoon  echku- 
menaA;     apch     pawedemwau     n'telein. 
N'delietch. 


ECHKUMENAK  KUMUNIEWIMENK. 
Before  Communion, 

Ypagi  uchka^^ltemool  k'tinin.  I6ch- 
uch,  negufech  ul4  uchkigi  pen^gwiktook 
6ik  eligagik.  Mali  Naxkwet  utelamilook 
w^gi  uchkiginwichep.  Utchit  nin^n 
^Iwiek  wfegi  amachkwibenel6dagichep, 
k'Juchifew^ikemuchiktook  tedli  chit6da- 
gichep. 

Ypagi  uchka^^Itemool,   Nl^chuchem 
um  pegiii  meguidedemoi,  kii  mal- 


245 


diwin    p^gili    ulamukchin    n4n    k'chi 

ken6pati  t4n  tedli  mechta  kajabatum- 

kechenel    mawi    'Lnook  utMw^udiwal. 

Ypagi  uchka^-amool,  n'cha^mam  N'K- 

chuchem  ygMechin  neguteh  vlk  uchkigi- 

peneguiktook ;  netn^n  keto  utclii  semine 

k'tinin.    Deli^ch  feta  mu  mfechwamulu, 

mfech  chyfcadu  ul^  pegili  abchietimkeweik- 

took  tedlidymool.    Kil  ekoch.  fechep,  uli 

yg^tud^ch  n'tinin  uchkigi  peiieguiktook ; 

Elp  n^n  ba  deli  ypagi  wechkakfeltemool 

k'maldem  pegili  m'guid^demek  negufech 

kanipehomuniktook  tedli  nepchenemek. 

Akaye!     I^chuch,    kil    neukti    k'chi 

chabewin  eulid^lmi ;  kil  nugi  uli  n'ch4- 

Iwen,  edamool  nagi  n'ch^twi  n'chija/bnich. 

Akaye !  ked^l  edook  neukti  k'chidfelmuk 

chep  I^chuch,  kedw — wegiu  nil  nandemi 

uktech61ep    n'kam^lamoonk    deli  pemi 

kikagi  elichtulanek    kalabieh  negu^ch. 
21* 


246 

M'chet  koAwW  kepmidfedemanel  auna  kfl 
pegili  k'chalkugip    mu  kepmidfelmulu ; 
mfech  chJcadvL  kil  deli  eulidMmm,  d^li 
k'chalin    kennchki  elnwi,   tchel  kedwi 
pichkw^n     nTsamelamoonnk !     Akaye ! 
D^chek  n'daguid^gin,  N'Kchuchem  k'ta- 
nabi  k'chalin  kennchki  elnwiep!     Chik 
to*  km^lki  k'chalnin!     Ked^l  negufech 
heye:    Ifchakman   tan    delid^ye,    deli 
k'chaln.     Tchiptook  m'chet  n'tinin  kame- 
lamun^k  ah  n'do&o  mechta  k'chalchk  ! 
Tchiptook  deli  k'chalin  d'li  k'chalnan! 
Tchiptook  to*  deli  chalchk  Chakmanch- 
kwei  Mali  slJc  m'chet  wajok  eikik  deli 
k'chalchkik  d'li  k'chalnan ! 

N'lechuchem,  t^nook  uschegueuphpit- 
tex  n'kanielamoonnk  ?  Tanook  pich- 
kwfedwidex  ?  Tchiptook  wigupchik 
nschegueuphkwijMicheben !  negufech  to* 


247 

gooch  w^ye  keuphcM  n'tinin.  Weli  ucha- 
A;iuememi ;  EgelidMchi  k'piclikwani  n'te- 
Mmidek.  Chik  tok  neukt  kelugin,  kedfel 
n'chijaimich  n'ch^oh. 


wmsK 


KIGI  KUMUNIEWIMK. 
After  Communion. 

Kektook  akaye !  Mechkik  n'cha;&mam 
n'Nixkam  delewip !  Ula  o^och  edli  migi- 
j6delichep  k'tiniD,  nTechuchem ;  t^n  deli 
ulchemichep  n'cha/fcmam  tan  deli  ulwike- 
balwichep,  annchema  pekwadwik  n'm^- 
chikoon  kuli  p^A;ekinwatulin  tan  tedugi 
pow^dem  k'mwiwalnin. 

Agimik^  n'kamelamoon  n'ulewichtoon 
k'tininnk^l,  m'chet  n'tel^midek  eikel  agi- 
miguel  n'tyali  m'cheda  agnudemen  d^li 
m'cheguik>bedeniwa/fcan  kichkook  w^ja- 
twep  k'uli  padaludimiktook.  M^n  punl 
h^u:    Nix^am    kejain,    NixA;am    x):rOi 


249 


k'chaln.  Nixkam  m^chet  koA:wel  pagigiu 
k'chalnanel.  Echk  negu^ch  n'cliekmam 
n'telamidek  eimen,  echk  negu^ch  mech- 
tanin,  sJc  nil  eulegi,  deli  eulidymin  k'ti- 
gnemwin  elp  k'mechta  nulin  elajumool 
p'kwad^demwi  t^n  neguSch  k'tininiktook 
w^gi  k'twipeuktamcbi. 

Ist  (TemJe).  Nixkam  edamool  k'tegi- 
guelatwin  tan  kegid6on  nep^ik  lufeudi, 
n'doA^o  uschi  uphtuguidau  n'utapfehin  tkn 
kegigau  dMi  ulalip  nemidwan  n'dfegi  pep- 
cheiagoon  t^n  chiawi  'Lnim  ^uchami  wini 
pepcheiwik ;  (ketch  nan^  cfc^.),  n^n  toA; 
Nixkam  mu  nugiich  n'pekwadagoon  ku- 
gaiulin  k'tanadMmin. 

2nd  {Tahwcywd),  Melkiwik^n  n'kame- 
lamuniktook  m'chefc  dfecbigueldelkiminel, 
nil  uclikit7^ammo6k  w^gi  ygalip  chik  ba 
n'upbtem6demen  k'nenulin,  k'kejalnin, 
k'telajumiiHn. 


250 


3d  {TchictBwei).  Tly  m^lkikelool 
nlamelamoon  chik  ba  delechip  unnkudi 
pchili  k'chaulkoon  k'tininnk^l  ut^li  una- 
ikwij^chin  dech  agi  egel  tdn  tepkik  aJ6 
nakw^k ;  netnan  uschi  n'kemagi  chJtettal 
ibenel.  Neguech  melwich,  Nixkam,  ig- 
nemwin  n'uliwanntake  kchikchedemen 
kimtook  lam^k  n'tininiktook  edu  n'che- 
demwenel  kelugi  to^  N'chakmam,  'Ln 
o*och  k'nakabem  tchikchedach. 

Kektook  n'tininiktook  feli  uliak  n'neuk- 
tutkonachin  k'tininnk!  kektook  n'tini- 
niktook eli  ulia*  chik  ba  kil  k'tininiktook 
n'tygfetoon  n'telid^jwaianem !  kektook 
n'tininiktook  eli  ulia*  chik  ba  n'kedlam- 
chedemen  ^benel !  Wenn  dd  apch  ked- 
'lamchedwach  mu  kedlamchedulwan,  kil 
annchema  kedlawinixkamewin  ?  Wenn 
do  apch  tchikchedw^ch  kil  mu  tchikche- 
dulwan  ?      Mu   do  kil   keokkunemunel 


261 

kelujwaAanel  yapchi  uchkiginudiktook 
tetel?  kich  n'cha^am  heiep,  nugdch 
delatken6gi  n'uli  k'chodemen  delkimenel. 
Toi  tkn  deli  eulidWmip  kichkook  k'pich- 
kw^dwin  n'telamidek,  p'kwadwich  mat* 
teau  upunimMkigwitnen  k'tininnkfel  n'ka- 
melamoon.  Nan  uschi  uli  kijatudech 
h^yabenel;  delechip  oioch  mu  ^n  neju- 
demu  kHmiaXi  n'kemagi  meyauphtechke- 
men  wini  loMeguenel  k'cM  elw^winu 
chiawi  kichkadnemwigel ;  melwich  apch 
uschi  uli  echkibegidech  n'tignemaguen 
kijauichian  n'kijo^wachin  welohaltigik 
lAn  ^tedli  yapchi  umechwamchkik  kil 
Nixkam  neukti  p'chili  k'chidMmukcbip. 
N'delietch. 


AN  ACT  OF  FAITH. 
Kedfel  o^och  ba  melki  kedlamchedem, 
Nixkam,  k'neukt^gin ;  chik  mech  nechi- 


362 


giok  Pelchunewioi,  VV  egwigin,  Euscllin, 
ak  Channteulamudin,  neuktidwoA  k'nix- 
komeudiwau,n6t  nan  wegi  n^rien-Nixkam, 
'Lnba  neiiktegit,  mu  chkadu  n(^chigiuk. 
Melkedlamchedem    elajudma^an    t^n 
jrecht4iulk    ignemwichp,    melkikedlam- 
hedem   Kchu — ^klit,  n^t  n^n  n^gueum 
olnwagichp ;   Skk    nkn    negueum    minwi 
pkwadelwi  nametchep  nfeguela  kluchie- 
wfeiktook   tedlanudek ;    m'chet   6ta  ba 
melkikedlamchedemanel    tanel  kedlam- 
chedemitigel  m'chet  ba  ka^e  kedlamche- 
demanel  nala  k'chi  kedlawel,  'Lndtnau 
kil  temk  deli  kin^mwiekcbep  k'kwich 
wechtaulk  wedunn*?;atek,  ka,  ndo^o  mu 
kigi  eucbimchiun,  aJ  elp  mu  kigi  euchi- 
miw^k. 


2B8 

AN  ACT  OP  HOPE. 
Meet,  Nixkam,'€ch'kibeduk't}gnemwiit 
tanel  koiwil  RedoBiquel  anschedo/tonik* 
took  ^chk  ula  nchkitkamniook  eim  nugi 
tefalid^daguen  .>Aoch  elp  m^ch  echkibedu 
tfpann  wajok  k^tignemwin  tftelein,  'La 
oioch  kil  ^chep,  dill  eulidelmadich  tanik 
elidajultitich  n'tininn,  matteau  kil  beli- 
anugool  tanel  hinel,  kil  oifcocli  kedlawiia 
k'tininn* 


AN  ACT  OF  TF\NKSGIVlNa 
Ijoh  ba  Nixkam  rawiwain  tan  dechiguel 
dell  ulalinel  tin  delechip  uchkitkammook 
ygalip  kalabich  kichkook  kil  kigichep ; 
kil  wegi  p^>  vadelwichep  umaldeanek 
ygatofcjhebanek  k'kwich  wechtajnlk  tchel 
neguech  ignemwin  ula  k^teli  ela|nmulin 
chak   oioch    echkibedwin    utaniapchin, 


*«^_^ai     J  i^  s_a  %/ fi_s.x  TT  JLZ 


S.X    1SVOJj^i.SA 


2i 


•k/V-J 


I^F= 


f54 

Toi  elp,  Wixkam  mu  kcheganootcb 
yapdbintin  deli  enlidilmip  ktignemwin 
kigi  uchkiginwianek  d^lechip  n'mew^ian 
tenik  jagigui  kedlemchedeguewinook. 


AN  ACT  OF  LOVE. 
Tan  delkik  n'kamelamoon  eJk  n!cliijak- 
micb,  sik  t^Q  deUdaye,  n^n  Nixkam  deli 
kchalD,  m^cliet  ^ta  ba  pegigiu  kVhalnanel, 
aXi  elp  iiigmeh  deli  kchalkik  nil  n'tinin 
deli  kchadem  utchit  kil  delkimin  oiocli. 
Nixkam  m&clita  nemul  ntinin  elp  tdn 
neb^eldelkngianel,  nala,Nixkam,  m^ckta 
nemulanel,  kil  oilk>cIi  utchit  adlachemik 
n'tinin,  ioh  Nixkam  nala  nulatoon^ 
N*delietcli. 


JIL. 


.uk''-    •^- 


r^HTaPda 


PRAYERS  FOR  THE  MONTAGNAIS  INDIANS 

OF  TADU8SAK.   ^ 

This  tribe  lives  in  Labrador,  north  of  Bellisle.  In  their 
language  they  have  not  the  letter  /,  instead  of  whieh  they 
use  the  letter  r.. 

*i*  Utishikaswinitsli  ka  Weukussisit, 
gaie  ka  Wemttawit,  gaie  ka  Witsh — 
p^ioku — ^mira  Manitwit    %u  inusin.    . 

K'UTSHIMAMINAU  U-T-AIAMIHEAIN.  ' 
The  Z«nF»  Frcyet,  ', 

N'uttawinan,  tshir  waskutsh  ka  taien^ 

ilSllllf.allif.iVii.'nrp.rif  fl.£yn  nn  nain     4xiViif laliinilrott. 


256 

will,  ho  nogusiwane  pitta  taiats,  tsK  pa- 
mittagawin  nete  waskutsb,  pitta  gaie 
pamittagawien  u-te  astsbitsh.  Anutsh 
iikashigatsh  mirinan  ni  mitshi  miminan^ 
meshutsh  gaie  kasbigatsh  mirinan,  nama 
nigut  nititeritenan  awiets  ka  tshi  tshishi- 
traiamitjits,  eka  gaie  tshir  nigus  iterimi- 
Ban  ka  tsbishiwaitats,  eka  irinawinan  ka 
wi  sagutsbihiguiats  beiai-iraatis,  tiaguetsb 
wi  irinikabban  metshikawatis  maskuska- 
matsl    Eguinusin. 


ANJERIUTATAMISKATWIK 
The  AnffeKtai  StUuiatum. 

Man,  tsbi  tatanaiskatin,  tsbir  kassinaa 
ka  aianaibe  katawatisbitjska  ^tatimen^ 
eiapitsb  tshi  papaganawerinjigu  missi  ka 
tsbisbittat,  tsbir  tsbimirueritagusin  iskue- 
natsb,  gaie  mirueritagusiu  tsbikussis  Jesus. 
Naspitsb  ka  katawashishienj  Man,  tsbisbe 


25Y 

Manitu  ka  ukussisi  mat,  anutsh  aiamitt- 
wawinan  ka  paatatiats  mag'ispish  wL 
nipiats.    EguinusiiL    ,  /    . 


AIAMIHE  TAPUETWIN. 

1.  NitapuetentshisheMariitu  Wepkus^ 
sisit  missi  ka  nittawittat,  waskuriu  gaie 
astshiriu  pishishigu  wetsh  ka  tsbishittat 

2.  Ni  tapuetawiniawa  gaie  peiokuritsi 
ukussisa  Jesus  Crista  ka  itimiritsi  ni  tipa- 
higaninana. 

3.  Wir  utsHtawitslipeiokamiruMani- 
insL  tutaga  wetsh  erininuit,  Maria  tesssr 
rawiritsi  tshi  pinentutaguban. 

4.  Utsliimawiriguban  Pons  Krata  ka 
itimiritsi,  ispisk  neaekatshihaganiwit, 
twistaskwataganiwit  tshipaiatikut&h,  isp- 
ish  ka  nipahaganiwit  magVegwaskataga- 
niwit. 


258 


5.  Pitutsliea  atamaskamigntsli,  nishtii 
tshiflhigaritsh  apitsMpaiatisii. 

6.  Waskutsh  mag'esparit  epiwat  ut- 
Bhiskinissiiittsh  uttawiatshishe  Manitua^ 

I.  Min  kota  tagushinu  nmetastshish^ 
egu  mag'tshe  mau  tebimat  kassinan  arri- 
Airiniwa  ka  tirigoeni,  gaie  ka  nipirit^i. 

8.  Hi  tapuatawau  gaieka  witsh  peioka 
mmi  Manituit. 

9.  Gaie  hepeioku  katawatishiu  aiami* 
lianiwanu  espitaskamigatsh  astshitsh,  aia- 
mihe  witsbihituin. 

/    10.  Maniskawa  pasta  aitaina. 

II.  Ka  ta  iapitshipahitets  kassmau 
arishiriniwets, he  wihiassitwau.    ,,r    , 

12.  Eiapitsh  mag^kattC  irinimanani- 
waniL     Eogu  tiapuetaman. 


Ud 


AIAMIHE  TEBATSEMITI8WIN. 

M  tebatsemitisoon  ni  wittamawan 
tshishe  Manitu,  missika  nittawittat,  gaie 
tshitshitwa  Mari  eiapitsh  tessaraTrit,  tshi- 
tshitwa  Misher  ka  tshishe  Anjeriwit, 
tshitshitwa  Jan  Batist,  gaie  ka  itutama- 
waguenitjs  Jeanssa  witshittttiniriu  tshi- 
tshitwa Pier,  gaie  tshitshitwa  Por,  kassinan 
waskutsh  ka  tatjits  ka  miru  apitjits,  gaie 
tshir,  n'utta,  tshi  wittamatin,  ni  tebatse- 
mitisoon, wesam  ni  pastatinaban,  shetsher 
piastaiteritamanban,  piastaweianban,  pia- 
Btatutamanban.  Nitanwerimitisoon^  nir 
ianwerimitisoon^  ia/pwe  nitanwerimitir 
eoon,  Egu  wetsh  n'entatamawak  tshi- 
tshitwa Man,  eiapitsh  tersarawit,  tshi- 
tshitwa Misher,  ka  tshishe  Anjeriwit, 
tshitshitwa  Jan  Batist,  gaie  ka  itutama- 
waguenitjs  Jesussa  witshittwiniriu  tshi- 


260 


tshitwa  Pier,  gaie  tshitshit  wa  Por,  kassinan 
waskutsh  ka  tatjits  ka  miru  apitjits,  gaie 
tshir  n'utta  n'entutamatan  wanirau  aia- 
mitwawawatisita  ka  tiberitak  Tshitshishe 
Manituminau,    Egu  inuaicu 


I  I 


ETUTITAKU  TSHISHE  MANITU. 
5%tf  2%n  Oommandmentg  of  God, 

1.  Missi  ka  tiberitak  peioku  TshisLe 
Manitu  ariwi  naspitsh  tshi  ka  manatshi- 
hau,  ariwi  tshi,  ka  pamittawau,  ariwi  tshi 
ka  satsherimau  esuhishatjs  tshi  te,  gaie 
tshi  hiau. 

2.  Misharia  u-t-ishinika  suia  wanirau 
tshi  ka  manatshitawau.  Eka  shetsher 
nata  miga  wittatu  wa  tip  we  wane. 

3.  Tshe  manatshitagana,  tshi  ka  ma- 
natshitan.  Eka  utshita  atussetu  meshe- 
gutsh  wikuassitatu  aiamihe  aitwina. 

4.  Tshi  nitshihigueta  tshi  ka  pamitta- 


261 

wawets,  imrwagashswi  iriniwien  nta  mns- 
taskamitsh. 

6.  Eka  nipahiweta. 

6.  Tshi-t-animatisutu  kassinau  hi  wi- 
hiasinaniwatjs  metshikenatjs. 

7.  Eka  tshinmttitn. 

8.  Eka  awen  tshirassikau,  eka  naspitsh 
tshirassitu. 

9.  Eka  awen  wiwa  mushtaweritamau. 

10.  Eka  gaie  tshekwariu  mnshtawen- 
tamau  tshitslii — uniu  eabatshitatjsi. 


ETUTITAKU  E  AIAMIHAIAKU. 
Tke  Oommanchmmti  of  the  Okurch. 

1-2.  Manatshitau     tshishigua     mana- 
tshitatn. 

3.  Tegash  wi  t^  ramessitsfcetu  tsliishe 
tahipitsh,  he  maa  tshitau — ^tshishigatjs. 

4.  Meshagua  ka  nita  tshigushimutjita 
CreiamihatjitSkj  tehi  ka  tsbigushimoon. 


-ii'i. 


M^m 


262 


6.  Nishwatt  he  tshishigatjs  tshi  manar 
tshitaganiwitjsi,  tshi  ka  patsitaten  wihiaa. 

6.  Tesseratsh  nokutu  pipunwa  kupissi- 
wien,  gaie  kumuniuien. 


MEItrSH  ARAMESSIKANANIWITJST. 

» 

Prayer  before  JToM.  ' 

Eka  ka  nita  tshirassien,  Jesus,  tshishite, 
wittamawitague  kaiaramessitshet,  ni  hiau 

kata  asteu  hostiwinitsh.    Tslii  tapweta- 

ft 

tinan  mag'  espishi  tehiats  tshi  manatshi- 
hitinan,  Tshi  miku  gaie  nirau  ka  utshi 
gawittaien  he  nepahigowien  tshipaiati- 
kutsh,  mamau  ni  manatshitanan.  Min 
mag^  he  utatshakkusiats,  he  wihiasiats 
patshitinamatinan :  egu  gaie  tshe  espini* 
gawien,  eiapien  gaie  tshitshitwa  hostiwi- 


264 

tiitsh  ni  ka  nipaskunan ;  eskuhe  raiami* 
haiats  ni  ka  pishitshihitisunan.  Tshir 
egu  mag'  Jesus  irinisihinan  anutsh,  gaie 
wi  kassihamawinan  ni  matshi  aituinana 
tshetshi  papa  merueritagusiats.  TSgn 
inusin. 

MEIUSH  KUMINIWINANIWITJSI. 

Bttfote  Communion, 

1.  Ni  Jesum,  ni  tapueten  ka  hostiwi* 
niteh  etaien,  ni  tapueten,  egu  sutsh  tshi-t- 
ite;  nama  nita  tshi  tshirasin— kassinau 
ni  miku  ni  bwa  webinen  tshitshi  hume 
tapwewin  nanatsliinafen* 

2.  Tslii  manatshihitin  hostiwinitsh  ni 
nishitaweritenhe  TsWshe  Manitwien,  gaie 
he  tshishe  kamawien. 

3.  Atawen'nir,  Tshishe  Jesus  pitutset 
nitehitsh  ?  Usam  ni  pasta  tutesin,  gaie  ni 
wanetshishin ;    maskatash!    kassinau  ni 


265 

matshi  aituina  suka  ni  shikatea;  gaie 
eiapitsh  ni  kuatshistatsheriten ;  nama 
aiiwi  neapitsh  nika  pastatuten. 

4.  Ni  tehitsh  tagushinitu,  ni  Jesum, 
tagushinitu,  tshitshi  kassinau  katawati*- 
shiniwina  mirinan :  tagushinime  tshitshi 
miruassian  mustaskamitshigaie  eiapitsh 
waskutsh.    Egu  inusin. 


KA  TSHI  KUMINIWINANIWITJST. 

After  Communion^ 

1.  Mahume  anutsh  nitehitsh  epit  Jesus 
wihiau,  n'miku,  u-Tshishe  Manituin,  gaie. 
Watashie  ka  miru  makashagawian !  Pitta 
eiapitsh  katawatishiwin  ganaweritaman. 

2.  Ner  ka  utshi  hostiwinitsh  tshi-t-itin, 
ewe  tshi  wi  satshihitin,  tapue  tshi  nasku* 
mitin  ispishitehian,  gaie  kueiasku  ni  shi* 
katen  ka  shekatamen. 

23 


266 


»  •  • 


8.  Jesus,  sliawerimitu,  witshihitu  he 
a-t-atshakkusian,  gaie  he  wihiassian ;  he 
iriniwian,  gaie  he  nipian :  he  satshihugu- 
sian,  gaie  shikatigusian ;  shawerimitjs 
mag'  ni  tshirawemaganets,  gaie  kassinan 
ka  naskawe  mestisutjits. 

4.  Tshi  patshitinamatin  nihiau,  ni-t-a- 
tshakkoos,  he  attuasewian,  gaie  he  arue- 
pian;  he  arimisian,  gaie  he  akusian: 
sutshiteheskawitu,  tshitshi  n'ma  mini 
Tshishiwahitan.  Man,  ni-t-Angerim  kas- 
sinau  waskutsh  ka  mini  apieku  miruas- 
sitsh  iterimitiku.    Egu  inusin. 


KA  TSm  JARAMESSIKANANIWITJS. 
After  Mom, 

Tshi  mamau  naskamitinan,  Jesus,  ka 
jaramessitsheiats :  min  'egu  tshitshi  papa 
tshishikamawiats,  ispish  he  jaramessikani- 
witjs,  meshagua  kassigatsh,  k'uttawi  tshi 


267 

patshitinamawau  tshi  hiau  ka  tshi  patslii- 
tinemawat  wa  nepahiganien  tshipaiati- 
kutsh,  ka  pa  ^ikue^itamat8,  esku  he 
iaiamihaiats,  tapue  ni-t-anwerimitisniiaii ; 
tshir  ka  tshishe  natisien  Jesus,  wanitshetu 
anutsh  egu,  gaie  wi  sutshiteheskawinan 
missi  missi  eiarimisiats.     Egu  inusin. 

Jesus  shawerimits  ka  naskawemesti 
Butjits. 


">  ^.  V\ 


IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-3) 


1.0 


I.I 


11.25 


i^  ^    12.2 
2.0 


1.8 


U    IIIIII.6 


III 


V] 


c> 


?^ 


/J 


7: 


^5 


^ 


% 


/; 


HiotDgrapliic 

Sciences 

Corporation 


23  WESf  MAIN  STREET 

WEBSTER,  NY.  14300 

(716)  872-4S03 


268 


We  insert  here  the  Lord's  Prayer  and 
the  Angelical  Salutation,  in  pure  Passa- 
maquoddy  language,  as  we  find  them  in 
an  old  manuscript  belonging  (as  we  think) 
to  Kev.  Sebastian  Easles,  S.  J.     Those 
Passamaquoddy  prayers,  given  by  us  in 
this  work,  belong  to  the  Kannibas  Indians 
—a  tribe  once  living  on  the  shores  of  the 
Kennebec,  and  at  present  in  part  extinct, 
and  partly  dispersed  amongst  the  other 
tribes  of  the  Abnakis.     Although  the 
Passamaquoddy  tribe  at  present  recite 
these  prayers  in  Kannibas  language,  yet 
a  great  many  of  them  say  the  same  in 
pure  Passamaquoddy  language. 

PASSAMAQUODDY  LORD'S  PRAYER. 

N'miktakusen  Spemkik  ^hine  Sagman- 
welmegudets  ^iwiziyin;  ketepeltemwa- 
ghen  petzussewitch ;   keteleltemwaghen 


ayer  and 

re  Passa- 

them  in 

rethink) 

Those 

by  ns  in 

i  Indians 

es  of  the 

extinct, 

le  other 

agh  the 

t  recite 

ige,  yet 

lame  in 


YER. 

agman- 
temwii- 
v^aghen 


269 

nU  tsiksetagudets  yuttel  ktahkemigook, 
tahalo  te  Spemkik.  MUne  tekitch 
bemghiskak  etaskiskw^  n'tapanemen,  te 
anehytemohnyeku  n'twabellokewaghe- 
nenudol  tahalo  nUon  Mi  aneheltemohu- 
yeku 'ewabeUokedjik ;  te  ekkwi  losseline 
unemiotwaghenek,  wedji  gWghihine  tan- 
nik  m^dzikkiL     Nialitch. 

PASSAMAQUODDY    ANGELICAL    SALUTA- 
TION. 

Mali,  kdasikol,  pessenaht^k  nliwewa- 
ghen,  k'Sagmanmen  kVidjihSman,  kn- 
lelmeguts  petsi  epitwikook,  te  ulMmokuso 
odji  nighiyu  k'hegh^k  tel  Zezus.  We- 
wessi  Mali,  KetcU  Niwesku  wignssel 
pabattemwiwin^  sigwekaswinuy^ka,  te- 
ketch  tanne  etodziu  keti  ekulami^kn. 
Nialetch. 

23» 


The  first  of  the  following  Catechisms 
is  in  Penobscot  language  ;  the  second  is 
inPassamaquoddy ;  the  third  in  Micmac, 
and  the  fourth  in  Montagnais. 

The  literal  translation  of  these  Cate- 
chisms is  for  the  convenience  of  Mission- 
aries, who  may  not  be  acquainted  with 
the  Indian  language. 


Mymn  to  he  sung  be/ore  Catechism, 
Kati  aghekitin  hutchi  kaba  tepiwe- 
wantam^iipton  Z^zus   k'milin    ken^sse- 
w^gan  netaki  kimokusin^na    wewissi 
katohankanal. 


PENOBSCOT  CATECHISM. 

Q.  Who  made  you  ? 

A.  The  Great  Spirit 

Q.  What  for  did  He  make  you? 

A.  To  love  Him,  to  know  Him,  to 
mind  Him,  to  think  of  Him,  to  work  for 
Him^  that  by  doing  m  I  might  go  to 
heaven,  to  enjoy  an  everlasting  life. 

Q.  Where  is  the  Great  Spirit? 

A.  Everywhere,  ill  heaven  (verbatim, 
above  the  earth),  and  on  the  earth ;  and 
"He  fills  every  thing.  • 

Q.  Where  was  He  before  He  made 
everything? 


1,  to 
kfor 
:o  to 


itim, 
and 


oade 


o 


w 

u: 


% 

< 


□Q 


K 


.*^' 


■   .  1  ' 

'i 

w 
o 

^4 

M 

'  .y 

f> 

1^4 

P 

m^  :l 

5^ '    jt 

•-*; 

^^  ^*  •  jR 

^ 

t  -i  fj 

o 

'<  Ki 

Q 

"  '        si 

W 

'  «**s 

W 

:  ii 

fe: 

t3 

1   i  1 

01 

< 

< 

•f     ¥^ 

h 

l^^  m 

' '  ^^1^ 

□Q 

v'  ?    ''^ 

P 

y    'i     ;!^ 

<! 

|3 

» 

(W  '''\l 

a 

I' '  ■  'i 

1   i 

1^    I 

t'   1 

r   .  q 

PABATTEMWI GHEKIMSOTESSIN. 

Q.  Aw^ni  klsi  hoskesA  ? 

-4.  KStchi  Niw^ssk 

Q.  K6gu  w^tchi  kisi  hoskes^  ? 

^.  K'deiymokosaia,  w^welmitch,  kit- 
tawitch,  mosanlitch,  alokewitch,  nitchi 
w^tchi  pukw^ht^ng  awaskiskw^  Spom- 
kik  askamilnilanhtisuMngan. 

Q.  Tanne  ey t  Ketchi  Niw^ss  ? 

A.  Messika  ydten,  Spomkik  ayo,  ih  yo 
klk,  ih  m^ssi  kfegus  tepeltik. 

Q.  Tanne  ehisa  *tema  kdgwl  Ahinike  ? 


2U 

A,  He  was  always  before  every  thing. 

Q,  How  long  is  it  that  He  has  existed  ? 

A.  He  is  not  there  six  times,  but  He 
has  always  been  there. 

Q.  How  many  Great  Spirits  are  there  ? 

A.  One. 

Q.  How  many  times  does  the  Great 
Spirit  particularize  Himself  ? 

A.  Three  times. 

Q,  How  do  you  call  these  three  parti- 
cularizations  ? 

A,  The  Father,  the  Son,  and  the  Good 
Spirit  (lit..  He  has  a  Son,  Ho  has  a 
Father,  and  the  Good  Spirit.) 

Q,  Great  Spirit  is  then  the  Father  ? 

A.  Great  Spirit. 

Q.  Is  then  the  Son  Great  Spirit? 

A,  Also  Great  Spirit. 
Q.  Great  Spirit  is    then   the  Good 
Spirit  ? 


275 

Penobscot  Oatechtsm, 

A.  Nihl^ntsi  ahin^k  ayhdssa. 

Q.  Tanasipiwi  utenfesaKetchi  Niw^k ? 

A.  Andamim^nniewissaaakamitiute 
n^sa  tanih^le. 

Q.  KessoAk  K^tchi  Niweskoik  ? 

A.  Pesec6on. 

Q.  K^sta  kuinawino  Ketchi  Niwfesk  ? 

A.  Nseti 

Q.  Khgwi    aliwlzo    eli   ntliri    kina- 
winwit? 

A.  Wenfemanit,   W^miktankusit,    t6 
wetchi  Uli  Niwfeskwit. 


Q.  Ketchi  Niw^sko  nawa  Wenfemanit? 
A,  Ketchi  Niwfesko. 

Q.  Wan^waWemiktankiisit  Ketchi  Ni- 
wesko  ? 

A.  Hatchi  Kfetchi  Niw^sko. 

Q.  Ketchi  Niw^sko  n4wa  wetchi  UK 
Niw^skwit  ? 


276 

A.  Also  Great  Spirit. 

Q^  Three  then  there  are  Great  Spirits  ? 


A.  Not  three  Great  Spirits,  only  three 
we  know  to  be  in  the  Great  Spirit,  but 
only  one  is  the  Great  Spirit. 

Q^  What  would  follow,  then,  if  they 
were  not  three  Great  Spirits  ? 

A,  There  would  be  not  three  Great 
Spirits,  but  three  in  one  Great  Spiritual- 
ity, in  one  intelligence,  in  one  creating 
power* 

Q,  Which  of  them  is  the  greatest  ? 

A.  All  of  the  same  greatness  (lit., 
si^.) 

Q,  Which  of  them  has  got  more 
power? 

A.  All  have  the  same  power. 

Q,  Which  of  thetai  has  got  more  in- 
telligence? 


Penobscot  Oatechttm. 

A.  Uktchi  K6tchi  Niwfeko. 
Q.  NtloAk  nkwa  itto  Kitdii  Niwis- 
ko^? 

A.  Anta  ntluiwiAk  Kitchi  Niwi8ko4k, 
wipitAki  ntlo^k  italitah^mkiisidjikK^tchi 
Niwfeskuhinfek  pampisko  K^tchiNiwisk. 

Q.  Tanfeba  n^wa  ketesinendssa  anta 
ntluitikusahan^  K^tchi  Niw^ako&k  ? 

A.  Anta  ntluiwi^k  hiiighig  ntloAk 
pesekodn  Kitchi  Niwisskuh&nganoh^n, 
pesekodn  utl^HamohAnganohAn,  peseko^u 
utlilktaktuh^nganohAn. 

Q.  Aw^nipemkiml^kyughik  n'tluic^  ik  ? 
A.  TedebiikUo6k. 

Q.  Awfeni  piinmi  n'taklAnku  ? 


more  m- 


A.  Tedebi  n'taklAnku. 

Q.  Aw^ni  pemiwiwant^k  ? 
24 


^ 


II 


ars 

A,  All  Lave  the  same  intelligence. 

Q.  Which  was  the  first  ? 

A,  All  at  the  same  time, 

Q.  What  is  the  Great  Spirit?; 

A,  Not  any  thing  but  intelligence. 

Q.  Which  became  Indian  ? 

A.  The  Son. 

Q.  What  for  He  became  Indian? 

A,  He  wfis  going  to  save  as. 

Q.  What  would  become  of  us,  had 
Je^us  not  gone  to  save  us  ^ 

A.  Then  the  bad  Spirit  would  punish 
us  in  the  furnace  of  hell  (lit.,  of  under 
the  earth,)  for  ever. 

Q.  What  was  His  name  when  He  was 
born  ?  (The  literal  translation  should 
be  Indianized,  if  we  could  use  this  word.) 
A,  Our  SangmAn*  Jesus. 

^  *  SAiiinn*n  111  {:)iA  fiflA  wliiAli   fliA  TaJi:...  ^^^  a^  i.i.> 

MBt  Chief  of  the  tribe,  and  it  meana  "  Oyer-the-whole 
World." 


Penobscot  Catechism, 

A.  Tedebi  wewAiitamo6k. 
Q.  Aw^ni  ntamiki  aysa  ? 

A.  Tedebi  ayus^nik. 

Q.  T^ne  utUghin  Ketchi  Niw^ssk  ? 

A.  Anta  kegwi  alighiwi,  pantuwlwi 
wew^atamoliangandho. 

Q.  Awfeni  Alnambiy  xmiasi  ? 

-4.  Wemiktanktisit. 

Q.  Khgu  w6tchi  AlnambAy  usisa  ? 

^.  KanAntcW  kighe  dkondssa. 

Q.  Tan^ba    n^wa   ketelinendsa  anta 
Zfezus  nantchikike  olohuwaensahAne  ? 

4.  Tanfeba  matchiniwSskiiba  ketaho- 
ktolekon6sa  alomklkba  keUlalimamfeka 
okan^ssa  taniMle. 

Q.  Kegwi  aJivlzo  aK  kisi  alnambiit  ? 


-4.  Sangmin  mfena  Zizus. 


280 


Q,  How  many  doyoa  say  in  oiir  Sang- 
m^n  Jesus  ? 

A.  We  say  two — Great  Spirit  and 
Indian. 

Q.  Was  he  always  Great  Spirit?  t^ 

A.  Always. 

Q,  Was  lie  always  Indian  ?  v* 

A.  No,  lie  was  bom  a  little  while  ago. 

Q.  Who  was  his  Father,  as  Great 
Spirit? 

A.  The  Father. 

Q,  Who  was  his  Father,  as  Indian? 

-4.  No  Father  as  Indian. 
Q.  Who  was   his  Mother,  as  Great 
Spirit? 
A.  No  Mother  as  Great  Spirit. 

Q.  Who  was  his  Mother,  as  Indian  ? 
A.  The  Sanfirman  Marv.  everVirein. 


281 

Penobscot  Catechism, 

Q,  Kessitcheb^zo  nawa  k'sangmin  mi- 
na  Z^zus  ? 

A.  Nisitchebftzo.    Ketchi  Niwesko  ih 
Alnamb^ho. 

Q.  Askamin&waKetcliiNiweskdsa? 
J..  Askamigh^. 

Q.  Askami  nA,wa  Alnambah6sa  ? 
A.  Anta,  ketcbikanwikan  alnambabo. 
Q.  Aw^ni  umiktankiisal    61i  K6tchi 
Niwfeskwit  ? 
A,  Wenem^nit^l. 

Q,  Aw^ni    umiktankiisal   Mi   alnam- 
bMt  ? 

A,  Anta  umiktankusiwi  61i  alnambMt. 

Q.  Aw^ni  wigaiissal  hVi  K^tcbi  Ni- 

wfeskwit? 
A,  Anta    wigaussiwi    feli  ketchi  Ni- 

w^skwit. 

I   Q.  A weni  wigaiissal  Mi  alnambMt  ? 

A,  Sangmanwi  Malia  metchimi  kosius- 

kwfe  elidgill.  24* 


% 


28d 

Q.  At  what  time  was  bom  our  Sang- 
man  Jesus? 

A.  In  tte  middle  of  winter,  at  mid- 
night, was  born  our  Sangman  Jesus^ 

Q.  At  what  time  was  he  called  Jesus  ? 
A.  After  being  bom,  seven  days,  at 
that  time  He  was  called  li^us. 

Q.  At  what  time  was  He  oflfered  in  the 
wigwam  of  prayer  ? 

A.  After  being  born,  forty  days,  at 
that  time  they  held  the  candles. 


Q.  At  what  time  was  He  baptized 
(lit.,  washed  with  water,)  by  the  Sang- 
man, John  the  Baptist  ? 

A,  When  He  was  thirty  years  old. 

Q,  What  did  He  do  after  being  washed 
with  water  ? 


288 

Perujibscot  Oatechiam, 

Q.  Tanesipiwi  utalnanbahintea  kVang- 
m^nm^na  Zezus  ? 

j1.  Ebaa8ipo6k  etitchi  nip^hiimM-' 
mo6k  ebassitebakkAk  et  Atchi  alnambahiga 
k'saDgmanmena  Zezus. 

Q.  Tanesipiwi  aliwiklanissa  Zezus  ? 

A.  Kisi  alnambahit^  tamb^wans  kes- 
suguenak  kiwiki  etdtchi  aliwiklosa 
k'sangmAn  m^na  Zizus. 

Q.  Tanewasipiwi  upakitnikanSsa  ahiar 
mih^wigamikook  tali  ? 

A.  Kisi  alhambahit^  yawinski  kessu- 
guen^k  kiwik^,  waselmtokanAl  etutchi 
kelenantsik. 

Q.  Tanew^ipiwi  nantchi  suguenep&n- 
sin^ssa  sangm&nwi  Z^n  BaptizAl  ? 

A.  Nsinsk^  kessikaten^te. 

i  Q.  KegwinAwa  i^stissa  kisi  suguene- 
pansit<a  ? 


284 

A.  For  three  years  He  taught  and 
worked  wonderful  things. 

Q.  At  what  time  died  ourSangman, 
Jesus? 

A.  In  the  Spring,  on  Great  Friday,  at 
that  time  died  our  Sangman,  Jesus. 


Q;  Did  He  die  in  a  gentle  manner  ? 

-4.  No;  He  was  abused,  put  to  the 
Cross,  and  there  He  died.  \> 

Q.  What  would  become  of  us,  had 
Jesus  not  died  ? 

A.  Then  we  all  should  be  miserable 
in  hell  (under  the  earth)  for  ever. 

Q.  When  He  died,  did  He  die  for 
ever? 

A.  No ;  after  two  days,  without  any 
help,  He  rose  again. 

Q,  At  what  time  ascended  into  heaven 
Cabove  the  earth)  our  Sandman,  Jesus  ? 


285 

Penobscot  Catechism, 

A.  Nsikatennh^wi  aghekikemosa  t& 
ansagalok^a. 

Q.  TanewasipiwiametcliiDanisak'sang. 
m^m^naZ^zns? 

A.  Nann^ghi  sikw^ke,  ketchi  Bkah^war 
tekwi  ghisukwighe  etiitclii  meichm^m 
k'sangm^nm^na  2%zus. 

Q.  Wankenahlwi  nawa  metchin^za  ? 

A.  Anta,  saghiham^kali^nza,  sitakota- 
hanziEi  Skahew^tteko6k,  te  ntalin^a. 

Q,  Tan^ba  n4wa  ketelinen6sa  anta 
Z^zus  metchinekusahan^  ? 

A.  Tan^ba  messiwiba  k'task^makase- 
soldipendsa  alanmkik  tanihal^. 

Q,  Nin^wa  metchinete  aBkamiwi  me- 
tchin^sa  ? 

A,  Anta,  nesugben^k  kiwik^niklantsiu 
ampitcbib^sa. 

Q.  Tanesipiwi  umantcbin^sa  Spomkik 
k'sanormanm^na  Z^zus  ? 


286 

A,  Aft^  his  rising  from  the  dead, 
forty  days ;  at  that  time  ascended  into 
heaven  our  Sangman,  Jesus* 

Q.  At  what  time  He  was  gding  to  send 
the  Good  Spirit  ?  _,. 

A.  After  ascending  into  he&ve%  our 
Sangman,  Jesus,  ten  days  afterwards  He 
sent  the  Good  Spirit,  who  was  to  help  us 
to  have  strong  belief,  so  as  to  make  us 
stronger. 

Q.  Howmany  are  the  Marks? 
A.  Seven. 

Q.  Which  are  they? 

A.  1.  The  washing  with  water. 

2.  Receiving  strong  belief  in  the  heart 
by  unction. 

3.  CSommtmion. 

4.  Forgiveness. 

5.  Last  unction  before  death. 

6.  Acting  of  the  Patriarch. 

7.  Matrimony. 


287 

Penobscot  Catechism, 
A.  Kisi  ampitchipetfe  y^wlnsk^  kesu- 
ghen^k  kiwik^  n'ettitclii  mantchisaSpom- 
kik  k'sangmto  mena  Z^zus. 

Q.  Tane  nawa  sipiwi  kfen^ntgi  witchu- 
kemkunen6sa  witchi  Uli  Niivfeskwit  ? 

A.  Kisi  mantsdsa  Spomkik  k'sangm&ii- 
mfena  Zfezus  metAla  kessuguenAk  kiwikft 
wetchi  Uli  Niw&skwit  kenintgi  witchu- 
kelmkuneniisa  sanglitehew^ngan  kemil- 
kunentisa  tannlk  wWipampattaghik..  ■ 

Q.  Kesseno61  Tabaskudigan&ll  ? 

A.  Tambawans. 

Q'  Kegus  nawa  yo  ? 

A,  1.  Sughen^pansuh^ngan. 

2.  Melikilawfekasuhimoyuhotwingan. 

8.  ComminiiwikotwAngan, 

4.  Ampkuntuhkigan. 

5.  Metchitcliimdyiih6tw^ngaii. 

7.  Knipawikotw^ngp- 


us 

.Q.  What  is  the  washing  with  watepp? 

A.  The  washing  of  every  child  born 
in  sin,  and  with  authority  to  become 
•child  of  the  Great  Spirit,  from  the  Father, 
and  the  Son,  and  the  Good  Spirit. 

Q.  What  is  Communion? 


A.  In  order  to  support  us,  to  eat 
Jesus'  body,  His  blood.  His  soul.  His 
Great  Spirituality,  He  is  so  great,  that 
He*eannot  stay  (only)  at  one  place,  ex- 
cept where  He  is  now  (in  heaven).* 

<2L  What  we  do  when  we  go  to  Con- 
fession? 

A.  We  go  to  the  Patriarch,  kneel 
down,  and  we  make  the  sign  of  the  Cross, 
and  say  to  the  Patriarch :  My  Father, 

*  The  meaning  conveyed  by  the  Indian  9xpxmon  is,  that 
Christ  cannot  be  confined  by  place. 


289 

Penobscot  Catechism, 

^.  Kegus  ndwa  yo  8ughenepin80- 
k^ngan  ? 

A,  KasamanghfenenosAka  nespi  alnam* 
bay^k  matchelemoknsuhangaD,  t^  ko 
nidzan  welmoktissik  hogli^nen^a  Ketchi 
Niweskok^  hutchi  Wenfemanit,  t6  We- 
miktankiisit,  te  wetchi  Uli  Niw^skwit. 

^.  Kegus  nawa  Commini^wikotw^n- 
gan? 

A,  KetelanliU8ikogli^nen6sAga,  esame- 
lin^k  Z^zus  huhagh^,  ubakkano6n,  utche* 
tchahkoM,  oketchi  Niw^skw^ngan  egma* 
g^te  etut^kik  w^lmokissit  ni  etutapit. 

^.  Tanawi  aw^ni  ut^sis  pidigalesit? 

A.  Anekipitigh^t  Patli^lsk'k^  maniwi 
atchitekwakekanpaho,  th  tchibiatekiike, 
t^utiklannePMliansAl :  N'mikt^ngwi,tohe- 


2^ 


29CI 

forgive  me,  pray  for  me ;  I  wish  to  make 
a  good  confession ;  I  have  often  offended 
the  Great  Spirit. 

Q.  What  do  you  do  in  Confession? 

A.  I  confess  with  sorrow,  and  I  con- 
fess all,  and  I  confess  all  bad  actions. 

Q,  What  do  you  do  after  Confession? 

A.  I  bow,  and  I  beg  pardon,  saying  to 
the  Patriarch :  My  Father,  this  I  remem- 
ber, and  I  would  like  to  tell  all  other 
things  by  which  I  have  offended  the 
Great  Spirit. 

(Q.  How  many  are  the  roads  to  hell? 


A.  Seven. 

Q.  Which  are  they? 
A.  1.  Proud  thinking. 
^.  Love  of  things. 


291 

Penobscot  Oakchism. 
n^wa  nya  ketemanguami,  panpattAma- 
w^wi   amant^    uli  p^ki    conpessewian^ 
n'meas^li  kakanwi^n  Ketchi  Niwessk. 

Q.  Tanawa  aw^ni  ut^li  pitigal^sit  ? 

A.  Usik^ltami  pitigal^so,  th  tagwi  piti- 
gal^so,  t^  sanpiii  pitigaleso  messiwi  saka- 
wekansuhanganM. 

Q.  TanAwa  aw^ni  utSsin  kisi  pitigar 
Ifesit? 

A.  Nek^  utelanguine,  t^  uliklAnne 
PatliansM:  N'mit^ngwi,  n'kessiwewMta- 
mansia  nemessyikakanwi^n  Ketchi  Ni 
w^ssk. 


Q,  Kesseno61  nawa  alomkik   elanhu- 

teskil  ? 

A.  Tambawans. 

Q.  Kegus  nawa  yo  ? 

A,  1.  Palanbahidansuh^ngan. 

2.  Wikatsessw^w^ngan. 


292 

8»  Lave  of  b?id  pleasures* 

4.  Envy. 

6.  Love  of  eating. 

6.  Anger. 

Y.  Laziness. 

Q,  What  is  heaven  ? 

A,  Every  thing  that  is  good,  set  sepa- 
rate (from  evil),  all  in  one  place,  and  all 
together. 

Q,  What  is  hell  ? 

A.  Every  kind  of  suffering  and  abuses^ 
set  separate  (from  what  is  good),  all  in 
one  place,  and  all  together. 

Q,  How  many  are  the  commandments 
of  the  Great  Spirit  ? 

A.  Ten. 

Q,  Which  are  they? 

A,  1.  Thou  shalt  adore  one  Great 
Spirit,  our  only  owner. 

2.  Thou  must  not  swear  by  the  Great 


293 

Penobscot  Catechism, 

3.  MatchiilyiisswikeldamiosuhAngan. 

4.  Tseskawedansuh^ngan, 
6.  Wikahpuhangan. 

6.  Muskweldamuh^ngan. 
*  7.  Tsikantamuh^ngan. 

Q.  Kegus  nawa  yo  Spomkik  ? 

A.  EtMi    mahmanhut^k,  t6    meguda 
latt^k  kessik  kiMigoAg. 


Q.  Kegus  nawa  yo  alomkik  ? 

-4.  Etkli  mahmanhutek,  t^  megiida 
latt^k  eskw^  mammekahut,  t6  ekkwi 
mammekahut  kessik  higo6g. 

Q.  Ke8seno61  ketchi  Niw^sku  utlaghi- 
tamohanganM  ? 

A,  Med^la. 

Q.  Kegus  nawa  yo  ? 

A,l.  Kenankwitchi  pemikussi^n  Te 
pelmiisk  ketcbi  Niw^ssk. 

2.  Mosak    piswinspi     uianmesokek^n 
25* 


294: 


Spirit,  and  also  by  any  other  thing  thon 
must  not  swear. 

3.  Keep  Sunday  well. 

4.  Mind  thy  parents,  on   account  of 
which  thou  wilt  live  long  on  the  earth. » 

5.  Thou  must  not  kill. 

6.  Thou  must  not  take  pleasures  of  the 
flesh. 

7.  Thou  must  not  steal. 

8.  Thou  must  not  tell  lies. 

9.  Another  Indian's  wife  thou   must 
not  take» 

10.  Thou  must  not  like  to  have  any 
thing  from  another  Indian. 

Q,  How  many  are  the  commandments 
of  the  wigwam  of  prayer  ? 
A.  Six. 

Q.  Which  are  they  ? 
A,  1.  You  must  on  Sunday  go  to  Mass. 


295 

Penobscot  Catechism, 
Ketchi  Niwfeskum ;  hatchi  pilwfes  k^us 
mos^k  piswinspi  ulanmekatch. 

3.  Essantfe  gliiskakil  k's^nni  kussitiine. 

4.  Kenikhigook    kwitastawan     nitchi 
wetchi  sipkansw^lmokusi^n  yo  tali  kik. 

5.  Mosak  ntlikekan. 

6.  Mos^k    matchiiiyii8swikeltan<hu8u- 
h^ngan  wonem^ltamunkan. 

7.  Mos^k  komotuekan. 

8.  Mosak  piswantsmikan. 

9.  Kidji   alnamb^  niswittidjil    mos4k 
panweldamansikan. 

10.  Mos^k  messiwika  kesso6k  pilwad- 
tehesso  kati  kewaghi  ulambetamunkan. 

Q,  Kesseno61  Uteymiewiguamdk  Ut- 
laghitamoangan^l  ? 
A,  N'kutas. 
Q,  Kegus  nawa  yo  ? 

A,  1.  Kedatchwitune  a  santeke  kwita- 
iameskan. 


296 

2.  And  once  a  year  you  must  go  to 

Confession. 

3.  At  Easter  time   you  must  go  to 

Communion. 

4.  Th6  week  Sundays  you  must  keep 
well. 

6.  Before  great  Sunday,  you  must  not 
eat  meat  for  two  days. 

6.  After  Ash- Wednesday,  for  forty 
days,  every  body,  that  is  able,  must  fast. 


,» 


29T 
Penobscot  Catechism. 

2.  Hatchi  nekutsikatak  kedatchwitnne 
peki  conpessewin. 

3.  Essi  ampitchibeke  kedatchwitune 
kawitchi  communiewin. 

4.  Essi  nawata  santeke  kedatchwitune 
kuli  cussitune. 

5.  Essi  hatawi  ketchi  santeke  nfeugue- 
niwi  utawasanetche. 

6.  Kisi  pokotimeck  yawinske  kessugu- 
eniwi  ketchi  uwawasse  awane  alipukwa- 
tangane. 


t      ! 


f 


SMALL  CATECHISM. 
First  paH. 
Q,  Are  you  Christian  ? 
A.  I  am  Christian,  by  the  favor  of  the 
Great  Spirit  € 

Q,  What  made  you  Christian  ? 

A.  The  washing  with  water. 

Q.  What  is  the  mark  of  a  Christian  ? 


fthe 


mf 


x\ 


fA 


The 


eli 


'^1 


yi 


-it 


x\ 


—I 


? 


'21 


CATECHISM   IN   PASSxiMAQUODDY   AND    ST. 

JOHN'S  INDIAN  LANGUAGE. 

The  Passamaquoddy  Indians  generally  know  the  Catechism 

in  Penobscot  language. 

PABATTEMWI  GtlEKIMSOTESSIX. 
N'taJikatte. 
Q.  Kiln6P^battemin? 
A,  N'pabattemwmwe,Ketchi  Niwesku 
eli  ketemaghelmit.,^ 

Q.  Kekusswitchi  Pfibattemin  ? 
A,  Sughenebazw^lieu. 

Q.  Kegus  w^winakuswinagoot  Piibat- 
temin  ? 


•  'm 


300 

A.  The  Sign  of  the  Cross* 
^,  Make  the  Sign  of  the  Cross  ? 
A,  In  the  name  of  the  Father,  and  of 
the  Son,  and  of  the  Good  Spirit.    Amen* 

Q,  What  is  the  secret  of  the  Holy 
Trinity  ?  (verb.,  of  the  three). 

A.  One  Great  Spirit  in  three  particu* 
larizations' — ^the  Father,  the  Son,  and  the 
Good  Spirit. 

Q.  What  is  the  secret  of  the  Incarna* 
tion  ?  (verb,,  become  flesh), 

A.  The  Great  Spirit  made  Indian 
for  all. 

Q^  What  is  the  secret  of  the  Redemp- 
tion ?  (verb.,  healing). 

A.  It  is  Jesus  put  to  the  Cross  for  aU. 


Q,  Where    are  these  secrets    to  be 
found? 


301 


'A.  Dzibiatekukewi  d'baskudighen.    ' 

Q,  Tchek^  nsetohmaw^  ? 

A.  Utliwizuaghen^k  Wekissit,  t6  We- 
miktankMt,  t^  wetchi  Uli  Niweskwit. 
Nialetch. 

Q.  Kegus  ulanmewaghen  kattaku  we- 
tchi  wew^ssi  n'tlwinwaghen  ? 

A.  Pfeseku  Ketchi  Niwisku  nsitchpi 
kinwinuihu,  Wekussit,  t^  Wemiktankusit 
tt  wetchi  Uli  Niwfeskwit. 

Q.  Kegus  yu  ulanmewaghen  kattaku 
wetchi  uheghfe  uyusswaghen  ? 

A.  Ketchi  Niwesku  ukus  eli  uskitchin- 
wihozilit  kilon  wetchi. 

Q.  Kegus  yu  ulanmew^hen  kattaku 
wetchi  kizn we w^hen  ? 

A,  I^ud  ^tta  Zezus  h\i  sitakutoh6ts6 
kilon  wetchi. 

Q.  Tanneba  n^  yuttel  ulanmewaghenelf 
kattagwil  etli  kisi  raeskasik  ? 
26 


802 


A.  They  are  in  the  articles  of  the  Creed 
(verb.,  higher  secret  marks). 
Q.  Say  the  Creed. 

A,  I  believe  in  our  owner,  the  Father, 
Ac.         * 

Q.  What  is  the  Great  Spirit? 

-4.  He  is  a  Spirit;  no  other  like  to 
Him. 

Q^  Can  many  Great  Spirits  exist? 

A.  No ;  only  one  is  the  Great  Spirit. 

Q,  Where  is  the  Great  Spirit  ? 

A.  He  is  in  all  places ;  He  fills  heaven 
and  the  earth. 

Q,  How  many  particularizations  are  in 
the  Great  Spirit  ? 

A.  Three :  the  Father,  the  Son  and 
the  Good  Spirit. 

Q.  The  Father,  is  He  Great  Spirit? 


803 

-4.  Hieye    6tta    waskiskuyfeku    lidep. 
skudighenwa. 

Q.  Nsetohmone    waskiskuyfeku  udep- 
skodighenwa  ? 

A.  Nulanmew^lman  Tepeltek  wekus- 
sit,  <fec. 

Q.  W^ne  Ketchi  Niwesku  ? 
A.  Nest weywaghen wit    skat    mimet- 
naskt^u  up^kkinwaghen. 

Q.  Kisip  n6  kagliesso6k  Ketchi  Niwes- 
ko6k  ? 

A.  Skat ;  peseku  t^po  Ketchi  Niwesku. 
Q.  Tanne  Ketchi  Niwesku  ^yt  ? 
A,  Messiu  ^tta  neluihu  utihine,  upesse- 
nepine  Spemghisko6k  t^  ktahkemiko6k. 
Q.  K^s  kinwinuhiu  Ketchi  Niwesku  ? 


^.  Nuho6k:  Wekussft,  t6  Wemiktan- 
kisit,  t^  wetchi  Uli  Niwtekwit. 
Q*  Wekussit  no  Ketchi  NiwAatn  9 


304 

A.  Great  Spirit. 

q.  The  Son,  is  He  Great  Spirit  ?" 

-4.  Great  Spirit, 

Q,  The  Good  Spirit,  is  He  Great 
Spirit  ? 

A.  Great  Spirit. 

Q,  Is  each  of  the  three  particulariza- 
tions  Great  Spirit? 

A,  Great  Spirit. 

Q.  Are  these  three  equal  in  every 
thing? 

A,  Equal  in  every  thing. 

Q.  Three  are  then  Great  Spirits  ? 


A,  No ;  these  three  are  in  the  Great 
Spirit,  but  they  are  only  one  same  Great 
Spirit, 

^.  How  that? 

only  one  same  spirituality. 


305 


A  Ketchi  Niw^sku. 

Q.  Wemiktankiisit     nd    Ketchi    Ni- 
w^sku  ? 

A.  Ketchi  Niwesku. 

Q.  Wetchi  Uli  Niw^skwit  no  Ketchi 
Niwesku  ? 
A,  Ketchi  Niwfesku. 

Q.  Etassi  no  ntlwi  kinwinwihu  Ketchi 
Niwesku  ? 

A.  Ketchi  Niwfesku. 

Q.  Yukt^k  n6  nihidjik  tedepitepesol- 
tuho6k? 

A.  Tedepitepesoltuhodk. 
§.  Nuhuho6k  al  nd  Ketchi   Niw^s- 
ko6k? 

A.  Skat,  yuktek  6tta  nuhidjik  Ketchi 
Niweskwidjik,  pesekods  lo  meyawi  Ketchi 
Niwfeskwit. 

Q.  Nite  al  t^nne  ? 

A.  Mutsimiuihiknite  tepoktepesekodn 
meyawi  Niwtekwaghenwit.  26* 


306 

Q.  How  do  you  call  the  secret  of  the 
Great  Spirit  in  three — the  Father,  and 
the  Son,  and  the  Good  Spirit  ? 

A.  We  call  it  the  secret  of  the  Holy 
Trinity  (verbatim,  three). 
•   Q.  Does  the  Great  Spirit  see  and  know 
every  thing  ?  • 

A,  He  sees  and  knows  every  thing, 
even  the  secret  things  of  our  heart. 


Q,  Was  the  Great  Spirit  always,  and 
will  He  be  for  ever? 

A.  Always  and  for  ever,  because  He 
is  everlasting. 

Q.  Did  the  Great  Spirit  make  Heaven 
and  the  earth  ? 

A,  He  made  Heaven  and  the  earth. 

Q.  Why  did  the  Great  Spirit  make 
vou? 


.     307 

Q.  Tanue  16  liwittazo  ulanmewaghen 
kattaku  eli  Ketchi  Niw^sku  ntlwinwit, 
Wekusit,  te  Wemiktankusit,  te  wetchi 
Uli  Niw^skwit  ? 

A,  Liwittazo  ulanmewaglien  kattaku 
wetchi  wew^ssi  ntlwinwinwaghen. 

Q.  Ketchi  Niwfesku  nd  messiu  unemit- 
t'on  t6  uketsitsikton  ? 

A.  Messiu  ^tta  unemitton  te  uketsit- 
sikton, bessaku  ^tta  katagwil  ketelita- 
hazwaghennuho61  kWssohonn6k. 

Q.  Ketchi  Niw^sku  n6  utihin^sse  tetch 
utelmi  askemiu  ? 

A.  Utiness^k  tetch  utehni  hihine  uzan- 
mi  askeminuhihu. 

^.Ketchi  Niwfesku  n6  kisiholkuse 
Spemk  te  ktahkemiku  ? 

A,  Netk  kisihits  Spemk  te  ktahkemiku. 

Q.  Kegwetchi  kisihoskes  Ketchi  Ni- 

W^skn  ? 


308 

A,  To  know  Him,  to  love  Him,  and  to 
work  for  Him,  and  by  that  to  have  hfe 
everlasting. 

Q,  Is  Jesus  only  Indian  ? 

A.  No;  He  is  Great  Spirit  and  Indian. 

Q.  Two  in  one  are  in  Jesus  ? 

A.  Two  in  one,  Spirituality  and  Indian 
(verbatim,  Indianity). 

Q.  On  what  day  was  born  (verbatim, 
Indianiz^d)  Jesus  ? 

A.  He  was  born  on  the  night-prayer- 
day. 

Q.  What  Jesus  did  upon  the  earth  ? 

A,  He  has  taught  to  all  the  way  how 
to  pass  a  holy  life,  and  by  His  own  huly 
life  He  has  given  help  to  us. 


309 

A.  Wetchi  fetta  wewelmoku,  kessel- 
moku,  te  lokkewoku,  w^tchi  tanne  mes- 
senmoku  askemihulahuswaghen. 

Q.  Zezus  n6  pagwihu  uskitchinwihu  ? 

^.  Skat,  Uketchi  Niweskuhihu  t6 
Uskitchinuhihu. 

Q.  Nisitchebezo  n6  ZSzus  ? 

^.  Nisitchebezo,  Niweskwihuhihu  th 
Uskitchinuhihu. 

Q.  Tanne  yute  ghizook  etutchi  Uski- 
tchinwit  Z^zus  ? 

A,  Todji  uskitchinwihosse  nibaynii^wi 
ghizo6k. 

Q.Kegus  Zfezus  ellok^ts  teli  nskit- 
kemiko6k  ? 

A.  Utegh^kimasbenihi  mabusswinuhu 
vedji  losselat  wewessi  pemahusswaghe- 
nek,  t^  neghom  utepinakuswaghenek 
hotchi  pukwah  tuhune  uliotVaghen,  nutch. 

^.  xvcgu  iLitJzas  ussiguiiiosse  ? 


310 

A,  He  was  insulted,  treated  with  con- 
tempt, scourged,  crowned  with  thorns, 
and  left  by  all 


Q.  Why  do  you  say  that  He  was  cru- 
cified, dead  and  buried  ? 

A.  Because  He  was  fastened  to  the 
Cross,  on  which  He  died,  and  His  body 
was  buried.         * 

Q.  What  is  that,  He  died  ? 

A.  His  soul  left  the  body. 

Q.  On  what  day  did  Jesus  die  ? 

A,'  On  Good  Friday. 
Q.  How  is  the  secret  of  Jesus'  death 
upon  the  Cross  for  all  called  ?  ■? 


A.  We  call  it  the  secret  of  the  sanation. 


311 


A,  Keghihikihasse,  keneskilihasse  (or 
keneskitahamasse)  hessemkhasse,  asswat- 
p'^bilasse  kawizek  (or  assozunkewanesa 
kawisek)  te  messiu  wenihi  umakskelmo- 
goness. 

Q,  Kegns  wetchi  kenestohmen  sitaku- 
tahasse,  raetchinesse  te  puskenasse  ? 

A,  Wetchi  6tta  sitakutohdtse,  skehe- 
wattekook,  nite  etli  metchin^ts,  nite 
elmitepibak  henhpuskenanesse. 

Q,  Kegu  yute  raetchinewaghen  ? 

A,  Utchetchaliko61  uneghetemen  uhek. 
'  Q.  Tanne  yute  gliizo6k  Zeziis  edotchi 
metcbinfetchs  ? 

A.  Eskehewatekwi  ghisukwik. 

Q.  Tanne  yute  ulanmewaghen  katCaku 
wetchi  Zezu3  umetchinewaghen  tel  Ske- 
hewateko6k  wetchi  kilon  liwittazo  ? 

A,  Liwittazo  etta  ulanmewaghen  kat- 
taku  wetchi  kie^ohot  waff  hen. 


312 


^.  On  what  day  did  our  Sangmin  re- 
suscitate? 

A,  On  the  Kesurrection  day. 

Q,  On  what  day  did  Jesus  ascend  into 
Heaven  ? 

A.  On  the  Ascension  day,  forty  days 
after  that  He  resuscitated. 

Q.  In  what  place  Jesus  is  ? 

A.  Jesus,  as  Great  Spirit,  is  in  all 
places ;  as  Indian,  is  in  Heaven  and  in  the 
consecrated  Host  (verb.,  marked  Host). 

Q.  Has  Jesus  to  come  again  upon  the 
earth? 

A.  Jesus  has  to  come  again  upon  the 
earth,  at  the  end  of  the  world,  for  the 
universal  judgment,  to  judge  aU,  as  He 
has  taught  in  the  seventh  part  of  the 
Creed ;  from  what  place  He  has  to  come 
again,  to  judge  the  living  and  the  dead. 


313 

(>.  Tanne  yute  ghizook  k'sangmanmen 
edotchi  unaghits  metchinewaghenek  ? 

A,  Apitchip^wi  ghizook. 

Q.  Tanne  yute  kisodk  Zteus  edotchi 
Spigossets  el  Spemkik  ? 

A.  Spigusewi  ghizo6k,  newinsk  ghes- 
sughenek  kiwik  kisi  apitchip^t. 

Q.  Tanne  16  tek^tch  Zezus  hey t  ? 

A.  Zezus  fetta  eli  Ketchi  Niw^skwit 
messiu  nelwihu  upemi  yu :  eli  uskitchi- 
nwit  Spemkik  yu  te  udepskudighenwik 
Ostiwinek. 

Q,  Apets  nd  Zezus  keti  poketsihe  us- 
kitkemiko6k  ? 

A.  Apets  kets  Zezus  tsuts  teli  poket- 
sihe uskitkemikook,  m^tkemigh^k  wetchi 
nelwihu  tepelotmudghen  tahalo  messiu 
kilon  el  wetchi  k8tsitsittuho6k  helwighe- 
nfek  ekwapt^k  ulanm^  weltemwaghen, 
nitets  wetchi  ksikkahusset  wetchi  tepe- 

iomot  pemahussilidjil,  t^  metchin^lidjiL 
27     V 


314 

Q.  Is  this  universal  judgment  the  only 
one  that  we  have  to  receive  ? 

-4.  No ;  it  will  be  preceded  by  the 
particular  judgment. 

Q.  When  will  the  particular  judgment 
take  place?  j 

A.  Soon  after  that  one  is  dead. 

Q.  What  will  become  of  our  body  after 
deaiih?  i 

A,  It  will  become  dust. 

Q,  Is  the  Good  Spirit  Great  Spirit,  like 
the  Father  and  the  Son  ?  * 


A,  The  Great  Spirit  is  equally  like  to 
them  in  all  things. 

Q,  What  is  the  universal  wigwam  of 
prayer? 

A.  The  universal  wigwam  of  prayer  is 
the  union  of  Christians  amongst  them- 
selves in  one,  by  the  true  profession  of 


815 


/^ 


V  Q.  Vie  n6  neluihu    tepelotmwaghen 
nitets  tepoket  etchwi  pemo8tuh6k  ? 

A.  Skat,  pelets  nitmossewi  kinwi  tepe- 
lotmwaghen. 

Q,  Tanne  todziu  petzussewihu  kinwi 
tepelotmwaghen  ? 

A.  Nahate  etta  te  wene  Mi  ^kulamit. 

Q.  Nitets  t^nne  litepihai  k'hegh^ine 
kisi  metchinem6k  ? 

A.  Lits  ponnso  topkwonik. 

Q.  Wetchi  Uli  Niw^skwit  nd  Ketchi 
Niwesku  tahalo  Wekusit  t6  Wemiktan- 
kusit? 

A.  Ketchi  Niwesku  utepitepesin  tahalo 
niktek  w^dji  messiu  kegu. 

Q.  Keku  yute  neluihu  Eymihfewig- 
wam  ? 

A,  Neluihu  Eymihewigwam  etta  tanne 
maulokk^waghennwa  nekutchitepesu- 
ho6k   Mi  tchitonhottit  nospkemwaghen 


316 

one  belief,  single  for  the  Communion  and 
single  for  the  true  chiefs. 

Q.  Who  made  the  wigwam  of  prayer? 

A,  Our  Sangm^n  Jesus. 

Q,  Are  there  several  universal  wigwams 
of  prayer  ? 

A.  No ;  there  is  only  one  universal 
wigwam  of  prayer,  which  our  Sangm^n 
made. 

Q,  What  is  Purgatory  ?  (verbatim,  the 
getting  clean). 

A,  Purgatory  is  a  place  of  pain,  where' 
the  souls  suffer  for  a  while  before  they 
can  enter  into  Heaven. 


Q,  What  is  sin? 

A,  It  is  a  disobedience  to  the  Great 
Spirit. 

Q.  What  is  the  original  sin  ? 


317 

pesekunuhiu  ulanmewelteghik,  kiniihihu 
feli  Cominifewidjik  t^  kinuhihu  nosokem- 
wahtidjihi  ghekigh^mwinu. 

Q.  W^ne  kizueks  Eymih^wigwam  ? 

A,  K'sangman  mena  Zeius  etta. 

Q.  [Caglie89en61  al  nelwi  Eymih6wig- 
wamel? 

A.  Skat;  pesekune  tepoket  neluihu 
Eymihfewigwam,  nite  k'sangmanmin 
kiznekse. 

Q.  Kegu  yute  Pekituhaghen  ? 


A.  Pekituhaghen  etta,.tanne  etli  semh- 
hotimok,  tanne  lo  etli  ntchetchahko6k 
ussigahussittit  makki^hoos  m^sku  kisi 
ksihebazihuku  Spemkik. 

Q,  Kegu  yute  ^igwekasw^ghen  ? 

A,  Kate  ^tta  tsiksetuh^mok  Ketchi 
Niw^sku. 

Q.  Kegu  yute  ntemo6k  sigwekaswa- 
ghen?  27* 


318 


A.  The  original  sin  is  that  in  which  we 
are  born,  and  our  first  parents'  disobe- 
dience made  us  to  be  guilty  of  it. 

Q,  How  is  ^is  sin  taken  away  ? 

A.  It  is  (taken  away)  by  the  washing- 
with-water. 

Q.  What  is  the  proper  sin  ? 

A.  It  is  that  which  every  one  commits 
by  his  own  desire. 

Q.  Are  all  proper  sins  equal  t(i  one  ? 

A.  No ;  there  are  some  that  destroy 
our  soul,  by  making  us  to  lose  the  holy 
assistance,  and  we  call  them  mortal  sins ; 
others  make  it  weaker,  but  do  not  make 

^«  l^nrv     4-VkA    lirkliT   oaaiofoTino      ftTI^     W^  Ca'l 

these  venial  sins. 


S19 

A.  Ntemook  sigwekaswaghen  etta  nite 
nespihay^ku  uskitkemikook,  te  nite  sig- 
w^kaswi  mestohkoloku  wetchi  ai  kenes- 
kestemohtitch  kenitmi  kenighikono6k. 

Q.  TanDe  nitmi  sigwqjtaswagheh  li 
kassenazo  ? 

A.  Yeye  ^tta  sughenebazim6k, 

Q.  Kegus  yute  heldahkewi  sigwekas- 
waghen ? 

A.  Yeye  ^tta  tanne  kilon  ellokatemu- 
huku  pellok^waghen  wetchi  kilon  kuli- 
tahathmuhaghenenok. 

^.  Mjssiu  heldahkewi  sigwekaswa- 
ghenel  peseko6n  eiighek  ? 

A.  Skat ;  nite  wetchi  w^nil  no  utehe- 
tchahku  eli   megahat    wewesselokkiwi 
uliotwaghen  nite  liwittazol  metchin^wi 
sigwekaswaghenel,  nitel    apets    ketekil 
j_  ^  xi^J^^v/av/J  M,  vv  igiiii.     j\.t5uooK  s&ai 

weghelokewihuyel    wetchi  weweaselofe 


820 


What  is  Heaven  ? 

A.  It  is  a  place  of  great  happiness. 

Q.  Who  are  those  that  go  to  Heaven  ? 

A.  Those  that  have  not  oflTended  our 
owner;  or,  after  having  offended  Him, 
were  forgiven. 

q.  What  is  Hell  ? 

A.  It  is  a  place  of  torments,  where  sin- 
ners are  punished  for  ever,  (there)  all 
bad  people,  bodies  and  souls  together, 
suffer  for  ever.  % 

Q,  Who  are  the  bad  people  that  go  to 

Hell? 

A,  Those  who  die  with  mortal  sin. 


321 

kewi    uliotwaghen,   nitel    eliwittazighU 
uleltemwi  sigw^kaswaghenel. 
Q,  Kegu  yute  Spemk  ? 

A.  Tanne  etta  etli  pienmi  wigahussi- 
m6k. 

Q.Whnik  niktek  tannik  Spemkik 
elossfedjik? 

A.  Tanne  yuktek  skat  pibeliaiwahah- 
tiku  Tepelmelidjil,  kessen4  kisi  wabello- 
k^djik  notanhelsinia. 

Q.  Kegu  yute  lan'mk  ? 

A.  Lan'mk  ^tta  tanne  ^tli  megahussi- 
m6k,  tanne  sigw^kaswinuho6k  6tli  askemi 
8emhhwihliham6k  nespiu  medzanhtwi- 
kook,  t^  utchetchahkook  askemelmo- 
kusidjik. 

Q.  Wenik  lo  medzighidjik  elossedjik 
lanmkik? 

'    A.  Tanne  yuktek  etelinfedjik  metchi- 
"6Wi  sigwekaswagheuek,  % 


PART  SECOND. 

Q,  What  we  have  to  do  in  order  to  go 
to  Heaven? 

;  A  We  have  to  obey  the  command* 
ments  of  the  Great  Spirit,  and  of  the 
wigwam-of-prayer. 

i  '  Q,  How  many  are  the  commandments 
of  the  Great  Spirit  ? 

.4.  Ten. 

i.  Thou  shalt  adore,  <fec.  (p.  292). 
•    ^.  How  many  are  the  commandments 
of  the  wigwam-otpiayer  ? 


f^  ^4r.atfaAie^  jc^ 


NISEWEJE. 

9-  K®ga  Kedatchwi  ellokfepen  wetchi 
messen'mok  Spemk  ? 

A.  Kadatchwi  nosokemenennuhnoor 
Ketchi  Niwesku  udatchwilghitmwaghe- 
nel  te  uteymi^wigwamok. 

Q^  Kessen^i  Ketchi  Niwesku  udatch- 
wilghitmwaghenel? 

-4.  Nekutinsk.  j 

1.  K'nankwitchi  (p.  293). 

§.Kessenol  uteyrai6wigwam6k  udi^- 
tchwilfirhitmwafl'lien^l  V 


824 

'  A.  Six. 

1,  On  Sunday  you  must  go  to  Mass. 

2.  The  holy  days  (verbatim,  week  Sun- 
days)  you  have  to  keep  well. 

3,  Say  all  your  sins  once  a  year  in  the 
holy  Confession. 

4.  At  Easter  go  to  Communion. 

6.  Keep  the  days  which  are  command- 
ed to  fast. 

6.  Before  great  Sundays,  for  two  days, 
do  not  esA  meat, 

Q.  Can  we  adore  any  thing,  that  is 
holy,  like  the  Great  Spirit? 

A.  No ;  because  only  one  is  our  owner, 
before  v/hom  we  have  to  humble  our- 
selves, with  our  hearts  and  thoughtsi 


*  Q.  Can  we  honor  the  figures  and  relics 
of  those  that  are  in  heaven  ? 


325 

A,  Kamatsin, 

1.  Essant^  ghiskakil  kwitalameskane. 

2.  Newate  asanteghilk'sanni  kussitune. 

3.  Tannil  kessi  sagawekansimekesahar 
nil  nekutchigatfek  k'uli  Conj^essewine. 

4.  Anbitchipekkem6k  kVitchi  Comi- 
niewine. 

5.  Tannil    ghekinawi    alaghitimeghil 
napiu  manossekansine. 

6.  Ketawi    k'tchi  San'tek  nisogheniu 
utawahissane. 

Q,  Ulanmenagodt  n6  apets  kegu  tli 
wewessiketazo  tahalo  Ketchi  Niwesku  ? 

A,  Skat  neghom  tepoket  Tepelmeleku 
kutokkay^hu  etchwi  pienmiu  notahamh 
8ituho6k  kemesonnok  hutchiu  td  ketepi 
tahazwaglienn6k. 

Q.  Ulanmenago6t  no  kussiha  Eymi^ 


.l^.—.fl  _1 


28 


326 

A.  We  can ;  so  all]  have  done  in  the 
Christian  wigwam-of-prayer. 

Q.  Do  the  commandments  of  the  wig- 
^am-of-prayer  oblige  us,  as  under  mortal 

«in? 

A.  Yes,  and  it  ought  to  frighten  all 

those  Christians  who  do  not  keep  them 

well. 

Q,  What  is  a  Sacrament  ?  {verbatim^ 

holy-doing). 

A.  A  Sacrament  is  a  sensible  mark 
made  by  our  Sangm^n  Jesus,  to  make  us 
holy. 

Q,  How  many  Sacraments  did  Jesus 
institute  ? 
A,  Seven. 

1.  Washing  with  water. 

2.  Sacred  unction. 


827 

A.  Ulanmenagoot  dzu,  tanne  metsimiu 
ellokemok  tlipabattemi  Eymi^  wigwamok. 

Q.  Yuttel  n6  Eymifewigwami  tchwil- 
ghitmwaghenel  etotchi  ktchitpak  tahalo 
metchinewi  sigw^kaswaghen  ? 

A.  Kfetlal,  tchel  hep  messui  udatchiwi 
bessaku  sekpalw6kagonuho6k  pabattekik 
tannik  skat  well  nusokemohtikti. 

Q.  Kegus  yute  wewestahkewaghen  ? 

A.  Wewestahkewaghen    6tta    wehii-< 
momkwak  kutsmihu  tebaskudighen  kiz- 
neks  k'sangmanmen  Zeaus  wetchi  wewes- 
siholoko6k. 

Q.  Kessenol  wewfestahkewaghenel  Z6- 
208  kizneksebenil  ? 
A.  Lwighen^k. 

1.  Sughenebaswaghen. 

2.  S^klihotwaghen. 

3.  CoiYlinipwopfliia-n 


328 


4.  For^veness. 

6.  Last  unction. 
,6.  Holy  doing. 

7.  Matrimony. 

Q.  Is  each  one  of  these  sacraments  to 
be  received  in  the  holy  assistance  (m  a 
^tate  of  grace)  f 

A.  All  are  so ;  but  the  washing-with- 
water  and  forgiveness  are  not. 

Q,  What  would  it  be  to  receive  the 
Sacraments  in  mortal  sin  ? 

A.  It  would  be  a  contempt  of  a  holy- 
doing. 

Q,  What  is  the  washing-with-water? 

A.  The  washing-with-water  is  a  sacra- 
ment which  takes  away  the  original  sin, 
and  makes  us  Christians  and  children  of 
the  Great  Spirit.    , 


829 

4.  Anelswekaswaghen. 

6.  Muyotwaghen. 

6.  Wewessikiznelwaghen. 

7*  Nibwaghen. 

Q,  Tanne  no  pesseko6n  yutel  weweflh 
tahkewaghenel  etchwi  uliotwagheni  nto- 
nodjik  ? 

A.  Messiu  fetta  te,  Sughenebazwaghen 
tepoket  te  Anelswekaswaghen,  nittel  skat. 

Q.  Tannebal  no  petsitepihfe  nittel 
ketekil  wewestahkewaghenel  teli  ntona- 
sik  metchinewi  sigwekaswaglienek  ? 

A.  Wewestahkewisigwekasin. 

Q.  Kegus  yute  sughenebazwaghen  ? 

A,  Sughenebazwaghen  etta  wewestah- 
kewaghenihu  eli  kaspahutaslk  nitemi 
sigwekaswaghen,  tfe  eliholoho6k  wetchi 
pabattemook  te  KetcM  Mw^skyd  ewa- 
zissuyfeku. 
28* 


880 

Q,  How    is   the    washing-with-water 

^ven? 

A.  Water  is  poured  upon  the  head  of 
the  one  who  is  to  be  washed,  saying  at 
the  same  time,  "  Thee  I  wash,  in  the  name 
of  the  Father,  and  of  the  Son,  and  of  the 
Good  Spirit."    Amen. 

Q.  What  is  the  Sacred  Unction  ? 

A.  The  Sacred  Unction  is  a  sacrament 
to  give  the  Good  Spirit,  and  an  abun- 
dance of  holy  assistance. 

Q.  Why  is  the  Good  Spirit  given  in 
the  holy  Sacred  Unction  ? 

A.  To  make  us  strong  Christians. 


^,^.  Is  there  any  particular  cause  to 
make  us  to  receive,  in  a  good  manner, 
the  sacrament  of  the  Sacred  Unction  ? 

A.  This  is  partiQular ;  because  it  can 
be  received  but  once. 


881 


Q.  Tanne  Suglifciiebazwaghen  li  miltin? 

A,  Samagwane  6tta  sugh'neman  nnia- 
ghenek  tanne  ute  keti  sughenebalote,nite 
itazo  mihahu  todjiu  :  k'sughenebalel  teli 
wizwaghen^k  Wekusit,  te  Wemiktanku- 
sit,  te  wetchi  Uli  Niweskwit.  Nialetch. 

Q.  Kegus  yute  Saclihotwaghen  ? 

A,  Saclihotwaghen  etta  wewestahke- 
wagheniu,  wetchi  miltimok  wetchi  Uli 
Ni  wfeskwit,  te  m^mhuhihu  uliwe  waghenel. 

Q.  Tanne  wetchi  Uli  Niwtekwit  mille- 
kutel  wewessihotwi  Saclihotwaghen^k? 

A.  Wetchi  fetta  peki  t^lekwi  pabat- 
temweho6k. 

Q.  Kegus  no  kinwaketchwilckkatmok 
wetchi  tepinakuswi  ntonemuhuku  wewes- 
tahkewi  Saclihotwaghen  ? 

A,  Kinuhute ;  usanme  etta  nekute  te- 
p6ket  kisi  n'tonnemenaine. 


332 

Q.  What  is  the  Eucharist  ? 

A.  The  Eucharist  is  a  sacrament  con- 
taining our  gAngm^n*s  body,  and  blood, 
and  soul,  and  holiness,  under  the  appear- 
ance of  bread  and  wine. 

Q,  How  does  the  Eucharistical  sacrar 
ment  become  the  body  and  blood  of 

Jesus? 

A.  It  is  done  by  the  words  of  the 
blessing-prayer,  which  the  Patriarch  pro- 

nounces. 
.  Q,  What  is  the  effect  of  these  words? 

A.  By  the  words  of  the  blessing-prayer 
the  bread  ceases  to  be  bread,  and  be- 
comes the  body  of  Jesus,  and  the  wine 
ceases  to  be  wine,  and  becomes  His  blood. 


Q.  Does  any  thing  of  bread  or  of  wine 


833 


Q.  Kegus  yute  Ekalistifewagheii  ? 

A.  Ekalistifewaghen  wewestalikfewa- 
ghenihu  h^hik  k'Sangmanmen  uheglii,te 
ubbekkenoom,  te  utchetchahku,  te  we- 
wisinwaghen  negwihu  hepanek  te  mek- 
wapakek. 

Q  Tanne  yute  Ekalistifewaghen  we- 
westahkewaghenwik  wetchi  kisi  uheghi- 
hine  te  ubekkenemin  Zfezus  ? 

A.  Hieye  ^tta  keloswaghenel  nite  ello- 
kewighil  pabattemw^liutigliemok  nitel 
Patlias  elewestagwiL 

Q.  Kegu  no  ellokewihool  nitel  kelos- 
waghenel? 

A.  Ellokewik  Mi  pabattemwfehudi- 
gheni  keloswaghenik  hepane  hodji  tseni 
hepanwihihu  nite  utezossane  el  Zezus 
uheghek,  te  mekwapak  tseni  mekwapa- 
khhiu  nitel  ezossewihu  ubekkenomok. 

Q,  Kesrus  no  aueta  vu  heoanek  t^ 


334 


remain  after  Consecration  ? 


A.  No,  nothing  remains,  except  only 
the  appearance  and  likeness. 

Q.  Is  there  nothing  else  under  the  form 
of  bread,  except  the  body  of  Jesus? 

A.  There  is  the  blood ;   every  thing 
is  there,  and  there  Jesus  is  entire. 
Q,  And  under  the  form  of  wine  ?  * 
A,  Every  thing  is  there,  and  Jesus  is 
entire. 

Q.  When  the  Host  is  divided,  under 
which  part  remains  Jesus  ? 
A.  He  remains  entire  in  each  part* 

Q.  Where  is  the  holy    Communion 
made? 

A.,  In  the  holy  mass. 


335 


mekwapakek  kesi  pabattemw^hutiffhe- 
mok?      .  ^ 

A.  Skat  ^tta  te,  skat  kegu  apets  hi- 
h^hu,  tep6ketheldahkewaghenel  te  lina- 
huksuhaghenel. 

Q'  Kegus  no  apets  yiite  negwiha  he- 
panek  hehik  (kessen^)  tepok^t  Zteus 
uhek? 

A  Ubekkenoom  yu ;  messiu  etta  \k 
elkilek  Zezus  utihine. 

6.  Nite  tanne  negwlhu  mekwapakek  ? 
A,  Messia  etta  te  Zezus  utihine  hatch 
inte. 

«.  Tanne  etodjlu  Osciwine  tchetche- 
pendte,  tanne  yute  miahu  Zfezus  ehit  ? 

A.  Motsetsihi^hu  utihine  etassiu  hutchi 
pughehai. 

Q.  Tanne  dak  yute  wewessi  Cominie- 
waghen  ellokatazik  ? 
A.  Wewessi  Elmeskewaghen^k  etta. 


K#;fa|H{ 


336 

Q.  What  is  mass  ? 

A.  Mass  is  the  oflfering  of  the  body 
and  of  the  blood  of  Jesus,  which  the  Pa- 
triarch does  to  our  Owner. 

Q.  What  is  to  receive  Oommunion  ? 

A.  It  is  to  receive  the  sanctified  Com- 
munion, or  Host. 

Q.  How  is  our  soul  to  be  prepared,  in 
order  to  receive  well  the  holy  Com- 
munion ? 

A.  The  first  is  to  have  the  holy  assis- 
tance, and  another  is  to  have  great  desire 
to  receive  our  Sangman  Jesus.. 

Q.  What  do  you  call  holy  assistance  ? 
A.  It  is  nob  to  be  aware  of  any  mortal 


_^,* 


sm. 


O.  When  one  receives  Communion 


837 

^.  Kegus  Elemeskewaghen  ? 

A.  Hmesk.ewaghen  etta  poketnighe- 
wagheniu  wetchiu  uhegh^  te  ubekke- 
noom  Zezus  Patlias  milat  Tepelmelidjil. 

Q.  Kegus  idmuhihu  Cominiewine  ? 

A.  N'tonazo  ^tta  wewestahkewi  Comi- 
ni^waghen,  kessena  n'tone  Ostiwine. 

Q.  Kegus  yu  utchetchalikwi  lahkemi- 
kswaghen  etchwi  widj6hul6ku  wewessi 
Oominife  waghenek  ? 

A.  Nite  te  temook  uliotwagheniTah- 
kemikswaghen,  nite  apets  ketek  tchu 
meliki  tchwiltazo  ntonan  k'sangmanmen 
Zezus.  , 

Q.  Tanne  li  nsetazo  hehyin  ulihotwa- 
ghenek  ? 

A.  Hieye  etta  tanne  etodji  kmessohon- 

no6k  katama  li  midjibihu  (kessena)  tanne 

n6  metchinewi  sigwekaswaghenel. 

Q.  Tanne  todjiu  an'kohostazieku  me-  , 
29 


4i 


338 

in  mortal  sin,  is  it  one  {same  thing)  as 
to  receive  Jesus  ?        ^ 

A,  It  is  one  (acmie  thing)^  but  it  is  to 
treat  with  contempt  Jesus's  body  and 

blood. 

Q.  What  is  forgiveness  ? 

A,  Forgiveness  is  a  sacrament  which 
washes  away  the  sins  committed  after 
baptism. 

ig.  What  is  absolution? 


vi 


A.  It  is  the  Patriarch  absolving  the 
sins  in  the  name  of  Jesus. 

Q,  What  is  Confession  ? 

A.  Confession  is  the  declaration  of  our 
sins  to  the  Patriarch,  in  order  to  receive 
absolution. 


Q.  Is  it  a  great  b  dness  to  conceal  a 


339 

tchinewi  sigwekaswaghen,  peseko6n  nd 
ntonek  Zezus  ? 

A.  Pesekoon  etta,  keno6k  ketemesnit- 
twanaine  Zezus  u'hek,  te  ubekkenoom. 

Q.  Kegus  yute  Anelswekaswaghen  ? 
A.  Anelw^kaswaghen  ^tta  wewestah- 
kewagheniu    kashhamasik   sigwekaswa- 

ghenelpekwahtazimghilkisi  suglieiie>>asi- 
mok.  • 

Q^  Kegus  yute  anehfeltemwi  poUelt- 
waghen  ? 

A.  Patlias  etta  eli  anehMtemasit  sig- 
wekaswaghenM  tel'Zezus  wizutinek. 

Q.  Kegus  yute  pidigheleswaghen  ? 

A,  Pidigheleswaghen  6tta  yute  ^i 
kagalwatemuho6k  k'sigw^kaswaghennu- 
ho61  Patli^k  w^tchi  msen'mohook  ane- 
h^ltemwi  ponelswaghen. 

Q.  Bessaku  nd  mseghikwi  medzighen 


'■*- 


/ 


340 

mortal  sin  in  Confession,  or  to  conceal 
something  great  of  the  sin  ? 

A.  Certainly ;  it  is  to  make  a  bad  con- 
fession, and  to  treat  holy  things  with 

contempt. 

Q.  What  has  to  do  (he)  who  has  made 

such  a  Confession? 

A.  He  has  to  do  it  again,  and  he  haste 
say  in  particular  the  sin  which  he  com- 
mitted, in  concealing  that  particular  sin 
or  circumstance. 

Q.  How  must  you  examine  yourself 

(verbatim,  dig  up)  ? 

A.  You  mnst  try  to  remember  all 
thoughts,  words,  actions,  and  omissions. 


Q.  How  can  you  know  whether  yoii 
have     offended   the   Great   Spirit  by 


thougnts,  woras,  acuuiis. 


^My4     ./-wwticiai/^TI    r 


UiUU.    UX11U3CXV/U-  ( 


841 


kattazik  metchinewi  Sigwfekaswaghen 
tanne  edotchi  pidighelesim6k,  kessenA 
kattazo  weghelokkfewi  sigwekaswaghen  ? 
A.  Medzighen  keb;  pizwitpet  pidi- 
gheleswaghen,  te  pabattemi  pellokewa- 
ghenwiho. 

Q.  Kegus  no  etchwitepesit  tanne  ute 
nite  ^li  pidighelesit  ? 

A.  Tchu  etta  menoss^wihu,  te  udatch- 
wi  hegwim'sin  neghom  te  m  kinwi  pello- 
k^waghen  pekwahtazit,  eli  kattaku  kin- 
wihu  8igw^kaswaghen,kessen^  Mitepih^k. 

Q.  Tanne  n6  kedatchwi  li  pekalkam- 
sinaine  ? 

A.  Kedatchwi  etta  mikwitchatmenfen- 
nuhool  messiu  elitahazieughil,  elow^sto- 
hugwil,  eltahkiheughil,  te  Mi  notalokke-* 
hegwil. 

Q.  Tanneb  keteli  kisi  ktsitsiktonaine 
tanne  keteli  pelilluhanaine  Ketchi  Ni- 
29* 


I 


lirM 


842 


A.  By  looking  at  all  the  command- 
ments of  the  Great  Spkit,  and  of  the 
wigwam-of-prayer. 

Q.  In  order  to  receive  absolution  in 
the  sacrament  of  penance,  is  it  sufS- 
cient  to  tell  our  sins  to  the  Patriarch  ? 

A.  No ;  we  must  have  contrition  {^er- 
hatmi^  we  must  pull  them  off)^ 
Q,  What  is  Contritioi?  ? 

* 

A.  It  is  a  sorrow  and  regret  for  having 
offended  the  Great  Spirit,  with  a  strong 
•  resolution  not  to  do  the  like  any  more. 


,  Q,  On  what  thoughts  we  must  lay  our 
Contrition? 


S48 

w^sku,  wetchi  elitahazieugwil,  elewesto 
hugwil,  eltahkiheughil,  te  eli  notalokki- 
hegwil  ? 

A.  Hieye  etta  megsiu  teli  tepinaauh  ol 
Ketehi  Niwesku  te  uteymiewigwam 
udatchwilghitmwaghenel. 

Q,  Wetchi  no  kisi  msenasik  anehel- 
temwaghen  teli  wewestahk^wi  anelsw^- 
kaswaghenek,  tetepetwihu  eli  nsetohmo- 
hook  ksigwfekaswaghennuho61  Patlias  ? 

A.  Skat,  hatch  dak  messenemenaine 
sukskilw^kas-raghen. 

Q,  Kegus  no  yute  sukskilw^kaswa- 
ghen  ? 

A,  Hieye  etta  lanmisiweltazo  te  hutchi 
tahaei  ^li  sig wekaflwiketuhamo6k  Ketchi 
Niwesku  nite  meliki  kizelsine  wfetchi  skat 
apets  pelilluhamook. 

Q,  Kegussitahaswaghen^k  no  etchwi 
utategunkesit  k'sukskilwekaswaghen  ? 


344 

A.  They  are  the  goodness  of  the  Great 
Spirit,  our  owner,  offended  by  ns,  our 
ingratitude  to  the  benefits  of  the  Great 
Spirit,  our  owner,  the  sufferings  and  death 
of  Jesus,  caused  by  our  sins ;  Hell  which 
we  have  deserved,  and  Heaven  which  we 

have  lost. 

Q.  Is  it  enough  to  be  sorry  only  for  a 
part  of  our  mortal  sins? 

A.  No ;  we  have  to  be  sorry  for  them 

in  general. 

Q.  Is  it  enough  to  make  a  resolution 
not  to  offend  our  owner,  the  Great  Spirit, 
only  for  a  single,  day,  or  for  a  single 
month  ? 

A.  No ;  it  must  be  done  never  more  to 
offend  Him. 


345 

A.  N'temook  etta  t^  umsghikwi  uli- 
w^waghen  Tepeltek  Ketchi  Niwesku  eli 

pelillwetwahook,'uliwewaghenelTepeltek 
Ketchi  Niwfesku,  ussighin^waghen  te 
umetchinewaghen  Zezus,  kilon  ksigweka- 
swaghennuhool  ellok^wik,  lanmkik  nite 
pekwahta^i^ku,  nite  Spemk  wetchi  ksik- 
kahtuhodk. 

•  Q.  Tetepetwihu  no  nite  tepoket  k'tah- 
kweltemenaine  peghehu  k'metchin^w* 
sigwekaswaghennuhool  ? 

A.  Skat;  ngianmi sukskil wekaswaghen 
tchwittazo  wetchi  nelwihik. 

Q.  Kenelwihu  no  kinwihu  ktliponeme- 

naine  kessogheniu  kessena  kinwihu  kes- 

so6k    kisuss^k   kw6ni    kizelsieku    skat 

kepelilluhanaine '"Tepeltek  Ketchi  Ni- 
wesku. 

A.  Skat,  kedatchwi  kizekiben  wetchi 
skat  apets  pibelilluhahook. 


346 

Q,  When  the  time  for  Confession  ar- 
rives, what  must  we  do  ? 
♦  A.  We  must  go  and  kneel  near  to  the 
Confessor,  and  not  look  at  his  face ;  we 
make  the  sign  of  the  Cross;  then 
we  say :  Forgive  me,  bless  me,  my  father, 
because  I  have  committed  sins ;  then  we 
say :  I  confess  myself  to  the  Great  Spirit, 
etc.,  till  my  fault. 

Q,  What  have  we  to  do  afterward  ? 

A.  We  must  say  the  time  when  we 
made  the  last  confession;  whether  we 
received  absolution,  and  whether  we 
performed  the  penance ;  then  we  com- 
mence the  confession,  and  we  say  at  each 
part  of  it,  "  I  accuse  myself  of,"  &c. 

Q,  After  the  accusation  of  our  sins, 
what  have  we  to  do  ? 


347 


Q,  Tanne  pidigheleswaghen  etodji  pet- 
zossewik,  kegu  kdatchwillokepeun  ? 

A,  Kedatchwi  etta  k'pedkoltipeun 
kwihu  ketwi  pidiglielsiagnotmuho6k, 
wetchi  skat  kisi  labmahodk  usiskok,  ni- 
haga  dzibiatkukhetipeun,  apets  itazo  : 
ketemaghelmin^,  dzibiatkulmuhine,  N'mi- 
ktaku,  wesanmi  nsigwekaze  apets  ghitaao, 
N'konpessewiketwa  Ketchi  Niwesku,  etc. 
maleum  npekwabtazie. 

Q,  Nite  kegullokane  naghih^hu  ? 

A.  N'setuhazo  tayuh^k  askemet  pidi- 
gbelsin^ss  mtsessel,  tanne  li  msenasoss  ap- 
kuntwaghen  nite  todziu  ;  te  tanne  hello- 
katazosse  aneb^lsw^kaswagben  etcbwil- 
ghitimok.  Nite  todziu  matsepidighelsi- 
mok,  itazo  etassiu  nekutsitepet :  N'teg- 
wim'sine,  nil  te,  &c. 

Q.  Kisi  begwimsim6k  sigw^kaswaghe- 
nel  nite  kegu  tchwittazo  ? 


348 

A.  We  must  say:  I  accuse  myself, 
also,  of  all  the  sins  ©f  my  life,  and  of 
those  which  I  do  not  know ;  I  beg  par- 
don from  my  owner,  the  Great  Spirit,  and 
also,  my  father,  I  beg  your  pardon,  and 
give  me  the  absolution. 


$.  What  is  satisfaction  ? 
A,  It  is  a  reparation,  which  we  must 
do  to  the  Great  Spirit,  our  owner,  and  to 
the  Indians,  for  the  sins  or  for  wrongs 
done. 

Q.  What  is  the  last  unction  ? 

A,  The  last  unction  is  a  sacrament 
which  our  Sangman  Jesus  made  for  the 
help  of  the  spirit  and  of  the  body  of 
those  that  are  sick. 

q.  What  do  you  call  Holy  Order 
(verbatim,  holy-doing)  ? 

A,  The  Holy  Order  is  a  sacrament 


349 


A»  Kedatchwi  idmopeun :  n'tegwim- 
sine  nil  te  minwihu  wetchi  n'sigwekas- 
waghenel  kwenahussie,  skat  tek^tch 
mikwitahatmuhanil ;  nwikotmuhan  Te- 
peltek  Ketchi  Niwesku  anehMtemahu- 
twaghen,  te  kil,  n'miktaku  apkuntwaghen, 
te  anehelswekaswaghen  kVikotmolen. 

Q.  Kegus  yute  wemabesikotwaghen  ? 

A.  Hanwittighen  etta  wetchi  tanne 
elilluhohok  Tepelt^k  K'tchi  Niwesku, 
te  kidji  uskitchinoiie,  eli  weghiheuku 
kessena  sigw^kasi  pelillwahook. 

Q»  Kegus  yute  muyotwaghen  ? 

A,  Muyotwaghen  etta  wew^stahkewa- 
ghen  ettp  k'sangmanmen  Zfezus  kizneks 
wetchi  nsetueyuhi  te  heghewi  neghem- 
kahlegone  kesinukat. 

Q,  Tanne  li  nsetazo  etazik  wewesghit, 
mwaghenel  ? 

A,  Wewesghitmwaghenfettaidemwihu 
30 


360 

wliich  gives  power  to  perform  My 
things,  and  it  gives  holy  help,  which  is 
necessary,  in  order  to  exercise  the  acts  of 
this  power  in  a  proper  manner. 

Q,  What  is  Matrimony  ? 

A.  Matrimony  is  a  sacrament  which 
makes  holy  the  union  of  the  Indian  with 
his  wife. 


f  351 

wewestahkewaghen  nite  eli  melikk^hik 
meliksenwaghen,  wetchi  ellokatasik  he- 
ghekimwitahkewaghenel,  te  uli  wewaghen 
wetchi  kisi  tepinankuswillokp^ik. 

Q,  Kegu  yute  Nibwaghen  ? 

A.  Nibwaghen  ^tta  wewestahkewa- 
gheniu  nite  wewessituhook  unidzannel- 
swaghen  U8kidab  te  niswittidjil. 


jln  abridgment  of  the  ckeis- 

tian  docteine  in  micmac 

indian  language. 

Mrst  Part. 
Question.  By  what  sign  is  a  Christian- 
Catholic  Indian  known  ? 

Answer.  He  is  known  by  the  sign  of 

the  Cross. 


KEGUINAMATmEWECniCH. 
TEMKE  WEJE  LNWEY  WIKATIKEK 


Bihanirrikewei,      Tali  kchijoot  aktali 
nenool  Lnu  Elajudmewinu? 

AgidekelugimheweL  Wegi  k'chijooUta 

iiklucliioA;togin. 
30* 


854 


Q.  Why  do  yau  make  the  Bign  of  the 

Cross? 

A.  We  do  it  to  remember  the  cruci- 
fixion  of  om-Saviomr;,  it  is  for  this  reason 
that  we  like  to  miake  the  sign  of  the 

Cross. 

Q.  For  what  otherireason  do  you  make 

the  sign  of  the  Cross  ? 

A.  It  is  to  prevent  the  bad  spirit  from 
doing  any  harm  to  ns,  when  he  wants  to 
hurt  us ;  because  the  bad  s|)irit  is  afraid 

of  the  Cross. 

Q.  At  what  other  time  you  must  make 

the  sign  of  the  Cross  ? 

A.  When  w^  are  excited  to  do  some 
wicked  action,  when  we  find  ourselves  in 
some  danger ;  also  in  the  morning,  when 
we  get  up,  and  in  the  evening  before  going 
to  sleep ;  when  we  enter  in  the  church, 
and  every  time  that  we  want  to  pray ; 


865 
B,  Kokwei  uschit  kluchioA;togiii  ? 

A.  Kedwi  ninwid^dem  6ta  wechtaulk 
tan  deli  klucMoMochp  nan  nscliit  kiuna- 
i^aeh  kejaulik  n'kluchioifctogin. 

• 

B,  Kokwei  useMt  apch  kluchioMo^n  ? 


A,  Pawedem  eta  mennda  yapcMu  n'te- 
geleiagoon  dech  kedwi  nan  teleiwigel, 
Lndenan  menndu  tchibatk  kluchicwM. 

B,  Talechip  apeli  nwid^demck  kin- 
chio^togimk  ? 

A.  Winchiguel  ^ta  wen  agimooch, 
kizn^  medweg  ygach,  welek  ukluchioito- 
gin.  Elp  eta  echkitpook  w^tag  nagin- 
pachmadimk,  elajudm6gwomk  kedwi- 
pichkwadimk,  dech  kedwi  elajudmanikel, 
echkumenaA:  migijultimugwel,  delwega- 


'm 


866 

tefore  and  after  eating,  and  before  every 
thing;  it  is  good  to  commence  every 
action  by  the  Qross. 

Q,  What  is  a  Christian  ? 

A.  Every  one  who,  being  baptized, 
strongly  believes  what  Jesus  Christ  has 
said,  and  who  shows  it  by  his  manner  of 

acting. 

Q.  What  is  a  good  Christian  ? 

A.  Every  one  who  punctually  falfils 
the  commandments  of  our  Owner,  and 
who  is  attentive  to  the  instruction  of  His 

Patriarchs. 

Q,  What  is  a  bad  Christian  {verbatim, 

no  good  Christian)  ? 

A.  Every  one  who  refuses  ^o  obey  the 
commandments  of  our  Owner,  who  does 
not  mind  the  good  advices  and  correc- 
tions,.and  who  listens  to  those  who  sug- 
gest to  him  wicked  things. 


867 


jultimugwel  klnchioArtogimk  elek. 


B.  Wenn  do  Majudmal  ? 

A.  Tan  ^ta  chiguendagich,  melkiked- 
lamchetkel  lechuklial  deiatngwMichenel, 
at  tan  deli  kedlamchetkel  mechwapte- 
mugeL 

B.  Wenn  do  weli  fclajudmak  ? 

A.  Tan  6ta  jagigui  kichkajto>fcol  kijul- 
kool  delkimehebenel  oh  PMMchel  deli 
kin^macliel  weli  annkichtemwagel. 

B.  Wenn  do  mu  weli  elajudmai  ? 


A.  Tan  feta  mu  kedwi  chkedemu^ool, 
kijulkool  delkimchel  mech  elp  mu  kedwi 
delihidemugool  nechtamoogl,  akcliich  ne- 
dawi  atkignetkel  tan  deli  winidagigel. 


^ 

^ 


#. 

^y^  .^v^ 


O.^^V^ 


IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-3) 


A 


f/i^ 


f/. 


1.0 


I.I 


1.25 


Sr  !^  llll£ 

Ui     Hi 


2.0 


U    1 1.6 


—    6" 


V] 


<^ 


/J 


/ 


CG 


0%      >  ^    "^^ 

^0 


o 


'S 


Photographic 

Sciences 
Corporation 


^^ 


o 


23  WEST  "^ilN  STREET 

WSbSTER.N.Y.  14580 

(716)  872-4S03 


i/.A 


:<> 


858 


Q.  When  you  die,  does  your  soul  die 

too? 

A.  No,  the  soul  does  not  die,  because 

she  is  immortal  (everlasting). 

Q.  What  will  become  of  her? 

A.  She  will  go  before  the  tribunal 
(seat)  of  our  Owner,  and  then  they  wiH 
examine  (dig  vp)  every  thing  that  she 
had  done,  when  she  was  upon  the  earth. 

Q.  Can  the  soul  then  remember  every 
thing  that  she  had  done  while  she  wa» 
living  upon  the  earth? 

A.  Certainly  so ;  because  then  the  soul 
will  receive  power  to  gather  together  all 
the  things  that  she  did  during  the  time 
when  she  was  Indian— living  upon,  the 

^earth.  • 

Q.  What  else  will  become  of  her  ? 
A:  She  will  be  judged:  according  ta 
her  goed  or  wicked  conduct. 


359 

JB.  N*pen  elp  edook  n'pedau  kchijak- 

mich  ? 

A.  Mu  feta  annpook  kchijakmich  mu 

do  mu  nedawi  neuk. 
5.Taled6d6? 

A.  Nan  ba  chkemtook  laladen  tan 
w^chtaulkool  tedli  kichkatpilich  ndoJso 
delechipkwilud^demwaden  delmedo&)nel 
echk  uchkitfeinMnook  ■eikek. 

B.  Mfech  edook  kigi  kafe  nwidetal 
difecheguel  delateke  chenel  fechk  uchkit- 
kammukeikek  ? 

A.  MSch  feta  ba ;  L'ndenan  delechip 
ignemwaden  chigigua^ach  w^kaie  mecb- 
waptemen  d^chiguel  dMeichenel  tan  deli 
p'kigi  uchkigimvichp  ucbkit  Arammook. 


J?.  N'dofto  apch  taledau? 
A.  Tan  feta  delmedulichp   netkijoolk 
delcbumadaL 


yUillll^M! 


360 

Q.  Who  made  xi»? 

A.  The  Great  Spirit  made  us. 

Q.  Why  did  the  Great  Spirit  make  us  ? 

A.  It  was  to  know  Him,  to  Iovg  Him, 
to  work  for  Him,  to  ptay  to  Him,  and  in 
doing  so,  to  go  to  Heaven, 

Q.  Will  all  people  go  to  Heaven  ? 

A.  Only  those  who  are  good,  and  who 
have  been  baptized,  will  go  to  Heaven. 

Ql  What    do    you    understand    for 

Heaven? 

A.  I  understand^  it  to  be  the  greatest 
happiness^tha4i  is^  the  life  everlasting, 
where  the  Great  Spirit  is  seen  openly. 

Q.  Where  will  the  wicked  go  ? 

A.  They  will  go  to  Hell; 

0.  What  is  Hell  ? 

A.  Hell  is  the  wigwam  of  the  evil  spi- 


861 

JB.  Wenn  kigiclikep  ? 

A.  Kchi  Nixkam  ita  kigichep. 

B.  KoA;wei  uschil  kchi  Nixkam  kigi- 
chkep  ? 

A.  Pawetk  ^ta  n'nenwan,  n'kejalan, 
n'telajaman,  n'makelmn  knlaman  wajok 
liach. 

B.  Mchel  edook  wajok  lidMa/b? 

A.  Tanik  eta  chiguendajultigik  cka- 
beultigik,  nakelachik  wajok  lidMaAr. 

B,  Talidedemen  d6  w^ok  wi  temenel  ? 


A^  Mechta  nlodi  eta,  kizni  vapcfai  uch- 
kiginiidi,  nel  n^tel  tedli  meckwamoot 
KckiNixkam. 

B,  Kigi  natitickelwenltigik  tami  lei- 
dada/b? 

A.  Menndwakik  ^ta  lidadai  ? 

B,  Koiwei  do  mendwakik? 

jI^  Menndook  ^ta  wigwam  tan  tedli 
81 


rit,  wbere  all  punishments  are  gathered 
together ;  and  it  is  there  that  all  wicked 
will  suffer  for  ever  the  torments  of  fire, 
which  will  never  be  extinguished. 

Q.  What  do  you  understand  for  Pur- 
gatory? 

A.  A  place  .where  the  souls  of  the  good 

people  atone  for  those  faults  which,  being 
not  entirely  expiated,  defile  them,,  and 
prevent  them  from  becoming  holy. 
^.  What  is  the  Great  Spirit? 
A.  He  is  the  maker  of  Heaven  and 
Earth,  and  the  owner  of  every  thing, 

Q.  Ho;/  many  Great  Spirits  exist  ? 
*  ^.  The  Great  Spi/^*-  is  only  one,  and 
it  cannot  be  to  be  more  than  one. 

Q.  When  did  the  Great  Spirit  com- 
mence to  exist  ? 

J..  He  always  was,  He  is  now,  and  He 

always  will  be. 


868 


haifce,  mawotagiguel  mchel  une  mayodil 
ndoA;o  natfel  tedli  dnemaj61tidak  buktek 
mu  kigi  nifcagenook  yapchiq. 

J5.  Talidedemen  d6  Kcliiclipajwfekadi? 

A,  Nel  Ha  natil  kaA:^  kchichpatatemkel 
Iw^udU  cbabeultigik  uschijatoijwa  esch- 
kwi  winnkwagwitigel. 

JS.  Wenn  do  Kchi  Nixkam  ? 
A.  Tan  ^ta  kigidofcliep  wajok  sJs  ma- 
Aamigueu  inchet  kohwel   mechta    yal- 

jutkel. 

JB.  T^chigik  K'nixkaminak  ? 

^.  Neuktegit  eta  KcH  Nixkam,  afc- 

mugi  ka/fc^chiuk. 

jB.  Tan  Kchi  Nixkam  eikechp  ? 

4 

A.  Oha^fc  eta  m^ch  eikechp,  neguicli 
eik,  &k  mech  idau. 


tl 


864 

Q.  Where  was  the  Great  Spirit  before 
He  commenced  to  make  anything? 

A.  He  was  in  no  place ;  His  divinity 
(fierhaMm^  spirituality)  existed  alone. 

Q.  Nobody  made  Him  ? 

A.  Nobody  made  Him,  neither  He 
made  Himself ;  every  thing  that  is  made 
was  not  before  that  it  was  made. 

Q.  Where  is  the  Great  Spirit  ? 

A.  He  is  in  heaven,  He  is  npon  the 
earth,  and  He  is  in  every  thing ;  nothing 
exists  in  which  He  is  not  there. 

Q.  Does  He  see  ns,  at  whatever  place 
we  may  be? 

A.  Yes,  even  if  vre  were  in  the  mid- 
dle of  the  earth.  He  would  see  us ;  we 
cannot  hide  ourselves  from  His  eyes. 


Q.  In  hell,  is  there   also  the  Great 
Spirit? 


365 

B.  Echkumena^  kokwei  nuguek  tami 
eikechp  Kchi  Nixkam  ? 
^.  Mokwech    feta   tami    eimukchep  ; 
Unixkameudik  6ta  chik  eikechp. 
B.  M^wenel  kigidukchebeoel  ? 

A,  M^wenel  ^ta  kigidukchebenel,  elp 
negueum  mu  kigi  ukchep,cha^!  oAoch  mfech 
eikechp  neuktegich  negueum. 

B,  Tami  eik  K'chi  Nixkam? 

A.  Wajok  eta  eik  makamiguefc  eik, 
mchel  eta  ba  tan  delkik  kigidachikj 
mVhel  ba  eik,  t'chel  moX:w6ch  echkwihi' 
mook. 

B.  M^ch  edook  nem6olk  tami  eimu- 
kwel  ? 

A,  M^ch  eta  ba  nan  demi  nemdolk 
dMiach  lamAammook  eimuku  m^ch  ne- 
mulkootch  mawenel  o/coch  kigi  yaliga- 
giktagugool. 

B,  Menndwakik  elp  eik  K'chi  Nix 
kam  ?  3  J* 


366 

A.  Yes,  He  is  there,  but  He  does  not 
suffer ;  He  in  as  happy  there  as  in  Hea- 
ven ;  He  is  there  to  make  the  wicked  feel 
the  terrible  situation  in  which  they  are. 

Q,  How  many  are  the  Persons  ? 

j1.  They  are  three. 

Q.  How  are  they  called  ? 

A.  The  Father,  the  Son,  and  the  Good 

Spirit. 

0.  Is  the  Father  Great  Spirit  ? 

A.  He  is  Great  Spirit. 
Q.  Is  the  Son  Great  Spirit  ? 
^.  He  is  Great  Spirit. 
q.  Is  the  Good  Spirit  Great  Spirit? 


A.  He  is  Great  Spirit. 

q.  Are  they  three  Great  Spirits? 

A.  They  are  not  three. 


867 


A,  Eik  feta  Tnclebedook  mu  kegi  nuk- 
waA:  moAr^ch  megejalugook,  wajok  deli 
menndwakik  deli  nleg ;  chik  natM  elw^ 
ultiligi  wenmagibenelugik. 

B.  Tdchigik  Pelchunewigik? 
A,  Nechigik  eta. 

J5.  Talwijultigik  ? 

A.  Wegwigit,  Euschit,   aAr  Wegi-Uli- 

Nixkam. 

B.  Wegwigit  d6  K'chi  Nixkamfewit  ? 

A.  K'chi  Nixkamfewit  6ta. 

B.  Euschit  d6  K'chi  Nixkamfewit  ? 
-4.  K'chi  Nixkamfewit  feta. 

^S.  Wegi-Uli-Nixkam  do  K'chi  Nix- 
kam^wit? 

A,  K'chi  Nixkamfewit  Jjta. 

B.  mchigigik  d6  K'chi  Nixkamk  ? 
A,  Mu  feta  nfechigiuk. 

Note.— This  Trib*  h»ye  got  the  word  Pelchunewigik  for 
Persons,  from  the  Rrenoh  ^mtfivM^,  The  Holy  Qhost  ig 
also  called  Chanteulamudit  The  word  Wegi  is  a  particle, 
expressing  casualty;  so  Wegi-Uli-Nizkam  meana  Good 
Spirit,  coming  by  a  principle.       n 


868 

.    Q.  How  they  are  not  three  ? 

A.  Because  one  is  the  Divinity  (verb.^ 
Spirituality)  in  the  three  Persons,  and 
one  is  the  Holiness. 

Q,  Which  of  the  three  (Persons)  is 
the  greatest,  the  oldest,  and  the  best  ? 

A,  None  of  them  is  greater,  old^r,  or 
better  than  the  other ;  the  three  Persons 
are  perfectly  equal  in  every  thing. 

Q.  Is  the  Divinity  divided  amongst 
the  three  Persons  ? 

A.  No  ;  these  three  Persons  are  only 
one  Great  Spirit,  and  their  Divinity  is 
only  one  amongst  them. 


Q.  Which  of  the  three  Persons  be- 
came man  ? 


369 


B.  Ta%  chkadu  mu  nechigiuk  ? 

A.  Neuktichk  feta  Wechkiginnltitich* 
(or  Anixkameudiwau)  wajfcela  nechigigik 
Pelchun^wigik  neuktech  aJfc  WMeitich. 

B.  Teguendd  na^at  kigiguit,  kiznfe  pe- 
gili  dMmukchU  ? 

A,  Mawen  6ta  kigiguiuk,  maw^n  pegili 
d^lmukchiuktelpikigigultigik,  a*  m'chel 
koiool  tetpamook  galtitichek,  nakela 
nfechigigik  Pelchunfewigik. 

B,  Tepkigenutook  edook  naAela  nechi- 
gik  Pelchunfewigik  Unixkameadiwau  ? 

A.  Mu  ba ;  naArela  nechigigik  Pelchu- 
nfewigik,  chikba  m^ch  nfeukt^git  K'chi 
Nixkam,  neuktidutich  ofcch  nakek 
Unixkamfeudiwau. 

B,  Wenn  do  naial  ntehigik  Pelchunfe- 
wigik  elnnagichp  ? 

*Unixkaineudiw«u  la  preferable  to  Wechkiginnltitich. 
because  the  fomep  is  the  abstract  term  of  Nixkam  (spirit), 
the  latter  is  the  abstract  term  of  ITskiginu  (Indian  man! 
^e  Indians  understand  the  meaning  of  the  latter  better 
than  the  meaning  of  the  former. 


3T0 


A   The  Son  of  the  Great  Spirit  be- 
came man. 

Q.  How  was  the  Son  of  the  Great  Spi- 
rit made  man  called  ? 

A.  He  was  called  Jesus  Christ. 
Q.  How  did  He  become  man? 
A.  By  taking  a  body  and  a  soul,  like 
ours,  from  the  womb  of  the  ever-Virgin 
Mary;  the  Good  Spirit  worked  His  hiv 

manity. 

'     Q.  Why  did  the  Son  of  the  Great  Spi- 
rit become  man  ? 

A,  The  Son  of  the  Great  Spirit  be- 
came imau  to  redeem  ns,  and  to  offer 
Himself  for  us. 

q.  On  what  day  was  Jesus  Christ  con- 
ceived? 

A.  On  the  twenty-fifth  day  of  March, 

the  first  month  of  the  spring. 


371 

A,  Euschil  K'chi  Nixkam  eta  elnwar 
gichp. 

B.  Talwigil  do  Euschil  K'cLi  Nixkam 
elD  wagichp  ? 

A,  lechu-klit  ^ta  delwigit.f 

J?.  Tali  elnwagichp  ? 

A,  Wak^^k  Ma  wfrjwatokchebenek  a/c 
uschij^k  mijawejakchen'l  Malial  nax- 
kweligel  utelamilook ;  Wegi-uli  Nixkam 
piptugopchAralaclien'l  elnwalachenel. 

£,  Kokwei  uschit  elnwagichp  Euschit 
K'chi  Nixkam  ? 

'^A,  Kinu  ^ta  k^dwi  uschedatdkkwek 
kedwi  kmat^lcheulkwek  nan  nschit  Eln- 
wagichp Euschit  K'chi  Nixkam. 

£.  Teguenek  nakwEk  lechu-klit  eln 
wachichp  ? 

A.  TabwinchAreuA:  nakek  tchel  nanu- 
gimakek  chigogoqtch  uphtedan. 

f  From  the  Fren^  Jesus  Christ 


812 
ii.  On  wbat  day  was  He  born  (verb, 

Indianized)  ?  . ,  .  i.^     ♦  +!,« 

J..  He  was  bora  at  midmgbt,  at  the 

commencement  of  tbe  winter. 
Q  Wbere  was  He  bom? 
A.  At  Bethlehem,  in  an  old  wigwam, 

tbere  He  was  born. 

Q  "Where  is  Jesus  Christ? 

A   As  Great  Spirit  He  is  every  where, 

as  man  He  is  in  Heaven,  and  m  the 

Eucharist.  ., 

Q  What  would  have  become  of  us,  il 

the  Son  of  the  Great  Spirit  had  not  be- 

come  man?  ^   t.  n 

A.  We  all  would  bave  gone  to  hell. 

o.  How  did  He  redeem  us  ? 

A.  He  was  festened  to  the  Cross,  and 

there  He  died. 

y.  On  what  day  did  He  die  ? 


3Y3 

B.  Tagnenek  nakw^k  wechkigin- 
wichp? 

Q.  A^elpal^k  feta  aArtapugwek  de- 

lechip. 
jB.  Tami  tedli  wechkiginwichp? 

A,  Betfalehemek  ^ta  na^anigwomk 
natel  tedli  uchkiginwichp. 

B.  Tami  6ik  lechu-Hit  ? 

^.  Eli  K'chi  Nixkamewil  feta  mechtait^ 
eli  elnuich  wajok  6ika&  pegili  Abchi- 
ctimkeweiktook. 

B.  Taloholtikuben  d6  Eusckit  Nixkam 
mu  elnwagiukcheben  ?  '^ 

A,  Mchel  6ta  ba  menndwiJkik  lyda- 
kuben. 

jB.  Tali  tischedaulkuchp  d6  ? 

A.  Kluchifeweiktook  ^ta  tedli  oA?ot- 
kwedoJfcchp  aJ  tedli  egu  lamichep. 

ID     T^^y^n Av^y^l^    nnlT-y^Vk    jnannATe^rtnY^  V 

82 


8T4 
A.  Two  days  before  Easter. 


Q.  Can  our  Owner  die  ?  ^ 

A.  As  Great  Spirit,  he  cannot  die ;  but 
as  man,  He  can  die. 

Q.  How  did  Jesus  Christ  die  ? 

A.  He  died  as  man,  but  He  did  not 
die  as  Great  Spirit. 

Q.  What  I  ecame  of  Him  after  His 
death  and  burial  ? 

A.  His  soul  went  into  the  lowest  part 
of  the  earth  to  take  away  the  souls  of  the 
holy  people,  that  were  there. 

Q.  When  did  He  rise  from  the  dead  ? 

A.  On  Easter  day. 

Q.  On  what  day  did  He  go  up  into 

heaven? 

A.  Forty  days  affcer  He  rose  from  the 


3T6 

A.  Tabuknag  feta  echkumenaJ  Pake- 
wimugwek. 

jB.  Kijulk  edook  kiginech  ? 

A.  Eli  K'chi  Nixkamewicli  eta  mu  ba 
kigineuk,  chkadu  elnwich  kiginech. 

^.  Tali  nepkechp  lecbu-klit  ? 

A.  Nepkechp  5ta  elnwicb,  mu  cbkadu 
nfebukcbep  eli  K'chi  Nixkamewichi. 

B.  Kigi  nepkek  sJc  kigi  uU^daludek 

telechep? 

A,  Usschijakija  ^ta  lamiammook  feli 
pkfegi^lichenaJ  meniclikwaclienika  feta 
ckabeultigik  uscliijaA;mijwa  natel  eime- 

litka. 

B.  Tan  do  minuncliicli  ? 

A.  Nakw^k  ^ta  Pakewimkek  * 

B,  Teguennakw^k^liunaiiecliwajok? 


A,  Newinnclikeuyfcn^'^nk  ^ta  kigi  min- 
uncliidek. 

*  From  the  French  PAqneg. 


876 

Q.  Whea  did  He  send  the  Good  Spirit 
to  His  Apostles,  and  to  the  other 
Christians? 

A.  Ten  days  after  He  went  up  into 
heaven. 

Q.  When  will  Jesus  Christ  come  again 

upon  the  earth  ? 
A.  At  the  end  of  the  world. 
Q,  Why  will  He  come  ? 
A,  To  judge  the  living  and  the  dead. 


;...jNfWeyi  ..Ml.- 


8YT 

j5.Talecliip  ^Ikimaclieiiel  Wegi-uli 
ITixkamel  Apochtolfewitkik  utininewafc, 
BJk  kteguika  Elajudm^winuguika  utinin- 

wak? 

A.  MetlajuSiia;fceifc  feta  kigi  h\i  unaMe- 

dek  wajok, 

£.  Tanook  lechu-klit  mectwi  p'klginn- 

tau  uscKkitkammook? 

A,  Kedwi  keclipoimikchimk  feta. 

£.  Kokwei  uscliit  p'kiginntau  ? 

A.  Nagi  t'plumadaA:  ^ta  wechkigimil- 
tiligi  a&  yapcWn^ligi. 


82 


o« 


PABT  SECOND. 
Q.  How  many  are  the  commaadments 
ofourOwner? 
A.  They  are  ten.  v 

1.  You  must  worship  one  Great  Spirit, 
and  you  must  love  Him  above  every 
thing. 

2.  You  must  npt  swear  by  His  name, 
nor  you  must  sligl|ti.Bis  name. 

.    3.  You  must  not  work  on  Sunday,  but 
you  must  pray. 

4.  If  you  want  to  live  for  a  long  time, 
you  must  fear  your  father  and  mother. 


TABWOWEJE. 

B.  Tacheguel  tan'l  kijulkool  delkimul- 
kuchenel? 

A,  Metlajook  ^ta. 
'^  1.  NeuktAchk    K^chi  Nixkam    p^i- 
limki  ekjumadex  pegili  K'chaladex. 


2.  Tan  delwigit  mu  chfek  k'wit'magiu, 
n^n  t'kukwei  mn  chek  k'wit'magiu. 

8.  Keguenndiiwinkel  mn  k'telugan, 
melwick  atkignetfen  k'telajndman. 

4.  Paw^demen  do  k'pegigi  nehkigin- 
win  kenegneikook  t'chibalcMedu. 


880 

6.  You  must  kiU  no  man,  nor  yon  must 

desire  to  kill  him. 

6.  You  must  do  no  bad  actions  of  the 
flesh,  nor  you  have  to  desire  them. 

Y.  You  must  not  steal  things  belonging 
to  others,  and  you  must  not  covet  them. 

8.  You  must  not  accuse  any  body 
wrongfully,  nor  tell  lies. 

9.  Before  getting  married,  you  must 
not  desire  man  nor  woman. 

10.  You  must  not  derire  things  of 

others. 

Q.  What   do    you    understand    for 

Holy  Church  ? 

A.  I  understand  the  union  of  all  Chris- 
tians, who  have  the  same  faith,  governed 
by  our  Father  the  Pope,  vicar  of  our 
Owner  upon   the  earth,    and    by  the 

Patriarchs. 

Q.  Say  the    commandments  of  the 

Church. 


881 

.8.  Lnuk  mu  k'nipau  mu  tpawfedemu 
k'pucliki  n^pan. 

6.  Winichkel  mu  k'telachiu,  inn  pa- 
w^demn  k'pucliki  t'lachin. 

T.  Mawen  waye  k'megenemwau,  ma- 
wen  waye  k'taptenemwau. 

8.  Mawen  k'pilcliimau,  mu  chfek 
k'tweukchwau. 

9.  'Lnook  mu  k'telidagiu  echkumenaA; 

tokbuguatagiwoi. 

10.  L'nook  waywal  mu  chek  kVayu. 

«• 
B.  Talchedemen  d6  Chantewi  Mawio- 

miwitemenl  ? 

A.  Wegi  mawi  d^lwitu^k  feta  nechel 
jajigui  kedlamchedeguewin6ok  kuschinel 
Papewiligel  napkwagel  wfechtaulkool 
annkeiagwitigel,  aifc  tani  Patliacheultiligi 

elp  annkMaguitich. 
jB.  Guiten    channt^wimawiomel    det 

l-v^M/k  Al<%r\  r>/kVt  a1 


882 

^.1.  Eemember  to  keep  holy  the  fes- 
tivals of  obligation. 

2.  You  must  confess  all  your  sins,  at 
least  once  a  year. 

3.  You  must  receive  the  Communion, 
at  least  once  at  Easter. 

4.  You  must  hear  Mass  on  Sundays, 
and  Holydays  of  obligation. 

6.  You  must  fast  in  the  Ember  days, 
arid  eves  of  the  great  festivals,  and  dur- 
ing the  whole  time  of  Lent. 

6.  You  must  eat  no  meat  in  the  two 
days  before  Sundays. " 

Q.  How  many  Sacraments  are  tLoi\i  ? 
h^A.  Seven:  Baptism,  Confirmation 
(ver.,  Urction  for  belief;  or,  a  new  Bap- 
tism),   ikieliarist  (verb.,  Easter-suiter- 


38S 

A,  1.  Nwidfeten  k'ulr  kVli6demen  Pe* 
chti^wimkel  tAn  delkimulkel. 

2.  M'chetk'telw^udil    yamutcli  p^a- 
buguat^n  chik  toA:  neukt  neuktipunnie- 

guel. 

3.  Kumunifeudi  t'g6t6n  chik  to*  P&ke- 

wimkel. 

4.  Keguenndi^wimkel  yamooch  teg6- 

tfen  Elamesch,  aA;  Pechti^wimkel  delkt 

mulkel.      ' 

6.  Mu  k'beli  kwfeltamiu  nfeudeliguich- 
keguel  d^ch  elp  kedwi  k'chi  elejudmam- 
kel,  aifc    yapchiu  kwMtamultimkel  t^n 

tedutkik. 

6.  Elp  winch  mu  k'malkodemu  tabu- 
Jn^g  achkumenak  keguenndi^wimenk. 

B.  Tacheguel  k'chi  Elajudmakanel  ? 

A.  Lwigueneuk.  Chiguen^adatimk, 
Melkidimk  (kiiiii^,  minwi  Chiguennda- 
timk),     Abchietimkewei,     Aniapchim, 


384 


eating),  Penance,  Last-Unction,  the  doing 
of  the  Patriarcii,  MatriLaony. 

Q.  Who  made  them  ? 

A,  Our  Savior  made  them. 

Q,  Is  it  necessary  to  receive  the  Bap- 
tism? 

A.  It  is  certainly  necessary,  because  no 
body  can  go  into  Heaven  without  Bap- 
tism. 

Q.  How  is  the  Baptism  given  ?  . 

A.  Water  is  poured  upon  the  head  of 
the  child,  and  at  the  same  time  the 
words,  which  Jesus  Christ  made,  are  to 
be  said ;  we  must  take  care  to  say  the 
words  at  the  same  time,  and  to  change 
nothing. 

Q.  Which  words  are  to  be  said  ? 

A.  They  are  these :  "Child,  I  baptize 
thee  in  the  name  of  the  Father  Spirit, 
and  of  the  Son  Spirit,  and  of  the  nro- 
ceeding  Good  Spirit.    Amen. 


385 

KeGhpimimaldimk,      Patlidchfewaldimk, 
Toibugwaldimkfewei. 
B.  Wennd6  kigidoArchebeii'l  nat? 

A.  N^gueum  6ta  Wechtaulk. 

B.  Wy iai  edook  Ohiguenndagimk  ? 

A.  KedM  ba  whYmk  I'n  o^ch  mu  kigi 
pichkwadimeuk  w^jok  mu  Chiguennda- 
gimeuk 

JB.  Tali  Ohiguenndagimk? 

-4.  Chabuguan  'feta  mijuAchich  unugik 
kudAtooch  n'doio  d  Wechip  nababugwemk 
lechu-kliel,  delebuguMichp  %  annkidfe- 
demek  t^n  delechip,  aA:  \6k  annkodemek 
mu  adabuguen. 

B  Teguenel  dd  nebabuguemkel  ? 
A,  Nala  6ta:  Mijw^hich,  elichiguen- 
dool  t^n  delwigit  Weguigit  Nixkam,  a* 

N'delietch.  33 


886 

Q.  Which  is  the  eflfect  of  this  Sacra* 

ment  ? 

A.  It  takes  away  sins. 

Q.  What  sin  can  be  in  a  child,  who  is 
just  now  born  ? 

A.  Yes,  there  is ;  because  he  is  born 


•     • 


m  8in» 

Q,  Where  does  the  sin  come  from  ? 

A.  It  comes  from  Adam ;  because  all 
his  descendants  are  born  with  this  sin. 


Q.  What  is  Confirmation  (or  the  new 

Baptism)  ? 

A.  It  is  a  Sacrament  that  gives  grace 
{verb,^  assistance)  to  help  us  to  keep  the 
first  grace,  which  Jesus  Christ  conferred 
upon  us  in  becoming  Christians  by  the 
Baptism ;  it  also  makes  us  strong  to  suf- 


887 


B,  Talilwek  chiadu  n4n  k'chi-elajud- 
maian  ? 

A.  Delalwek  6ta  Iweudil  kfechk^toAoL 

B.  Chkadu  tit  mijwachicli  adfel  wech- 
kiginwip,  mfech  Iw^udil  utininnk  egwi- 
daM? 

A,  Mfech  ^ta  egwidaM;  Tn  oAoch 
Iw^udiktook  w^gi  uchkiginwit, 

B,  Tami  t6  wegi  t'Aunnkek  nan  lw6- 
udi? 

A.  Adahek  feta  w^gi  t'Aunnkek ;  Tn 
oiocli  m'chet  uniginnka  w^gi  uschigulti- 
litka  n^el  Iwfeudiktook. 

B.  Ko^wei  t6  M^lkidimk  (kizn^  Min- 
wichiuguenndatimk  ?) 

A,  K'chi  elajudmaA;an  6ta  kedM  ba 
pekwadoolk  k'mfelki  k'ch6demen^nu  yap- 
chiu  t^n  lechu-klit  ignemulkuchp  k'tela- 
judmanenu  delechip  chiguenndajultik- 
wejv;  n  do>«Jo  nan  w^giai*  mu  k'undaguide- 


»^  i' 


388 

fer  every  thing,  rather  than  to  betray 
our  religion. 

Q.  How  does  the  Bishop  confirm  ? 

A.  He  extends  his  hands  over  those 
who  are  to  be  confirmed,  and  he  prays 
to  the  Good  Spirit. 

Q.  What  else  ? 

A.  He  anoints  with  holy  oil  the  fore- 
head of  each  one,  in  the  form  of  a  cross ; 
he  gives  a  little  blow  on  the  face,  and  he 
says :  I  mark  thee  with  the  cross,  and  I 
confirm  thee  with  holy  oil,  in  the  name 
of  the  Father,  and  of  the  Son,  and  of  the 
Good  Spirit     Peace  be  with  thee. 


Q.  Can  people  be  confirmed  several 

times? 

A.  No,  they  cannot  be  confirmed  but 


389 

demenenu  mechutouk  k'teleinenn  tan  deli 
kedlamchedemuphku. 

B.  Talateguel  do  I'Ebek  minwi  chigu- 
enndwegel? 

A-  AlkunAgit  hi&  nphpidenl  feugnel 
t^ni  minwichiguenndwagi,  n'doAo  Wegi- 
nh  Nixkamal  megamagel. 
-2.  Apch  tal^teguet  ? 
-4.  UjwatoA  hia.  mxmh  tdn  k'luchiokti- 
gik,   n'do^   nechpi    k'lnchioAtfemwagel 
utukwedjannk  t^nel  minmchiguenndwa- 
algeA,  kichkachichk.  ebmeguedagel  ^a- 
gel;    ula    mimfe   kluchioAt^gik    nechpi 
melkiguidewMnep,   a*  nechpi  k'lnchioyfe- 
t61ep  tin  delwigit  Wegwigit,  ai  Euschit, 
a*  Wegi-nli  Nixkam.   ToA  k'tininnk  yap- 
tedech  yapchin  antaj&dd' 

B.  Pa^^^ich  Mook  kigi  niihwi  Chigu- 
enndagin^ch  ? 

^.  Mu  jjta,  neukt  pachii?;  kigi  minwi 


890 

once,  because  the  man  that  has  been  con- 
firmed once,  receives  in  the  soul  a  mark, 
which  will  remain  for  ever. 

Q.  What  is  the  (holy)  Eucharist? 

A.  It  is  the  Body  and  Blood  of  our 
Savior,  under  the  appearance  of  bread 

and  vine. 
Q,  Why  did  our  Savior  give  to  us  so 

great  a  holy  thing  ? 

A.   He  did  it  in  order  to  nourish  our 

Q.  When  is  so  great  a  wonder  wrought? 

A.  It  is  when  the  Patriarch  says  Mass. 


^.  What  is  the  Mass? 

A.  It  is  the  representation  of  the  sacri- 
fice that  our  Savior  made  of  Himself  up- 
on the  Cross,  where  He  died  instead  of  us. 

Q.  What  great  wonder  is  wrought  m 
the  time  of  mass  ? 


891 

oWguenndatimk,  rnden^n  kich  wen 
niukt  dfelkik  ignemuch  nugtich  yapchiu 
keguinuga^dachil* 

B,  Koi wei  to  pegili  Abctietimke  wey  ? 

A.  Wfechtaulk  ^ta  utinin  aJ  umaldem 
uch  kigi  peneguiktook  a*  megop^em- 
wiktook  eli  gagiguel. 

B.  Koiwei  uschit  WechtaMk  naite- 
mulkulchp  n^n  k'chi  ElajadmaX;an  ? 

A,  Pawedemulkulchp  6ta  k'ckijaimi- 
gina  wilultilin. 

B.  T^lechip  kigidachik  n^n  k'chi  pa- 

A;elaiadi? 

A.  Tan  feta  delechip  P^tli^ch  elames- 

chchiguegel. 

B,  Koiwei  do  Elamescli  ? 

A,  Net  ^ta  w^gi  minwi  n^y^tachik 
tanek  Wechtaulk  o*otkwed6dek  k'luchi^- 
weiktook  neguel^  kaA;m^t^lclieulkwek. 
p  nn«ii"i''  T^o^plo;n/^l  nt.  p.larafescliifiru- 

emkel  kigidachik  ?    ^^  , 


'•►'«^*« 


d92 


A,  It  18  this :  what  before  was  bread 
and  wine,  in  the  time  of  mass  be- 
comes the  true  body,  and  the  true  blood 
of  our  Savior. 

Q,  What  is  Communion  ? 

A.  Communion  is  the  receiving  of  the 
body  of  our  Savior  under  the  appearance 
of  bread ;  this  is  Communion. 

Q,  How  do  we  know  that  the  body 
and  the  blood  of  our  Savior  exist  under 
the  appearance  of  bread  and  wine  ? 

A,  We  believe  it,  because  Jesus  Christ 
has  said  so. 

.  Q,  Does  Communion  do  good  to  every 
body,  that  receives  it  ? 

A,  No ;  it  does  good  only  to  the  right 
Christians,  who  are  well  prepared  to  re- 
ceive Communion. 

Q.  When  one  wishes  to  receive  Com- 

JJiUUiUJA    VVCIJL,    Wiiai>   IXiUSli   nXJ   \XK}  I 


d98 


A,  DMkik  ^ta,  nugach  kechkw^diguel 
pibenaJE;an  a%  megop^,  pechik  W^chtadlk 
utinin  eJc  nmaldem  patkwi  elam^schiga- 
eniktook  ^ikel. 

J9.  KoArwei  fedook  Komunieudi  ? 

-4.  NetnAa  Komunieudi ;  WfechtaAlk 
6ta  escheleguek  utinin  uchkigi  penegwik- 
took  netnan  delwitemek  Kumuni^udL     , 

B,  Tali  k'chigidiiku  ehifcaduWechtaidk 
utinin  dJk  umaldem  umechta  himenau 
pegili  abchietimkew^iktook  2 

A.  Wegi  kedlamchedemiiphku  feta ; 
I'n  fechp  negueum  lechu-klit. 

-S.  M'chet  edook  Fnook  Kumunifeudi 
weli  utapchitick  ? 

A,  Mu  feta ;  t^nik  wM^guik,  ai  weltek 
utininewau,  naiela  chick  w^li  utapchitich 
Kumuni^udi 

jB.  Tal^chit  d6  wen  kedwi  uli  t'g6tk 
kumuni^udiktook  ? 


394 


A.  He  mus  do  two  tkings :  he  has  to 
prepare  his  body,  and  he  has  to  prepare 
his  souL 

Q,  How  must  he  prepare  his  soul  ? 

A.  He  must  make  a  good  confession, 
and  he  must  be  sorry  indeed  j  in  order 
to  be  sorry  indeed^  he  must  think  seri- 
ously not  to  keep  the  same  behavior  for 
the  future. 

Q.  Does  a  man  commit  sin,  who,  with- 
out a  good  confession,  goes  to  Commu- 
nion? 

A,  Certainly,  he  commits  a  great  sin ; 
he  could  not  commit  a  greater  sin. 

Q,  What  else  has  he  to  do  ? 

A.  When  the  day  comes  to  go  to  com- 
munion, he  must  do  no  wildness,  and  take 
no  vain  amusements,  he  must  think  of 
the  great  grace  that  our  Savior  will  give 
to  him. 


395 


A,  TabiigoolfetadelAchigel;  ntininfeta 
ylktoJc^  afc  uschijaA;migel  ylalagel. 

JS.  Tali  ylalagel  uschijaA^migel  ? 

A.  Py  ^ta  w61i  pdA^abugwet,  ak  m^lki 
aniapchit;  n'do&o  deli  m^ki  aniapchit, 
tch^l  nugooeh  kigid^tk  .mu  yapchiu  ute* 
leumtoon  d^lmedoAronel* 

-B.  Pad^chict  fedook  n^en  mu  w61i  p4- 
iabugueuk  teg6tk  kumtinieudiktook  ? 


^1  I 


f  I 


I*..' 


A.  Lofe  'feta  ba  padachich ;  mtt  oAroch 
apch  kigi  p'chili  padachiuk. 

B.  Apch  edaok  talachil  ? 

A,  Tanfeta  nakwek  kedwi  tegotk  kumu- 
niettdiktook  mu  milacliiuk  potte^Kd^tk 
tan  delkik  kedwi  deli  ulalechel  Wechtaul- 
kool. 


896 


Q.  How  must  he  prepare  his  body  ? 

A,  After  midnight  he  must  take  no 
eating,  and  no  drinking,  and  no'  tobacco. 

Q.  Has  he  nothing  else  to  do? 

A.  He  must  get  np  early  in  the  morn- 
ing, he  must  wash  his  hands  and  face,  and 
he  must  put  on  decent  clothes,  if  he  has 
got  any,  this  is  aU, 

Q.  What  is  Penance  ? 

^.  It  is  a  sacrament,  which  takes  away 
the  sins  which  we  have  committed  after 

baptism. 

Q.  What  is  to  be  done  to  go  to  Con- 
fession? 

A.  It  is  necessary  to  repent  truly,  to 

confess  the  sins,  and  to  satisfy  for  having 
offended  our  Owner. 
Q.  What  is  to  repent  ? 


897 

B,  Tal^hit  chkadu  kedwi  yl^toA 
utinin  ? 

A.  AA:tetp^^  ^ta  delechip  mu  migi- 
chiuk,  bk  mu  nejabugwauk,  aA?  mu  kwed- 
maui. 

B.  Nuguch  apch  moAw^ch  delachiuk  ? 

A,  Echkitpook  6ta  nemejachich,  kagil- 
chachit,  kagiguachit,  dJc  keguenachit 
weUwanich,  nfet  d^chiguel  delachigel. 

B.  Ko^ei  to  Aniapchimkfewey  ? 

A,  K'chi  elajudmaian  ^ta  nedawi  ka- 
j^toM  m'chet  d^chiguel  padateguemke- 
chenel  dyechip  kigi  chiguenndagimkek 

B,  TaMchit  t^n  wen  menaA;acli  kedwj 
aniapchit  ? 

A,  LoA:  ^ta  ba,  pegili  aniaptek  utininn, 
n'doAjo  p^A;abuguet,  aA;  ylMok  tan  d61i 
uphkaiwach  kijulkool. 

B,  Tali  aniaptem'k  m'tinin  ? 
84 


s 


H  I 


I 


I 
I' 

lit 


i*: 


898 


A.  It  is  to  be  determined  not  to  offend 
our  Owner  any  more,  and  to  desire  to 
change  the  manner  of  living. 

Q.  Is  it  a  great  sin  to  conceal  some  sin 
in  confession  ? 

A.  Certainly,  it  is  a  very  great  sin ;  it 
iaaaif  a  man  intended  to  deceive  our 
Owner,  who  knows  every  thing. 

q.  When  one  has  examined  himself 
welVwhat  has  he  to  do  ? 

A.  He  goes  to  the  Patriarch,  kneels 
down,  joins  the  hr.nds,  and  does  four 

things. 

First :  He  makes  the  sign  of  the  Cross, 
and  says,  "My  Father,  pray  for  me,  for  I 
have  sinned.  Second :  He  says,  "  I  con- 
fess  to  the  Great  Spirit,  &c 


s-^y^  w 


through  my  fauit. 


399 


A.  Dfeli  aniaptem'k  ^ta  loiJ;  ba  mu 
w^lid^gimenk  kijoolk  uphkaiwan,  aJk  61p 
paw^demek  nugooch  mu  delein  del^im- 
kep. 

B.  M^cbkik  edook  pad^to>^  wen  ko- 
kwei  echkwi  pa^abuguatk  ? 

A.  Ked^l  ba  mechkik'pad^toA  t^n  de- 
lacbich:  Tn  feta  ichteA;6ch  k^dwi  kech- 
puguMagel  kijulkool  m'chet  koJkwkl  ka- 
iaptemeligel. 

B,  Kich  wen  kigi  oli  annkid^ich, 
apchtaMchit? 

A.  Wejau  w^higet  6ta  PMiichel,  aifc 
kigi,  mutkulbuga^cbich,  tokwannMtoM 
uphpidenel,  ak  neuphkool  delAchigel. 

Temhwei.  K'luchic^fcogit  ^ta;  apch: 
**n'utch,  elajudm^lchewi,  kich  piguelkel 
kigi  deleianool"  Tahwowei;  Delabu- 
gwet:  "Kchi  Nixkam  kedwi  paA;abu- 
gwei,  &c.    .    .    .    n'teuchami  IVewA- 


400 

# 

there).  Third:  He  says  to  the  Patriarch 
the  time  that  he  confessed  last,  and  men- 
tions the  sins  that  he  forgot  in  the  last 
Confession .  Fourth :  He  says  all  his  sins, 
and  in  saying  them  he  must  show  that 
he  is  sorry. 


Q,  What  else  ? 

A.  Then  he  says,  "  My  Father,  I  do 
not  remember  any  thing  else ;  also,  I  ac- 
cuse myself  of  all  the  sins  that  I  remem- 
ber, and  of  all  the  sins  that  I  do  not  re- 
member; I  beg  our  Owner  to  forgive 
me,  and  I  will  perform  the  penance  that 
you  will  give  to  me  ;"  therefore  I  beseech 

Mary,  &c. 

Q,  What  good  does  the  last  Unction 

give  to  us  ? 

■A      rr\i  ^_^^    ^--  ---T        5_i._. 

2±,  iiie  grace  \yatV*^  oobrdtt* 

ing  well. 


401 

• 

chin."  (N^n  ba  delecliip  nennifcabiiguet.) 
TchicMeweu  TS^Aoko  agnudemwagel  Pat- 
Mchel  tau  deli  p'kik^g  mu  upa^abuguen ; 
h\p  keguinwatugel  tannkel  awanndagi- 
chenel  uphteehk  paA;abuguedek.  Ne- 
wowci  ;  N'doio  pa^e  guitkel  utelweudil, 
aJfc  echk  nala  paifceguitkel,  nenuchtooch 
mu  uschi  ulid^gin, 

B.  Apch  talachit  ? 

A  N'do&o  elagel,  "  N'utcli  mokwich 

apch  raiguided^mu ;  apch  paA;abuguade- 

man'l  m'chet  Iw^udil   miguid^demanel, 

sik  tanel  mu  miguid^demwanel ;  edama/^ 

kijoolk  n'kajatagoon  n'telw6udil ;  2Jc  tan 

delkimidex  kijatudech;   aA:  chA^emkook 

delechip  delabuguet ; "  Utchit  elajumkik 

Mall,  <&c. 
J2.  Tali  ulMnook  kechpipimaldimk  ? 


A.  Deli  ulalnook  ^ta  k'uli  n'penenu. 
34* 


402 


Q.  What  else  does  it  give  ? 
A.  It  makes  us  strong,  not  to  be  afraid 
of  death. 

Q.  What  is  the  doing  of  the  Patriarch? 
A.  It  is  a  sacrament,  by  which  those 
who  are  made  Patriarchs  exercise  the  ap- 
pointment of  Jesus  Christ. 

Q,  What  is  Matrimony  ? 

A,  It  is  a  sacrament,  which  unites  the 
man  and  woman  to  live  together  in  a 
holy  manner. 

Q.  What  have  they  to  do  with  the 
children  that  our  Owner  gives  to  them  ? 

-4.  They  must  take  care  to  instruct 
them  in  the  knowledge  of  our  Owner. 

Q.  How  many  are  the  great  sins? 

A.  They  are  seven. 

Q.  Which  are  they  ? 

A,  Pride,  Covetousness,  Pleasures  of 
the  Mesh  Gluttonv-,  Anger,  Envv.  Lazi- 


408 


B.  Apech  koArwei  del&lnook? 

A,  Uli  melkiguenawMin  6ta  t^n  ula 
deli  k'tatkwek  ii'pweA;an. 

B.  KoArwei  Patliachewaldimk  ? 

A.  K'chi  eUjudmakan  feta  tan  wfegi 
PdtMchewalugik  wenik  uehkitArammook 
utedli  eluguafttemwanau  I6chu-Klial. 

B,  KoA;wei  Tokbugualdimk  ? 

A,  K'chi  elajudmaA;an  6ta  tan  wfegi 
uli  t'kwalugik  tcliinem  ai  fepit  yapchiu 
unnkudi  uli  t'fconachinau. 

B.  Chkadu  talaladaA:  unijanwal  kijul- 
kool  ignemaguitichp  ? 

A.  Uli  p'kageiwadaA?  feta  aAr  kinamwa- 
dai  kijulkiktook. 

B.  Tacteguel  k'chi  Iw^udil  ? 
A.  Lwigueneuk  feta  dfechiguel. 

'    B,  Talwijultiguei? 

A.  Emtechkimk,  Amagimkeimk,  Wi- 
nechk.      Puchkadaltimk,      Puchki-uph- 


e  I 


404 


ness ;  all  other  great  sin8  come  from  these 


sins. 


kail 
nat 


405 

kaimk,  Wichkwaltimk,  Maleimk ;  n'do^ 
nat  wegi  chialiaial  k'teguel  piguelkel 
Iw^udil. 


1 

j    I 

I    I 
1    I 


I    I  J 


INTERROGATIONS  IN  ADMINISTERING  THE 
BAPTISM  IN  PENOBSCOT  LANGUAGE. 

Q'  M  Quid  petis  ab  Ecclesia  Dei  ? 
Q.  JSr.  Kegus  etzweldahAma  Ahiamih^^ 
wigamiko6k  dali  Ketchi  Niw^sk  ? 
A,  Fidem. 

A.  Pambagtamoh^ngan. 
$.  Fides  quid  tibi  praestat  ? 

^.  K^ghesi  PambagtamoUngan  ekek 
kimel6k? 

A,  Vitam  aetemam. 

A.  Askam^hulausuhangan. 

Q.  M  Abrenuntias  satanae  ?  ' 


407 


'    »^'«<W<)  <WI>il>iM 


Q.  JSr.  Ketihiquihi  matchi  Niwissk  ? 

-4.  Abrenuntio. 

A.  N'katihequih^. 

^.  Et  omnibus  operibus  ejus? 

Q.  Ketih^quihi  matchi  utaluckewu- 
hangan  ? 

A.  Abrenuntio. 

A.  N'katihequihl 

Q.  Et  omnibus  pompis  ejus  ? 

Q.  KetihequihA  palambawahangan  ? 

A.  Abrenuntio. 

A.  N'katihequihi 

Q.  JST.  Credis  in  Deum  Patrem  omni- 
potentem,  Creatorem  ccbK  et  terrse  ? 

Q.  JV.  K'ulamsetama  Ketchi  Niwesku 
Wenemanit  wagamsinetattanquam  akisi 
tehdndami  kisi  tunissa  Spomkik  yo  hat- 
chiklk? 

A.  Credo. 

A.  JS^uIamsetflm&n, 


408 


Q.  Credis  in  Jesum  Christum  Filium 
ejus  unicum,  Dominum  nostrum,  natum 
et  passum  ? 

Q.  K'ulamsetama  hatchi  peseku  une- 
manin^l  Zezussal  k'sangmanmenawMutal- 
nanbahin^sa  hatchi  metchin^ssa? 

A,  Credo. 

A,  N'ulamsetam^n. 

Q.  Credis  in  Spiritum  sanctum,  sanc- 
tam  Ecclesiam  Catholicam,  Sanctorum 
communionem,  remissionem  peccatorum, 
carnis  resurrectionem,  vitam  aeternam  ? 

Q,  K'ulamsettoa  wetchi  Uli  Niwes- 
kwit,  te  wew^ssi  nalwi  ahiamihewigami- 
kook,  amanwinwangannwan  wewessin- 
w^,  aneh^ltamawatinM  sagaw^kanswan- 
ganal,  uhagh^  anbitchip^kotwangan,  te 
askamahuswangan. 

A,  Credo. 

-4.N'ulansetam6n 


409 


^.  JV,  Vis  baptizari  ? 
Q.  JV.  Kati  suknapah63i  ? 
A.  Volo. 

^.  N^uleldah^raen. 


THE  SAME  FOR  THE  PASSAM AQUODDY  AND 
OTHER  TRIBES  OF  THE  ABNAKIS. 

^.  JV.  Kegu  wikotmohute  Ketchi  Ni- 
wesku  Eymiewigwam6k  ? 

A.  Pabattemwi  ulanmsetmwaghen. 

§.  Keguts  lo  belli  ulabemkook  pabat- 
temwi  ulanpsetmwaghen  ? 

A.  Askemahusuh^ghen. 

Q.  M  K'maksk^lma  metsi  Niwfesku  ? 
A.  N'maksk^ma. 

^.  Neghom  t6  na  utellokewaghenel  ? 
A.  N'makskeltemenel. 

Q.  N^ghom  tena  messiu  utleywaghe- 
nel? 

A.  N'makskeltemenel. 
36 


si 
i 


k  i 


'^ 


410 


Q.  If.  K'ulanmewMma  Ketchi  Niw^s- 
^  ku,  Wekilssit,  nekiitokassenit,  kisitt^koos 
Spemk  t6  k'tahkemiku  ? 

A.  N'ulanmew^lraa. 

Q.  K'ulanmewMma  no  Z^zus  neghom 
pesekwit  ukussel,  k'sangmanmen  ute  fetli 
nemikussits  uskitkemikoos  te  ^tli  ussighi- 
hozits  kilon  utch  ? 

A.  N'ulanmewyma. 

Q.  K'ulanmewMma  na  wetchi  Uli  Ni- 
weskwit,  te  wewessi  nelwihu  eymiewig- 
wam,  mawileywaghennwa  wewessinu- 
hook,  sigwfekaswaglieni  anehfeltemwa- 
ghen,  iihegh^  apitchipewikotwaghen,  te 
askemahuswaghen  ? 

A,  N'ulanmeweltemenel. 


Q,  N.  Keti  sugheneb^ze  ? 
A.  Nitek  nketi  sugheb^e. 


FORMULA  OF   BAPTISM  FOR   THE   PASSA- 

MAQUODDY  AND  OTHER 

EASTERN  TRIBES. 

iV;  B,  Samaguane  etta  sugneman  uni- 
aghenek  tanne  ute  keti  sughenebalote, 
nite  etazo  mihahu  lodjiu. 

N,  Kesugnebalel  utliwiswaghen^k  We- 
kussit,  te  W^miktakusit,  te  wetcbi  UJi 
Niweskwit.    Nialetch. 


The  same  in  Penobscot  language. 

N,  Kia  awansis,  kesughenebanlel  utii- 
wiswaiiganeghe  Wenemanit,  hatchi  We- 
miktankusit,  hatchi  wetchi  Uli  Niwes- 
kwit.    Nialetch. 


i\ 


^-f^. 


412 

The  same  in  Micmac  Language, 
^  Chabugwan  feta  mijw^chich'  unugik 
kud^tuch  n'doAo  dMechip  nababuguemk 
I^chukliel  delebuguelich,  ^Ip  annkid^- 
demek  t^n  deladimk,  2k  \cik  annkodemek 
mu  adabuguen.  », 

Majw^chich,  eli-chiguendool  t^n  delwi- 
git  Wegwigit  Nixkam,  aAr  Eushit  Nix- 
kam,  a^fc  Wegi-uli-Nixkam. 


TM  same  in  Montagnais  Language, 
Takunamu  miru-iripiriu,  egu  mag'nish- 

tuau  tatuau  tshipaiatikupawinanamaweu 

uskatiguritsh  eishitshishuet. 

ITir  tshi-t-aiamihe-sugaitatin,    u-t-ishi- 

nikaswinitsh  ka  Weukussisit,  gaie    ka 

Weuttawit,  gaie  ka  Witsh-peioku-miru 

Manitwit. 


Baptism  under  condition  in  Penobscot, 

Kia  awansis  and  a   aumienenansiw^ne 
.-  .         _  — _j ^ — 


413 


nia  kesugnenepanlel,  &c.  For  the  Passa- 
maquoddy  Indians  change  anda  in  shit. 


Version  of  these  forms  of  Baptism. 

Thou  child,  thee  I  baptize  (wash  with 
water)  in  the  name  of  Him  who  has  a 
Son,  and  of  Him  who  has  a  Father,  and 
of  the  Good  Spirit.  The  Micmac  say : 
"  In  the  name  of  the  Spirit  that  has  a 
Son,  and  of  the  Spirit  that  has  a  Father, 
and  of  the  Good  Spirit." 

The  Montagnais  add  one  to  the  third 
Person,  saying:  "And  of  one  Good 
Spirit." 

NOTE. 
These  forms  of  baptism  might,  at  first  sight,  appear 
strange,  and  not  without  reason,  as  they  have  puzzled,  and 
do  yet  puzzle  a  great  many  who  entertain  doubts  about 
the  validity  of  the  baptism  conferred  in  this  manner.  This 
question  is  continually  proposed  to  us :  "  Have  the  Indians, 
in  their  language,  words  corresponding  to  the  following  • 
Father,  Son,  and  Holy  Ghost  ? "  Yes,  they  have  them ;  but 
to  use  them  under  that  grummaticai  form  in  which  thev 

35* 


414 


are  construed  by  the  English,  they  would  give  a  formula 
of  baptism,  not  in  Indian,  but  in  English,  with  Indian 
words.  The  Indian  form  of  baptism  must  be  according  to 
the  genius  of  the  Indian,  and  not  of  the  European  dialects. 
It  is  not  our  intention  to  make  here  a  dissertation  on  lan- 
guages, but  we  desire  only  to  lay  a  few  remarks,  in  order 
to  vindicate  a  form  of  baptism,  such  as  we  find  it  preserved 
amongst  the  Indians — ^made  by  their  first  missionaries, 
sanctioned  by  their  successors,  and  which  we  do  not  feel 
prepared  to  alter.  It  has  been  already  observed  by  the 
learned  Mr.  Du  Ponceau,  that  the  striking  facts  exhibited 
by  the  unwritten  dialects  of  the  natives  of  this  country, 
call  for  important  modifications  on  the  system  of  a  general 
grammar. 

The  version  of  the  Indian  forms  of  baptism,  although  it 
is  the  best  which  we  could  give  in  English,  does  not  ex- 
actly represent  the  force  and  full  meaning  of  the  Indian. 
It  is  to  be  observed,  that  the  natives  of  America  do  not 
confine  themselves  to  a  special  word,  in  order  to  express  an 
object — for  instance,  the  Father.  If  a  circumstance  is  con- 
nected with  the  object  manifested,  they  generally  use  other 
words,  which  are  construed  in  a  grammatical  form  by  far 
different  from  the  other  languages.  The  Indian  tongue 
possesses  a  prerogative,  unknown  to  the  old  world,  of  in- 
creasing the  number  of  words  to  any  extent,  by  a  regular 
process  of  an  agglutination  of  different  words,  or  parts  of 
them.  In  this  manner,  with  a  single  word  they  designate 
the  person  acting,  and  that  acted  upon,  the  manner  of  act- 
ing, time,  place,  <fec. 

The  language  of  the  natives  of  this  continent  does  not 
possess,  or  rather  does  not  need  the  verbs  to  have  and  to  be, 
either  as  auxiliaries,  or  in  the  abstract  substantive  sense, 


415 


which  they  exhibit  to  an  European  mind.  The  names  are 
neither  inflected  like  the  Latin  and  Greek,  nor  declined  by 
articles,  like  the  Euro|)ean  languages,  but  they  have  tenses. 
They  have  no  genders,  ev.ery  thing  being  classed  in  animate 
and  inanimate.  Their  fundamental  idea  is  that  of  exist- 
ence, sum,  es,  est;  and  this  abstract  sentiment  receives 
body  and  forms  by  the  combination  with  other  ideas  ex- 
pressing action,  passion,  time,  reflection,  reverence,  Ac 

The  Indians  delight  of  speaking  in  concrete  and  not  in 
generic  terms.    When  they  say,  for  instance.  Father,  they 
add  the  personal  possessive  pronoun,  saying,  my  Father 
your  Father,  «fec. ;  and  they  are  so  particular  in  it,  that 
even  when  the  name  of  the  possessor  is  mentioned,  they 
still  use  the  personal  pronoun,  so  instead  of  John's  father 
J9hn'sbook,  they  say  John's  his  father,  John's  his  book' 
Rev.  Mr.  Heckwelder  relates  that  he  was  pointing  to  a  tree 
and  asked  the  Indians  how  they  called  it,  and  they  would 
answer  an  oak,  an  ash,  a  maple,  as  the  case  might  be ;  and 
afterwards  he  found  in  his  dictionary  more  than  a  dozen 
of  words  for  the  same  word  tree.    It  was  after  a  long  time 
that  he  found  out  that  the  Indians  were  always  giving  the 
specific  and  not  the  generic  denomination.* 

The  word  father  expresses  a  person  that  either  has  or 
had  children,  and  by  itself  does  not  tell  how  many  children 
he  has  or  had,  nor  when  he  had  them.  So  with  the  word 
Son.  But  the  Indian  word  Wenemanit  expresses  the  per- 
son actu  generating  the  son,  one  in  number,  and  actu  ex- 
isting. The  word  Wemiktankusit  expresses  a  person  actu 
generated  from  the. existing  father.  Niweskwit  means 
Spirit  m  substance,  the  same  of  the  other  two  persons,  but 
distinct  from  them  by  the  addition  of  uli  (bonitas),  to  which 
Kale.l"/'""^''""^''  "'''^'  ""  "'*"  Abnaki  dictionary  of  Fr.  Sebastian 


416 

prefixing  the  particle  wetchi,  they  designate  that  this  uli- 
niweskwit  is  not  by  himself,  but  comes  from  the  other  two 
persons.  So  with  three  words,  Ven^inanit,  Wemiktankiisit, 
and  Wetchiuliniweskwit,  the  Indians  can  express  three 
particular  persons,  substantially  one  spirit,  but  really  dis- 
tinct from  each  other,  and  the  manner  in  which  they  pro- 
ceed. What  language  can  exhibit  all  this  with  three 
words? 

Mr.  Du  Ponceau  admired  very  much  this  prerogative  in 
the  Delaware  language.  He  produced  an  example  to  show 
how  these  Indians,  with  two  words,  could  express  a  sen- 
tence, for  which  the  French  or  English  were  obliged  to 
employ  five,  and  yet  the  French  and  English  grammatical 
forms  could  not  exhibit  that  exactness  and  number  of  ideas 
conveyed  by  the  Indian  granmiatical  form  with  only  t|vo 
words.  He  then  asks  this  question:  "To  which  of  all 
these  grammatical  forms  is  the  epithet  *  barbarous '  to  be 
applied?"* 

*  EncyclopsBdia  Americana.    Vol.  VI. 


417 

Formula  of  marriage,  which  in  Indian  language 
answers  for  both  interrogations. 

In  Penobscot, 

Q,  Kia.  iV:  iV:  KenespiuMnme  kulita- 
hanmannawa  kadawi  keniswieque  whua 

N.NA 

Q.  Thou  N.  N.  dost  thou  swear  to  be 
willing  to  have  for  thy  consort  N.  N.  ? 
A.  N'uleldah^men. 
A.  I  do. 


The  same  in  Passamaquoddy. 

(>.  N.  N".  Kulidah^ma  keteniswijhek- 
queN.  N.  ? 

A.  Nulidah^ma. 


t 


w 


MONTAGNAIS   CATECHISM. 

On  the  Trinity. 

Queetion.  Awen'ka  tschishihisk  ? 
(Who  made  you  ?  &c.) 

Answer,  Tshishe  Manitu  ni  tshishi- 
liigii.     (The  Great  Spirit,  &c.) 

Q.  Tshekuariu  magVetsh  tshishihisk  ? 

A.  Ni-t-iterimigu  saban ;  tschisherimi- 
tii,  pamittawitu,  satshihitu,  attussestawi- 
tu,  egu'mag'eiapitsh  nete  naskutsh  tshe 
papa  mirwassien. 

Q.  Tshekwan  ka  inaniwit  Tshishe— 
Manitu  ? 


5/3 


i 


o 

P 

re 

w 

o 
o 


C/J 


,ii^_ 


■■"•*-    ti 


L-.H.-iaiH,j.,.      ^^^.y       ,^^^ 


t/3 
1—1 


o 

o 

p 

re 

r^ 

W 
o 
o 


c/a 


n 


in 


k 
k 


'8 


419 

si.  Naspitsh  ka  peiokn  tiberimitisut, 
gaie  ka  tchishittat,  ka  tiberitak,  ganewe- 
ritafe,  gaie  missi  ka  shabweritak. 

Q,  Tan  etasWtjits  Tshishe  Manituets? 
(How  many  Great  Spirits  are  there  ?) 

A.  Peiokumiga.    (One.) 

Q,  Tatasiwets  mag^he  peiokn  Tshishe 
Manitwitwan  ?  (Hpw  many  persons  are 
in  one  Great  Spirituality?) 

A.  Nishitwets.    (Three,  &c.) 

Q,  Tan  eshinikasutjits  huku  he  nishtu 
peiokn  Tshishe  Manitwitwan  ? 

^.  Ka  Weukussisit^  ka  Weutta^t, 
ka  Witsh-peiokn-miru-Manitwit,  ishini- 
kasnets. 

Q,  Tshishe  Manitn  'ha  Weukussisit? 

A.  Tshishe  Manitn  'saban. 

^.  Wenttawit  magV  Tshishe  Manitn 
'saban  ha  gaie  ? 

A.  Tshishe  Manitn  'saban. 


/f' 


{ I 


420 


Q.  Witsh-pieoku-miru-Manitwi;,  ewe 
gaie  Tshishe  Manitu  ? 

A.  lEfga  gaie  Tshishe  Manitu  'kusshi. 

Q.  Ewe  mag'nishtiwets  Tshishe  Ma- 
nitwets? 

A,  Nama  nishtiwets  eriweths  Tshishe 
Manitwets,  peioku  migu  Tshishe  Manitu, 
migu  nishtu  ahuiu.       . 

Q.  Tshekwariu  mag'wetsh  eka  nishtu 
Tshishe  Manitwitwau  ? 

A.  Peiokwaniriukarabwa  u-Tshishe 
Mianituiniwau. 

Q,  Min'  mag'  nishtiwets  ha  missika 
tiberitatjits  ? 

A.  N'ma  nishtiwets.  Peioku  migu 
missi  ka  tiberitak  he  nishtu  nikasut 
Tshishe  Manitu ;  migu  tetipani  shiwets 
AS^eukussisit,  Weuttawit,  Witsh — ^peioku 
— ^miru— Menitwit. 


ON  THE  INCARNATION. 

Q,  Tshishe  Manitu  ha  Jesus?  (Is 
Jesus  Great  Spirit  ?  &c.) 

A.  Tshishe  Manitu  saban,  Weuttawit. 
(He  is  Great  Spirit,  the  Son,  <fec.) 

Q,  Tan  eshinikasuritjsi  ugauia  Jesus  ? 

A.  Tschitshitwa  Maria  eiapitsh  tes- 
saraskuewa. 

^.  Tan  'ispish  pinetutawaganit  Jesus? 

A,  Aiamihe  tebiskaritsh,  ka  nipa- 
aiamihaniwiritjs. 

Q.  Tshekwariu  mag'wetsh  iriniwihiti 

8ut  Jesus  ? 

A.  Tshi  wi  iri  nikahiffunanausaban. 
36 


422 


tshi  wi  meskana  kaliigunanausaban,  tshi 
wi  miratu  higunanausaban  waskutsh. 

Q.  Tan  etuguban  Jesus  wa  irinikahi- 
taku? 

A.  Pitta  stshistshinoamatseguban,  egu 
mag'enipugubane  tshipaiatikutsh. 

Q,  Eshekuariu  mag'  wetsh  stshistshi- 
noamatset  ? 

A,  Wa  wittamatakubane  .waskutsh 
etamaritjts  meskanariu. 

Q,  Tan'  tutamuguban  Jesus  wa  miru- 
tahitaku  ? 

A.  Wi  nanekatshihaganiu,  wi  tsbista- 
skwataganiu  tshipaiatikutsh. 

Q,  Utshitaha  nipabaganiwiguban  Je- 
sus? 

A,  Nipahaganiu  kutsH.  * 

Q,  Tshekuariu  mag'  wetsh  nepit  tshi- 
paiatikutsh? 

A,  We  katashishieu  wuttawa  Tshishe 


423 


Manitua  ka  tshishiwahaku  tsherawitta- 
wahakue ;  gaie  tshishikamataku  erinika- 
liitaku  gaie  he  misaihigawiaku. 

Q,  Awen  mag'  ka  nipahitaku  he  u-t- 
atshakkusiaku  J.  ,■ 

A.  Tshi  mushuminaban  nishtam  iriniu 
he  piasta-tutaku. 

Q.  Tan  eshinikasuban  nishtam  napeu  ? 

A,  Atamu  ishinikasuban.- 

Q.  Nishtam  iskueu  mag'  tan'  eshini- 
kasuban? 

A.  Ebiskueu. 


ON  THE  sacraments; 

Q,  Tshekuan  aiamihe-katawatishihi- 
twin  ?    (Who  made  the  Sacraments  ?) 

A,  K'utshimaminau  Jesus  u'stshitshi- 
noawatshitegana  ka — utshi  katawashishi- 
hitaku  he  u-t-atshakkusiaku.  (Jesus,  &c.) 

Q.  Tatatinwa  aiamihe — katawatishihi- 
twina  ?  (How  many,  &c.  ?) 

A,  Nishwashish.  Aiamihe — Sugaita- 
twin,  Aiamihe — Sutshiteheskatshemakan- 
tuminitwin,  Aiamihe — Abikunitwin,  Ku- 


425 

rainitwin,  Aiamihe— Mamitshitnmini- 
twin,  Aiamihe— Tipaniganitwin,  gaie 
Aiamihe— Witapitwin.  (Seven— Bap- 
tism (ver.,  washing  by  prayer,)  &c.) 

Q,  Tshekwan  Aiamihe— Sugaitatwin 
ka  ishinikatetjs? 

A.  Eg"  ka-utshi  manabawataganiwi- 
ritjs  awi^fcs  tshetsh  iriniugue  pasta — ^ite- 
ritagasinaniwanu,  egu  gaie  ka— utshi 
nita  aiamihe — wiraganit,  gaie  kassinau 
wukussit  iterimitigut  Tshishe  Manitua. 

Q,  Tshekwan  Aiamihe — Sutshitehes- 
katshemakantuminitwin  ? 

A,  Egu  ka-ntshi  nitawitshihigawiaku 
he  aiamihaiaku,  egu  gaie  wetsh  sutshite- 
heskagawiaku,  egu  wetsh  eka  iatatshiaku 
he  aiamihe — ^irini— nagusiaku. 

Q,  Aiamihe — Abikunitwin  mag'tshek- 
wan? 

A.  Egu  ka-utshi  waneritamataku  Tshi- 
36* 


426 


she  Manitu  kassinau  piasta-tiaku,  piaata- 
mituneritamaku,  piasta-weiaku  ka  tshi 
ispish  aiamihe  tshistabawarigawiakubane. 

Q.  Tshekariukainaniwet  Kuminitwin? 
A.  Egu  ka-utshi  ashamigawiaku  Je- 
sussa  espishiraveritjsi,  umiku,  gaie  u-ta- 
tshakkoos,  Tshishe  Manitwin,  gaie  he 
iastetjs  pakueshigan  e  noguatua  gawiaku, 
gaie  shuminabui  e  nogutwagawiaku. 

Q,  Tshekwan  ka  ishinikatetjs  Aiamihe 
— ^Namitshi— tuminitwin  ? 

A.  Egu  wetsh  maniskaritjs  esku  na- 
muguban  metshikawaneritja  ka  tshi  tuta- 
muguban  ka  nipitjsi,  awen  'egu  gaie,  ka- 
utshi  nita  sagutshihigoot  wa  wawipihi- 
gutjsi  Matshi  Manitwa. 

Q.  Tshekwan  ka  ishinikatamats  Aia- 
mihe— ^Tipaniganitwin  ? 

A,  Egu kautshi stshistshinoamawatital 


awia.        ibiiii/isiii     Loiiioixc- 


'Mi.Mil.Lt.J.a-I.'W  TT    I. 


427 

natutamawatitat  Jesussa  iaramessitslie- 
witamatset,  abikuniwet,  stshisthinoamat- 
set,  tsWshe-aiamittwatset. 

Q.  Aiamihe — ^Witapitwin  mag'  tshe- 
kwan? 

A,  Egu  ka-utshi  eiapitsh  peioku-ra- 
wetjits,  he  wihiassitwau  nishiwets,  tshi- 
tshi — miru — nishu  witapitwau,  rairu  pari- 
twau  gaie,  gaie  miru  nitawitsMhatwau 
uknssisinawa,  patutsh  mirigutwau  Tshi- 
she  Manitwa. 


^^^^Mrrt^^^^f^^A'^.e:  Ji-s 


i'l 


NOTNANKET. 

THE  MANNER  OF  SERVING  MASS. 
Asitquahekaw^awi  acJcomi  awikhigan  ehttek. 

FatUas,  Introibo  ad  altare  Dei. 

UsUnussie.  Ad  Deum,  qui  laetificat 
juventutem  meam. 

P.  Judicame,Deus,  etdiscerne  causain 
•meam,  de  gente  non  sancta :  ab  homiiie 
iniquo  et  doloso  erue  me. 


429 


S,  Quia  tu  es  Deus,  fortitudo  mea : 
qnare  me  repulisti,  et  quare  tristis  incfedo, 
dum  affligit  me  inimicus  ? 

P.  Emitte  lucem  tuam,  et  veritatem 
tuam:  ipsa  me  dedux^runt,  et  adduxerunt 
in  montem  sanctum  tuum  et  in  taberna- 
cula  tua. 

S.  Et  introibo  ad  aMre  Dei :  ad  Deum 
qui  laetificat  juventiitem  meam. 

P.  Confitebor  tibi  in  cithara  Deus, 
Dens  mens  :  quare  tristis  es,  anima  mea, 
et  quare  conturbas  me  ? 

S.  Spera  in  Deo,  qudniam  adhu<5  con- 
fitebor illi,  salutare  vultus  mei,  et  Deus 
mens. 

P.  Gloria  Patri,  et  Filio,  et  Spiiitui 
Sancto. 

S,  Sicut  erat  in  principio,  et  nunc,  et 
semper,  et  in  saecula  sseculdrum.    Amen. 

P.  Introibo  ad  altare  Dei. 


.  430 


'  'Tfr^/',*^ 


S,  Ad  Deum,  qui  laetificat  juventiitem 
ineam. 

P.  Adjutori^in  nostrum    in  nomine 
Domini. 

^..*"- _%_,;«*■  ■;■_,'■/ 

8,  Qui  fecit  coelum  et  terram. 

P.  Confiteor  Deo,  &c. 

.6\  Misereatur  tui  Omnipotens  Dens, 
etdimissB  peccatis  tuis,  perducat  te  ad 
vitam  sBternam. 

jP.  Amen. 
.  S.  Confiteor  Deo  omnipot^nti,  beMae 
MarisB  semper  virgini,  beMo  Micha^li 
-Aj-cB^ngelo,  be^toJo^nniBaptistse,  Sanctis 
Apdstolis  Petro  et  Pdulo,  dmnibus  Sanctis, 
et  tibi.  Pater :  quio  pecc4vi  nimis,  cogita- 
tione,  verbo,  et  opere.  {Alettahosi  nseta, 
te  Makitamen.)  Mea  culpa,  mea  culpa, 
mea  maxima  culpa.  Ideo  precor  beatam 
Mariam  semper  virginem,  be^tiim  Mi- 
cha^lem  archi^ngelum,  be^tum  Jo^nnem 


•  431 

Baptistam,  sanctos  ApAstolos  Petrum  et 
Paulum,  omnes  Sanctos,  et  te,  Pater,  or^re 
pro  me  ad  D6minum  Deum  nostrum. 

i^Misereatur  vestri,  &c.,  ad  \dtain 
aeternam.        ^   ^ 

S,  Amen. 

P.  Indulgentiam,   absolutionem,   &c., 
Dominus. 
/S  Amen. 

P,  Deus,  tu  conversus  vivificabis  nos. 
S.  Et  plebs  tua  Iset^bitur  in  te. 
P.  Ostende  nobis,  Domine,  misericor- 
diam  tuam, 

^\  Et  salut^re  tuum  da  nobis. 

P.  Domine,  exaudi  orationem  meam. 

S.  Et  clamor  mens  at  te  v^niat. 

P.  Dominus  vobiscum. 

S.  Et  cum  spiritu  tuo. 

P.  Kyrie  el^ison. 


:.  '--^4 


132 


M  CHriste  elMsbn. 

i^  GMste  ^ifeison. 

/SI  Cffisfe^  el^ison. 

jP;  KyiSe  el^feon. 

&  Kyrie  elfeison. 

P.  Kyrie  elfeison.  '- 

P.  Dominus  Vobiscuta. 

/S  Et  cum  spMtu  ttto. 

Sim  ^^stM^j0da^  Deo  gratias. 

.i  .    . .    .-,,•.  ...if.,. 

P.  Dotmutis  yobisctiiu. 

/SI  Et  cnm  spiritu  tuo. 

P.  Sequentiasancti  evangeli  secundum, 

S,  G16ria  tibi^  Ddnilfle. 
I^tsi  JSvangeUaMamthd. 
B,  Laus  tibi^  Christe. 
P,  Domihus  vobiscum. 

d^  "R+.  p.nrn  aniritn  fnn 


¥t 


.«.: 


433 


Nitchiptawe  ndbe  te  mehwapah, 

P.  Orate  Fratres. 

S.  Suscipiat  D6minus  sacrificium  de 
minibus  tuis  ad  Mudem  et  gldriam  n6- 
minis  sui,  ad  utilit^tem  quoque  nostram, 
totiiisque  EcclesiaB  suae  sanctse. 

P.  Per  omnia  saecula  saeculorum. 

8,  Amen. 

P.  Dominus  vobiscum. 

S,  Et  cum  spiritu  tuo. 

P.  Sursum  corda. 

8,  Hab^mus  ad  D6minum. 

P.  Gratias  agamus  Domino  Deo  nostro. 

8,  Dignum  et  justum  est. 

P.  Sanctus,  sanctus,  sanctus.  Sawan- 
quaihe  nseta,  Patlias  utaspiconal  Osti- 
windlhatclii  tousmodial^  sawanquaike. 

P.  Per  omnia  saecula  saeculorum. 

8,  Amen. 

JL    .    JLu   lie   iSKJ^   lllU-ULiilS    ill    tun  tell; lUil6ill. 

37 


1^4 


434 


w 


P 


S,  Sed  libfii  .1  itos  a  malo. 

^.  Per  omnia  seecula  saBculorum. 

S.  Amen. 

P.  Pax  Domini  oit  senipcr  vobiscum. 

&  Et  cum  spiritu  tuo. 

Kate  Oomieu  oltimake  xsiheUhnamna 
attolhaweken  M  Makitamen^  Confiteor 
Deo,  &c.  NitcMptawe  nahe  te  mekwa- 
jpah  te  quilbosdto  awihkiJcan. 

P,  Ite  missa  est. 

8,  Deo  gratias. 

Alameskewauh  n^jpwinwah 

P,  Eequiescant  in  pace. 

/SI  Amen. 

Quilhosato  awilckikan  anda  panten- 
uTcke, 

P,  Dominus  vobiscum. 
S.  Et  cum  spiritu  tuo. 
P,  Initium  (Kessend  Sequentia)  sancti 
Evangeli,  &c. 


435 

Tchtbaktakuke  te  JctaJcitamen. 
S,  G16ria  tibi  Domine. 
Km  AlamesJcemdh^  Ktakitamen,    Deo 
grMias. 


.■&& 


ELAMEYCH. 

MASS    IN    MICMAC. 
Asperges  before  Mass, 
Ycli6peumenel  labalidex,  N'chakmam, 
nan  uschi  kajabatagidech ;  k'chichpalidex, 
n^n  nscM  p'chili  wab^dect  wachteau. 

Deli  kchi  eulidfedaguen,  Nixkam  euli- 
delmi. 


43T 

Kepmidelmanfech,  Wegwigit,  sik  Ens- 
chit,  2ik  wegi  uli  Nixkam ;  m^ch  negu^ch 
deli  kepminn  chedoichich  2ik  mu  punian- 
ootch  elraiak  ukepminn  chekoA;wen. 

Kigi  uli  k'chichpabalin,  wachteau  p'chi- 
liedau  nwab^in. 

N'pakaptemenen,  N'chakmam,  tan  deli 
eulid^daguen,  ai  ignemwiu  n^n^mianen 
kelicht  nuchtawi  kunen. 

N'chakmam  ^ulichtem  wi  deli  elaj  umool 
2Jc  kpedawatulin.  * 

K'chichakmau  tkweiulokch ;  k'tyali- 
dajwakan  elp  tegotch. 


ELAJUDMANECH. 
Kil  K'chi  Chakmawin  Wegwigin  mok- 
w^ch  nedau  m^ch  ulukaA;  yapchiu  KcLi 
Nixkamewin  eulichtwin  dJc  eulidet^n  wa- 
jok  koot  kidemwinen  k'tannchal^mk 
aunkeiwinametcli,  ygalninametch,  tchi- 
57^" 


;.ji,:;.j.. 


488 

duninametcb,  nadaminametch  dJc  pega- 
geiwinametch,  ula  eulakademutiek,  nan 
kiuuaA;atch  wegi  yppatamulek  k'kwich 
Jechu— Klit,  N'Chakmaminen,  Nde- 
Jietch. 

DELECHIP  POKTAMKEIAK  ELAMEYCH. 

Mu  k'pemaulatip  adlachemudiguicli- 
kek,  mu  kigwak  uschitwatook,  tan'l 
neiuptwok'l— Weleg  tan  k^d  annkotk 
adlachemudi  guichkek,  dik  kw^jotkel 
upiden'l  ukelultenen,  aA;  wetkolkich  kok- 
wey  upadatoon.— Kepmidelmanetch,  &c. 

Lwigueneuguewey  nakwek  kchidetto- 
kchep,  nan  okoch  Kchi  Chakmau  utad- 
lachemudi. 


KYRIE. 

Nixkam  feulidelmi.  Nixkam  eulidel- 
mi.    Nixkam  ^ulid^lmi. 

Kliclit  ^ulidelmi.  Klicht  eulid^lmi. 
Klicht  eulidMmi. 


■'^-  v  ^><r  -fl 


439 

Mxkam  ^ulld^lmi.     Nixkam  Midel- 
mi.     Nixkam  eulidelmi. 


GLORIA. 
Gloria  in  excelsis  DeosJc  uchkitkam- 
mook  Inook  tan  deli  kchalkwitio'el.     Ki- 
joolk  kepmidelman^ch,   mdokwalan^ch, 
kil  mechta  kchidelmulek,  meguidelmulek, 
Ml   mechta  kchidelmukchin   nan   wegi 
mwiulnek.     Kil   Chakmawin,   Nixkam, 
wajok  tedli  Megu^win,  Nixkam  Wegwi- 
gin,   mu  kokwM    nedawi  mechulugool. 
Kil  "Wechakmamek  Jechu—Klit  neuk- 
tegui  Euschin  yapchia  Kchi  Nixkam; 
Kil  Chakmawin,  Nixkam,  kil  Kchi  Nix- 
kam, chichkelwechichem,  kil  Wegwigit 
Kchi  Nixkam  ktinin.     Kil  nugi  kchega- 
tunel  elnwi  padanchudil,  ^udidelmin ;  kil 
nugi  kchegatunel  elnwi  padannchudiltok 
deli  elajumulek  eulichtemwin.  Kil  kootch 


440 

utinakannk  ^pin,  eulidelinin.  Kil  okoch 
n^ukti  p'cliili  chab^win,  kil  neukti  p'chili 
chakmawin,  kil  neukti  peikwe  kchidel- 
mukchin,  J^cliu — Elit,  aA;  mecli  neguech 
tetpi  chakmawidelmukchin  kootcli  aA; 
wegi  uli  Nixkam.    Amen. 


CREDO. 
Credo  in  unum  Deum — well  kedlam- 
cliedagi  neuktegit  KcM  Nixkam,  Weg- 
wigit,  m'chet  kokwel  t^n  delidetkel 
deladiguelnet  nan  negueum  kigidokchep 
wajok  bJc  makamigueu,  m'cliet  tanel  ne- 
midemkel  dJc  mu  nemidumeguel  tetpi 
kigidokchebenel.  Eli  kedlamchedagi  elp 
neuktegit  tan  menakach  wechakmamul- 
tiku  Jechu — Klit,  nan  Echi  Nixkam 
Ukwigel  iieukt^giiiligel  usckek  wegi 
uehkiginwit  echkumenak  m'cliet  kokwei 
kigidachinngwek ;  Nixkameudiktook  we- 


441 

gi  Nixkamewit,  paktadeguiktook  ba  wegi 
paktadek  kedM  ba  Nixkamewiktook, 
anncliema  ba  Mxkamewit.  Uschek  w^d- 
giguit  mu  chkadu  kigidachiuk,  uscliel 
neuktamukchitigel  nan  negueum  wegi 
mawikigidagikchebenel  m'chet  kokwel 
wegi  p'kewiechep  kinu  ba  utchit  elnul- 
tiku,  Rk  elp  utchit  p'ehedaulkwek  Mali 
Naxkwet  utelamilook  wej  watokehebenek 
wakeiek  aJc  uehijakmija  wejwalachena, 
wegi  uli  Nixkam  piptugapchkalachenelak 
elnwMactenel.  N'doko  na  wegi  kluchi- 
oktochp  Punch  Pilatok  chakmawidek 
amaclikwibeneludak,  ah  ukudaludak, 
n'doko  tchichteweik  nakwek  minuna- 
chiclip  tan  wikatigueniktook  deliak. 
Wajok  eli  unakiechep  uscbel  utinakannk 
epigel,  apcli  natel  uschi  nli  p'kiginntau, 
nagi  tplumadau  wechkiginultigi  aJc  yap- 
chineligi :  n'doko  delechip  ma  puniabe- 


442 


nook  utyalchujudi.  Eli  kedlamchedagi 
schiclitewiet  tan  telpi  chakmawit  dik  nngi 
uchkiginwalwet,  n'doko  na  wegi  Nixka- 
mewit  waguela  tabugigik,  W^gwigit  sJc 
Euschit.  Na  egueum  wegi  emtokwalku- 
gitigel  dJc  w^gi  makelmukchitigel  Weg- 
wigit  tik  Euschit ;  na  nigani  kchigidegu- 
ewinook  wedunkaclieni.  Elikedlamcbe- 
dem  tan  dechiticb  n^uktunemek  chwinook 
mawi  uli  elajudm^winook,  tanik  eta  ute- 
lajudmakanwal  tedli  melki  bugwatagi- 
guel  Apochtolewi  kinamajodiktook,  eli 
pakabugwadem  neuktecliiguendajudi, 
n'koko  na  wegi  menietcli  m'telweudil,  ai 
eehkibedu  nepkik  u  Elabigibatinau  afc 
wechkwi^k  yapcriiuclikiginudi.    Amen. 


SANCTUS. 
Kclii  chab^win,  Kcbi  chab^win,  KcH 
chab^win  Chakmawin  Nixkam  Chabaotii ; 


443 

wajok  ak  makamigu^u  mechta  wajude- 
guel  deli  kcheguelmukcliiD.  Hoclianna 
kpedaik  uschi  uschedawin.  Kepmi  mwi- 
walkugich  tan  Kijoolk  wijuniktook 
wetkimooch.  Hochanna  kpedaik  uschi 
uschedawin. 


AGNUS.  ■ 
Kil  K'chi  Nixkam  uchichkelweuchi- 
chemel  nugi  kchegatunel  elnwi  padann- 
tudil,  eulidelmin,  Kil  Kchi  Nixkam 
uchichkelweuchichemel  nugi  kchegatunel 
elnwi  padanntudil,  eulidelmin.  Kil  Kchi 
Nixkam  uchichkelweuchichemel  nugi 
k'chegatunel  I'nwi  padanntudD,  ignem- 
win  n'ulannkwanec. 


For  the  Festival  \>f  the  Blessed  Virgin  Mary. 

Introit — Kektook  egel^k  mu  kichkook 
Mali  Naxkwet  k'nenwidelmanenu  mawen 
okocli  tan  dechiticli  epigik  deli  uleiwatep 
Mali  tan  deli  p'chili  nleiuch.  Negueum 
Mali  neuktegich  wegim'kenoocli  ^piligi 
uphkwigin  wechtaiilkoop,  negueum  elp 
neuktegich  epigik  tan  dechitich  ignem- 
oocli  mech  upemi  ali  Naxkwen  wech- 
taiilkool  kigi  nclikiginwilidek.  Tok  mech 
negweeli,  aA  elmiguenik  n'nwidelmanecli, 


m 


445 


nan  taleikwel  ly  na'chelmanech,  tik  ichte- 
k^ch  k'kiginu  mech  delideman^cli.  Ken- 
ook  n'pepcbidelmnkchiu  mech  chkadu 
Kijoolk  elab^chich  n'tinin  nan  uschiedau 
m'chet  pemignlt-igik  uktinau  n'ulein.— 
K'pmi  emtokwalan^ch^  &c. 

Allell—WhMn  kil,  Naxkwem  Mali 
tan  deli  pemalechep  k'tininnk  mechta 
kigidaguewinu.  Kil  okocli  weeh  kigi 
nweiachep  tan  kigich  kechp :  dik  chkadu 
mech  pemi  uli  Naxkwen  yapchiu. 

Offert — Kijoolk  Kich  witemagichp: 
fik  man  witemajudi  kedlaweiktook  tedli- 
bugwatachik :  Davidal  okoch  elachenel, 
tan  neguech  tedli  kichkatpin,  nan  t'li 
uphtebunnkewM4ch  ktininiktook  wegi 
mimt. 

Postr  Comm. — N'kamelamoon     agimik 

n'ulewichtoon,  muba  kigi  uphtokolchiu 

n'pedagnudemen    deli    p'chili    uleiwim- 
38 


446 

kechp.  Tchikchedwitich  tok  tanik  kepmi 
k'chaligik ;  nan  ba  kedel  nschkewid^jul- 
tidak,  ai  uli  p^kelaiagudak  nudmitich ; 
tan  kigichp,  nan  negueum  nigtedli 
adlachemichp. 

CHRISTMAS-DAY  AT  MASS. 

Introit — Meclikik  nadagnudemulok 
tan  iischi  uselikewid^jultidak  m'cliet 
elnook  ;  L'n  denankichkook  David  ukegi 
ganemiktook  kilau  uschit  wechtaiilk  ted- 
liguichp.  All:  Nan  negueum  Klichte- 
wit  Kchichakmau,  All :  Mijwachich 
wegiok  pijaniktook  yuniclikw^galooch, 
aA-  n'kanigwomiktook  tedli  elichinalooch, 
net  nan  ba  uschi  nenntokchep  upbtelian 
delimulokol.    All, 

Ps, — ^Tchikchedemmk  tok  wajogue- 
wiok,  delewichtwanel :  annkichtemwicli 


U1 

elp  makamigueu  n'toonk  wegi  kelugianel. 
K'pmi  emtokwalanech,  &c. 

All  Kedel  ba  mu  kigi  piinabenook 
yapchiu  nan  nakwek  k'kelid^clenenenu, 
delechip  okocli  ignemook  k'mechta  pa- 
kaptemenenu  tan  tedntgi  k'chalnook 
Jechu-Klit  k'chakmaminu  kinu  ba  uschit 
kichkook  Bettlemek,  n'kawigwomk  tedli 
uchkiginwichep :  delkik  kichkook  deli 
ul^nook  kchi  Nixkam  ukwigel  neukti- 
guiligel,  m'cliet  kokwel  uschel  tetpamuk- 
chitigel.    All, 


MASS  FOR  THj:  DEAD  IN  MICMAC. 
Intr,  Kil  chakmawin  Jechus  eulid^lmin 
aA;  chichpajwekadik  epultigik  ai  ignemu 
wajok  m^cli  ulaltinau  kil  Nixkam  pegili 
k'chalwen,  elajumulek  knemulinen  kil 
ignemu. 

KYRIE. 

Nixkam  eulidelmi.  Nixkam  ^ulidel- 
mi.     Nixkam  eulidelmi. 

Klicht  Eulidelmi.  Klicht  ^ulidelm^ 
Klicht  eulidelmi. 

Nixkam  eulidelmi.  Nixkam  eulidel- 
mi.    Nixkam  eulidelmi. 


449 


C. 

iMmin 
^nemu 
pegili 
m  kil 


ulidel- 


delir\ 


ulidM- 


DIER  IRAE. 

Nakwek  tan  Nixkam  nukwatudau, 
makamigueu  macbkamuktedan,  David 
delabngweCi  p. 

Kiunakach  Inook  wekwedajultidak. 
uscWech  wajok  wechtaulkoop,  Iweudil 
muchkatwaden. 

Kigibibugwetch  Annchalewit,  kigi  mi- 
nunachenik  mawiedak  kenek  n'doko 
abennkedwaden. 

Menndwakik  wekwadagidau  ra'cbet 
Inook  minunchitich,  ah  Nixkam  kikelu- 
ladak.  ' 

Elweudil  awikagidal  wikatigneniktook 
ah  chabeudil  muclikwatwaden. 

Wechtanlk  kicbkatpachit  k'chigiduden 
elweudil  ah  n'doko  abennkedwaden. 

Nil  elwewi  talabugwacb  ?  Wen  edook 

keludmelchewidau  ?     Chab^wich    meek 

wekwadagidau. 
38* 


ii'^Sui^^^  -- 


|jip,  .^a,  ^i! 


V^.  *,a; 


.0.,  %% 


IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-3) 


m^ 


/-    f/. 


^'' 


1.0 


I.I 


1.25 


|£o   i""*^     !!■■ 
Ui    1^     III' 

^   us,    III  2.0 


12.2 


JJ. 


^  m 


V] 


<^ 


/^ 


CG 


> 


'>> 


*V'/..^ 


(?;! 


Photographic 

Sciences 

Corporation 


73  WCST  MAIN  STREET 

WEBSTER,  N.Y.  14580 

(716)  872-4503 


'( 


450 


Kil,  Nixkam  m'chet  kokwel  yaljudme- 
nel  weGhtawigik  Inook,  elp  nil  elajumool 
wechtawein. 

Kil  Jechuch  pegili  k'chalwen,  nenui- 
deten  deli  kegi  nugwachep  pekwadel- 
winek  n'tinin  aJo  nscbit  w^chtawi. 

Wegi  uchkiginwicliep  n'tinin,  oh  usokit 
aifc  nepakchep  n'tinin  nan  uschit  elaju- 
mool,  abikchiktwi. 

Kil  Nixkam  Jechuch  elajumool  kajatwi 
n^telweudil  ecbkumenak  abigibemenk. 

Elw^wi  oh  uschit  ebedokchi,  tchel 
n'chichku  wabachik,  to*  abikchiktwi  kil 
Nixkam. 

Kil  abikchiktakehep  Mali,  a^  deli 
abikchiktakchebenik  elw^uitigik,  elp  nil 
elajumool  pegili  dagi  k'tinin. 

Deli  elajudmaye  mu  kelultenook^  kil 
chkadu  k'chi  chab^win,  ignemwi  yapchiu 
mu  n'kedemechin. 


451 


judme- 
[umool 

nenui- 
wadel- 

.  usoliit 
elaju- 

5:ajatwi 

tchel 
twi  kil 

h    deli 
elp  nil 

•ok^  kil 
rapchiu 


Igneinwi  tan  epultigik  chabeultigik 
n'tepin  k'tinakannk  mu  k'tygaliu  pada- 
duchk^l. 

Kil  kigi  elkimchkik  elwfeultigik  menn- 
du  wakik  chichwewiktook  elalidex  wajok 
kulwak  chabeultigik. 

Kiunakaeli  elajumool  ain'kamelamoon 
aniapchi,  mech  ankewi  echk  kedwi  nech. 

Nakwet  tan  Nixkam  nukwatudau 
makamigueu,  kii&nakacli  ebedokchidak 
elnook  ai  abigibedak. 

Lnook  tan  deli  eulejultigik,  kil  Nix- 
kam  abikchiktok. 

Kil  Chakmawin  Jechuch  kej  al  wen,  ^uli~ 
delemk  chichpajwekadik  epultigik  yap- 
chiu.    Amen. 


Offert — Wechaknaamiek  Jechu-Klit 
kejamnkchudiktook  tedli  ^leguewin ;  lok 
elajumnlek  k'ugi  natkMan  uschijakmijwai 


452 

m'cliet  tanik  elajudmewinook  nepkik  wen 
inaj6kcmekadiktook,  a*  lami  kUchpemik- 
took,  egwidagik,  elajumulek  kugi  ket- 
tunanMan  waischemiktook    nakela  tok 
yaptalkek  mu  nachembeg^lach  waguela ; 
mu  nigidatich  yapchiu  p'keniktook.  Tok 
melwich  Michel  k'chi  Aimchalewit  nagi 
nphtebunnkewalach  t^n  tedli  uli  pakta 
dek,  nan  chak  delabugu^ehep  k'tignem- 
wan  Ablaham  sJc  tanik  net  wegi  nscbi- 
gultigik.    Ypattamulek,  Nixkatn,  k'uli- 
dedemwinen  nala  deli  p'kidnemuloguel, 
deli  elajumuleguel,  sJc  deli  mawi  emto- 
kwalneguel:  nan    nschiech    menakatcli 
k'teulaman  nakela  nschi^akmijwa  tanik 
kichkook  wedm6demakecli  n'nenwid^l- 
imanen  p'kwadu  tok,  N'Chakmam,  nakela 
luktalkidanau    n'pwakaniktook  yapchiu 
m'chedanemitich    uchkiginndi.      *  Nan 


453 


ikwen 
pemik- 
gi  ket- 
la  tok 
iguela ; 
k.  Tok 
it  nagi 

pakta 
iignem- 
L  uschi- 
i,  k'uli- 
iloguel, 
L  emto- 
lakatcli 
a  tanik 
nwidM- 
,  nakela 
ppchiu 

*  Nan 


chak  delabugu^chep  ktignemuau  Abla- 
ham  ai  tanik  net  wegi  uchkiginultigik. 


SANCTUS. 
Kchi  chab^win,  KcM  chab^win,  Kchi 
chabe  win  ChakmawinNixkapi  Chabaoth ; 
wajok  ak  makamigu^u  mechta  wajude- 
guel  deli  kcheguelmukchin.  Hochanna 
kpedaik  uschi  uschedawin.  Kopmi  mwi- 
walkugicb  tan  Kijoolk  wijuniktook 
wetkimooch.  Hocbanna  kpedaik  nschi 
uschedawin. 

At  the  Elevation. 
Wigupcbik  tok  n'chakmaminei^  tan 
tedli  kelnuge  nschijakmijua  yg^ch  ula- 
bedemenau  nan  pigili  abchietimkeweik- 
took  tedli  nkedemwiek.  Wekigidakani- 
nel,  Nixkam  eulid^ten,  pagaj6ten,  mena- 
kage6ten.  Kil  nugi  eulid^daguen  ann- 
cKema   ba  delwigin,    mu    edook    kigi 


* 


454 


enlegwijatulook  nakela  deli  m'dwi  k'chi- 
nuguditich.  Jechueh  David  ukwigel, 
eulid^lem  uschegueuplikwij^l  sik  yapchi- 
ulodiktook  eimen  \k\. 


AGNUS  DEI. 
Eil  K'chi  Nixkam  uchiclikelweuchi- 
chem  nugi  KchegMAnel  elnwi  padanntu- 

dil  eulidelem. 

Kil  K'chi  Nixkam  uchichkelw^uchi- 
chem  nugi  Kcheg^tiinel  elnwi  padanntu 
dil  eulidelem. 

Kil  K'chi  Nixkam  uchichkelwu^clii- 
chem  nugi  Kcheg^tiinel  elnwi  padanntu- 
dil,  ignemu  wakela  ukichkatpultinau 
yapchi  wanntak6diktook. 


Comm.  Wajok  nudemap  wfedewatok, 
delimik  ewikigu^,  weleguik  tanik  kijul- 
kwiktook  tedli  nepkik,  negufech  ba  dele- 


455 


vi  k'chi- 

ikwigel, 

yapchi- 


Iweuchi- 
idanntu- 

Iw^uchi- 
adauntu 

slwu^clii- 
adanntu- 
jpultinau 


iewatok, 

ik  kijul- 

ba  dele- 


chip  uliadlachemwetidak  deli  eluguditip^ 
'In  okoch  nujuguagwitigel  nkigidaka- 
nwal.  Welmedok  man  punabenook 
nenwi  delman,  winagnudemakanel  mam 
n'judmugool. 


BEFORE  THE  CORPSE. 
Lok  edook  chek  wen  d^lidagich,  ne- 
gu^ch  well  mimagi,  mokw^ch  'In  ba  tami 
n'tininnk  tedli  k'chi  mugwinook ;  net  nan. 
egelek  mu  kenek  elianootch  n'pekijau. 
kchin;  menak  kiunakach  nenwela  chiir 
n'nedawi  wichkegin,  tan  delecLip  pok- 
tamkiakn'neclitwid^gin,  nan  uachit  kedel 
hei  echk  mu  kech  paukmik  chiu  kalabich 
lok  p'kigedau.  Mu  nan  k'telidagiu,  ni- 
gen,  nemidoon  okoch  chiau  deli  n  taw- 
n'putiku  n'pwakan  telpi  madnagwitich 
mijwachichk  ak  kigigook.  Negwech 
kinu  wen  lok  welek  ulanook  tchiptook, 


466 

kizn^,  chabonook  utkedakaniktook  pe- 
mMaden  tchM  kil  kichkook  deli  ulauk- 
chin,  tcliiptbok  t'punook  k'chijakmich 
Kijoolk  wigudemulitau.  Tchel  negu^ch 
'ula  kigmenu  deli  k'chibiloot  pem^loot 
utkedalau,  deliach  mu  nugooch  nedaweuk, 
deliach  mu  kigi  n'dawi  maj^took  wilnu 
k'keltilkunenu  mecli  chkadu  dfeliginnk, 
wegi  p^ke  n'chedemuku  kedwi  delimul 
kool,  eln  ichtekeeh  kinu  wenel  ^lagel : 
kichkook  nil,  chabonook  kil. 


THE  LIBERA. 

To  he  sung  in  carrying  the  Corpse  to  the  Cemetery. 

Midatwi  Nixfcam,  yapchiunemajodi  * 
nan  delechip  peg^.  guich — ^kenemeik,  nan 
okoch  dMechip  wajok  rJc  makamigueu 
nenematudex,  siJc  nagi  ylchnmadex  nep- 
kebenik  ai  wechkiginultigik,  net  nan  elp 
makamigueu  nagi  nukwatudex.    Nan  ba 


4it 


)ok  pe- 

ii  ulauk- 

jakmich 

Degu^ch 

lem^loot 

daweuk, 

)k  wilnu 

^liginnk, 

delimul 

.  yagel: 


nnetery. 

majodi  * 
leik,  nan 
:amigueu 
iex  nep- 
t  nan  elp 
Nan  ba 


ilaKtiK^t  i§Md^4^Kijbr^  ngaitidi  t» 
elnook  im  <!ecHti<*h  iikibidwaderf'#^ 
ktmdajtk»#ii  At  ch<ft6  yapcbigulch^ 
kenemidekchiiii.  -^^^  Naitt  ddecbip.^^k- 
kam  ignemu  irefe%etK^  WkitakoJtltiiti 
a*  yapchiulodik,  uteimenau  melkidamu- 

lek. "  maem,  mH' ■  "^  - -■■^y  ^^ ' -  •- 

On  Uyinpihe  cofpie  ii^MeprmfeJ'*^    •  * 
Kef^kinimi^k  im  ininwi  p'kiradel- 
widau,    kegidu    kedwi    kechpiguichkek 
lamkammook  uschi   nemjachidech.     At 
n'tininiktook  d^lnemmiach  Nixkam  nuch- 
tawikoon,     Negueum  ba  nemiach  nil,  mu 
apch  wen ;  ai  wala  |^guigool  tedokra- 
madal.     Nan  kliil&ak  melkid^dem,  a.k 
mech  n'kamelamnnfl^took  delkik  guida- 
dan.    LoJc  negu^ci,|  Nixkam,  edamulek 
nakela  k'ulnenwid^tiiWk'chichpajweka- 
dik,  eikik.    Kugi  natkalan  tan  tedli  kel- 
39 


ragl  Nan  negu^cb  nakchi  ecbkibediiticb 
d«lkikk'tealidi^mw»a,  Mo/fwechapch 
MidiVJultiiik,  ohik  tok  wigupohik  kene- 
miikoon  wajok  tan  tedli  meohwamcbkik 
n^gtt^b  yapcbiuloboltigik., 


will 


"  Betuming.—*  Cbabeulti^^,  deli  nati- 
ticb  tok  n'teUnen  (2),  a*  wakela  deli 
kecbpi  ucbkigiaultiticb,  tobiptopk  nil  ig- 
aemmmk  n'tdi  kecbpi  nobkij^wiii- .. 


**#- 

1 

it     / 

«• 

t  , 

.< ,  _ 

»  t    *       y    '    • 

^ ''  ,i 

'  .. 

..,, 

';                             •                       .,.     .-    ? 

'  ■    *^  fl^» 

ii 

''lir4^^ia:>«aHBI 

m  ' 

fifS^'v 

^ 

?,    .4.        vi.v       III 

* 

.      >;       I    ' 


•a-' 


*f^ 


mmm 


■         M     }• 

jhapch 
mcbkik 


^11  nati- 
ela  deli 
k  nil  ig- 


tIV*^ 


mif\i 


M* 


.  •     ■■a 


APLACHEMUDIGUICHKEK   MEl- 
AULAKWEY. 

Yespera  and  Complin  in  Micmao. 

Nuscbinen  wajok  ©bin,  Ac.  Kulein 
Mali,  Ac. 

F.  Nixkam  Hh  nadabugunaemwi. 

It.  N'chakmam  tok  n'kajadfedemwi 
k'tygalin. 

Tto  deli  kpminn  chedoifechich  meek 
Vegwigit  ejc  Buachit  *  aA;  wegi  i|li 
Nixkam.     ' 

■  -  -  ■  , 

Mech  neguech  deji  k'pminn  chedoifc- 
chioh  *  aA?  nm  pwnianootch  elmiak  kep- 
minn  ph^owan.    Alleluia  (AH.,  AIL) 


■•  ,^ 


460 


Ps.  109. — Dixit  Dominus. 

K'chi  chakmi^  dfeBmacli^nel  n'chak- 
mamel,  *  ejbacfai  nttikiakanlc* 

Delechip  rfp^^adwah  pic^agidelmech- 
kik,  *  kteukchibugw^chin. 

K'chi  chakmau  uscliatudatt  slunek 
k'mechla  k'chidelinegnen ;  *  m'cheda 
yaljugi  megwMk  tanik  kedannchkik. 

Ch^k  deM  mecbta  yeljngin  netniktiltau 
nakw^k  t4n  nemuliten  delik'chegtielraiik- 
chin  megwaik  yapchiu  nloholtigik,  *  nil 
kljulap  n'tininnk '  w^gigiun  echkumenak 
auktadaben  kigidachigwek. 

Kchi  cliaktnau  witemagichp,  a^  "v^ite- 
'bajudi  mu  kigi  p'chokwianook ;  *  Mel- 
kichedek  deli  patlialchewichp,  HI  mel- 
Wich  yapchiti  dSli  Patlialchewin.  ^^' 
^  KcM  btaMftu  k'tinakank  eik,  *  cBe- 
wichtaletka  Megufewilitka  negnela  liak- 
wek  wegaid^dek. 


.^ 


Megwaik  eidan,  yalchumadau  I'mi, 
pfegfgwicli  kenemwada;  ♦  pig  welnldal 
uchkitkemook  chegwichkekemwach  una- 
giwal. 

Utauklik  kchichibu  uphtechamugwe- 
dau ;  *  nkn  detp  uschi  nemctkwachidan. 
Tan  deli  k'pminn,  &c 


Pb.    110. — COXTFTTEBOB  TIBL 

Nechakmam^  tan  delidaye,  tell  kchi- 
^mtokwakitech  chabeultigik  eimitich ;  * 
ai  tan  tedli  nugi  mawiemk*    . 

Kijoolk  ukigidakanel  m^chkiguel ;  * 
deli  nil  d^tkechenel  deli  negagiguel. 
.^  MUkigidakan'l  m'chet  emtokwalchel,  ^ 
keguin waltook  tan  deli  k'cludelmitkohit;* 
yapchiu  aptedek  elmignenik  tan  deli 
chebfewit. 

K'chi  chakmau  nugi  eulidedaguet,  &h 

annch^na  ba  nugi  kejalwet,  pekwadok- 
39* 


,M*&^a.:i 


^^w 


ebep  uta^teijen  elmiguenik  ta«  d6li  fchi 
jtc'^etok^bep;;  *^negaela  eschemadek  t&nj^^ 
tchlbalcliabenika. 

Ma  yapchiu  kigi  punid^lmakwi  tani 
ylagumacb^ni ;  *  p^aptedak  tanlk  ewaigi 
4eli  m'cbegiiigael  ukigidakan'l, 

DMecMp  pekidneDawach  oheguewi 
Inook  utialiguemwal ;  *  ukigidakanel 
kedlaw<&I,  air  mn  kigi  Miiaptememegael. 

Jagi^^guel  m'chet  tan  d^kimulkool, 
iau  yapchiu  kigi  metkidememegnel  ked- 
laweiktook  okoch,  *  ai  chabeudiktook 
kigibugwatagigmeL-^  ^  t^:   '  ^ 

Kick  elkimacbenel  tanel  uscbedawieda 
waigi;  ""^  delid^tkech  okoch  yapchiu 
umelekten  t4ii  deli  ylagutkechp. 
^  Kejwitukehit,  sJc  tchibalwitukchit  ke* 
nixkamlnu,  *  tchibalach  wen  kenixkami- 
nal  wegi  pkogi  chab^wit 

Mchet  titnik  delmetttttich,  nakela  mawi 


pichkft^ad0mHict  uscht^oavau ;  * .  tok 
mu  kigi  punabenootch  yapchiu  ukte^m^- 
j|pkwal]kqginkni:d5;aminu.,^     ,    ,    j  y 

ai  poktakid^tk  ukichkajatoonj  JAa   d4- 

:.f  JTehkitkajnook  t^li  JcVOiidiim 
^.>^%%W^;  *  twaik  okoch  jagigmedi^ 
tiligi  w^gigultigik   m^ch   pemul6d^^V 

j^ji^'^bamook   cl^udi    ^Ay  mifejidi  mi^ 

poon  kalkugool ;  t%U  iagigjpedpk^iS^ 
punabenook^^il^^l^^y^,^^  ^^^^^ ^. ^^^^ ;. ^ 

,  JCijodlk  megwM  pk^jii^to(^,  te^y  qhe- 
gawat  icht^kech  wejukonemakan  wfejok- 
watwacheni  k'eik watmedutiligi ;  *  nugi 


164 


.chafefeWif  /'^-■■';  '  ^  ^^.^** 

Ulfedau  tan  niiiK^lf  yiafeaa|ti^f^ 

nugi  emkadwiket,  ai  jagigiiiiieg^^tM  tan 

fechel ;  *  n^n  uphtabMau  mu  kigi  nene- 

m^an. 

Ja^giiiedot  m^n  puniabenooK  unenwi- 

dfelman ;  *  winagnudeitielcaiielmlkii  a'chu- 

Kichkatkwitk  ukamelamoon  Wjulkik 
Mkirf ;  ^  mett^witk  €^611 '  M'^  ba  kigi 
liiAjalcit  1^  tchel  temk  memeguidfelmada 
tiint'kedannclii.  ■^^-■^'■'^^^^^  M^^' 

Mechta  nemwachp  utapchudil  eulo- 
KJtiligi ;  *  deli  nu^  ^^egii^'  y^)^iu 
iaptedek  elmigtienik  uckabkidimel  nep- 
chanerawaden  yapchiulodikt(3k:Si.  i^^^^ ; 
't^Padantok  n«miadal,  ttin  iischiedau 
^^klv^ito,  *  titeftielog#e8i^<iilf  tischiga- 


465 


Iddak  im  deU  winidaj^ltitich,   ,      , j  ,  ^ 


f 


'■HI.  I       '    \.i;'.  '.-"'  !     V?*f 

^  1^  .112. — Latoatbi  pubbj.    -^ 
Uli  emdokwatook  k'cha^maimuy,  kilau 
wenakt^bepich  ktiniae^au ;  *  emtokwex 
aemook  k'clii  chakmati  tan  delwigich. 

Kuo6lk,  tan  delwigit  m^cli  negn^ch 
emtoKwalkugicn ;  *  ah  mu  feigi  punia- 
nootch  emtokwali^.     ,        ,  ,  ;  ^ 

Wfetkidemek  ciagaweich,  ^afabieli  tAn 
tedli  kalkwacLiet,  *  mawi  medokwadem- 
wanech^  k'chi  chakma^  t6n  delwigich. . 
^^  M'c^  ^^pinem%cheli^  ic^ak- 

mm  pagiginiBpcliidMmukc|dt,  ♦  a^pagigi 
wajok  napchiik  t^  d<^jl^^kVlii|li^chiyt, . 
^^  Wen  da  tetpjguilMgel  k'chi  chakmal 
PaixkAminaL  stVKi  fe 


rx^  ■^■"^'^'VWh   ■^y 


vvi  rfy,Siiy%' 


lAm- 


4m 


wajok  ai  makamigtiek  tfel^t  elaMcMgel. 

Nkn  negueum  cliigachfew^triktook  we- 
j41agel  eul^ligel;  *  sJc  epkenakaniktook 
wfegi  n6pch4%el  wikwaneinaligeL 

^Upht^bunkewaian  t^n  tecjli  chakmaul- 
tigik  *  yaljum&tigi  ^wai^. 

Ifto  negueum  pekwMwach  <^  mf|. 
igcl  mu  neiniakuDel  unemian;^ai 
Ticlikewian   delectip  nenuach  uniginng 
pigwelnich. 
,  Tm  deli  k'pminn,  %c. 


w 


^ 


'1 


'•:^W^l  ff-j^^ 


-  KM 


B.  113.— In  Exmi  XsRAEt?^^-*^ 
IdilaiBl  wegi  twied^k  l^tc^,-  *  a£ 
Jacob  unigitk  ine^aifc  wfegitwidatidcfk 
^egtleJa  elnWi  pQwfega.  *. 

'^   K'cM  Mxkam  cfelec%  nennkkneina- 


m 

tuchebenek  utelegttfiwiiek.  ^  ^,^^^ 

Abajtt  ii^miach<3inel,  sJ^  w^imujk^k- 

ck€|) ;  *  tclwi  Juldftin  ^pch  kobeguitkech. 
Penje^enel  d^%'ckQkwakchebei|iguel 

iditekiyeh  yabak  chichkelwi^ihik  j  *^ 

piSwai^tud  ichtekiBcli  chichkelweuchik 

\.^,  JKo^wey   uschit,  abakfcip,  wegimuki- 
chep,  chkadu,    *    kil,  Juldain  kpkirei 
usohk  deli  ap(5lr|xxbegjidn4chep?.      ^ 
.,>  J^;0k|f:inf  jj^cHt  p'chft- 

kultiokchep  ichtekech  yabdk  chicbkel- 
M^E^]^ ;  *  aft  telau  pidwakatg4j4  Mte- 
keck  ©bichkelwiuckik  wyaawa? 

Makamigu^u  ma|i5i5J||^^c||ib%^}| .  ^^^ 
chakmau  mfechwachidek;  *  mfechwacki- 
d^  eta  J^eob  upp^kamal« 

Nin     nigueum     cliibwatokqhebenef 


,.A.3.'.  .    ..   i- 


I '  \. 


nek  kaMopchbfeeKSw^^^'  -h-ff^hil,v4 
Sftt  ntdhl  liftjhi  atnoock'  tfchakniftm, 
rrteintokiraddchtoii;  '^%t:  ♦  1^!  tkel- 
wielr  kt^ij^obtt  t^diiil&ie^bkwalktiri^^ 

llkkaptagiiitte  deli  mfecMa  erfidfed^fieiiii 
sJc  tkn  deli  kedlawein ;  *  ai  tan  degiii^ 
mikcMticli*  mu  k'tiiku,  taini  unixkami^al 

Kmu  k'iiiik^inii  tr^k'  %ife;  *  lum 
dcdi  Mchta  dfetkecfc^df  i%iddktA^e- 

*'Cfcegtiewt  '^^    nktdhiwoktafifftM 

chuliewM,  iBik  nj^Wicliitliitrel ;  *  chife  ba 

nkla  elnwi  kigidikan^         ^ .        U  M 

Wedunultigtk  chkadd  mn  kigi  kelu^ 

weDkifirultijs^k  debeddok  Inn 


jultik; 

iigi  nemidak^i^tip. 

Wechkidunwakanultififik  chkadu  mu 


469 


kigi  nddmMk ;  ♦  Vidttultigik,  cuKaau 
m^n  wettun j^atftik.  ^^""^  ^         '  ^ 

Weptennltigik,  chkadu  ix&Mm  ^ 
m'thenemntitik,  wegadnltigik,  chkadu  inu ' 
kigi  pemid^kwi;  *  aj  deliach  w^chldu^ 
utiltigik  mech  mu  kigi  n'taudink. 
^'*Tani  kigigwitigi  tok  elwatlch,  *  a*' 
delechip  tanik  nat^l  61i  kedlamchedeth- 
utigik.  '^ 

Ichlael  wig  tleg  kijulkool  elidAjulti- 
tichenel;  *  ii^wegi  t^hidunkwitigel, 
a^  elp  whgi  abngunnemagwitigel.  ' 

Alon  wig  t'leg  kijulkool  elidajultttf.^ 
(3ieil^;^^^-Mii  wfegi  tWdiinkwitigel, 
a^-  elp  wigi  abngunnemagwitigel.  ^^* 

K'ehakmaminu  teni  tchibalchi  m^cli 
pemilidajultiHchenika  kchichakmaka ;  * 
Eite  ^%i  tchidunkwitigel,  ai  elp  abu- 
gunnemagwitigel. 


\  ■   it 


40 


JJl'ohi    chak  lau    kich    nenwidMmul. 
koochp,  *  aA:  kiunakach  w^leiulkoochp. 
;  KJiuoakach  wa^iwachenika  Ichla^  wig 
tel^a:    *    kiunakach     weleiwachenika 
Aloa  wig  telega. 

Kiunak^j2l\  w^lfeiwachenika  m'chet 
t^innka  tchibalchebenika ;  *  aphchegni- 

Kehichakmau  pemipiliuiyulotcli  ki- 
1^  *  kflau  6ta,  ^  kenijanwa. 

|?^lk  uHdetch  kuleigunau,  *  uku 
negueum  kigidokohep  wajok  a*  maka- 
npiigpeu. 

l,FoMli  k'pedaik  wajok  kyoalk  eik;  * 
chladu  ignemwachp  elnwi  unijinnk  uch- 
kitkampok  ut^im^liui. 

Yapehineguik,  n'chakmam,  jnu  kigi 
medokwalnook^  *  eJc  i^ichejb,  tanik  yapchiu 
waftiokmiguek  kill  nigidagik. 

Chkadu    ninen   pemi    uchkiginultiek 


^i^r^map 


emtokwalket    n*chakmaminen    neguioh 

delechip,  ♦  a*  yapchiu  elmiguenik. 
Tan  deli  k'pminn,  &e. 


Pa  116.— Laudate  Domintjm  Omites 

Gbntes,  <fea  ,  / 

Messiwi  Alaanb^took  pepemk^mighfek 
pfemkantam^ku  *  8angmAiiw61moku  mes- 
siwi kisitt^ku.  ^ 
Nan'kwitchu,  Ac— p.  146. 


.\  .^ 


CAPITULUM.  ^^ 

Ichlael  pM  tchikt^n:  k'chi  ehakm«n 
k'nixkaminu  neukti  chakmawit;  ffl*ehet 
tAn  delkik  k'kamelamoon  m'ehet  t&nMel- 
kik  k'chijakmich ;  slJc  m'chet  ikn  dilidau ; 
deli  k'chaladex  k'chakmam  k'nixkam ;  aJk 
nala  delchedemeDel  aptededal  FkamMa- 
liiuuiktook:   tchel-kik-kiek  katnAcWnel 


4t2 


jr^i^pel,  kigi  ^'p^^J  flaichiuel,  ai  nenya- 
chinel,  mecb  nala  pemanDkideltex. 
R.  Kegi  abchi^kpQ^  l|eipxkaminu. 

KEDABEGUIEMKEWEI. 
Je<Jhu3  nenkti  peikwelkchidM  tonkchin, 
Tan  delidaye  deli  kchidelmool : 
i    Tan  deli  megmd^lmukchiii, 
-*^*  Cblk  ba  n'kndi  k'pfmid^demenech, 
ITchda  deli  k'chigidelmanAeh, 
Tan  d^leclip  uniechta  yaljudegiien ; 
Nugooch  puni  k'pmidMmanech, 
Mechet  tan&  kepmidMmugik. 
Kil  chik  neuktegin  yapchiu, 
,f    Mechta  k'mid^lmulinech,  - 

1^   D^chek  k'mwiwademulinen,  Nixkam, 
^  V  Kepmid^lmukchin  k'nau  demi  uleiwi- 
^i-        .  nen';    ^       .^  .  ^y- 

Jf  eguda  ketch  p^da  elnwiekp, 
In  CObiguendgyiidi  k'ugi  unijanwidfelminen 


Mt8 


W^i  p'chili  mwiMnek  '*^t 

Yapcokilodiktook  k't^ljuminen. 

M6ch  tok  mu  uschiwianootch, 
Nixkam,  k'teulidyminen 
Mu  k't^Uamin  n'chakmaminen 
Lw^udiktook  mu  n'telkulchinen. 

Kil  wajok  aife  makam^eu  ^ 

Mechta  yalj  udemen,  Nixkam  w^gwlgiti 
Ka  Euschin,  9tk  wegi  uli  Nkkam^win, 
Kil  n'kudi  Nichijudm  mawi  kminch^ 

dnlek.  Amm. 

y.  Pku  deH  unak^  k:pedat<jh  kuckk»- 

look.  ^  >^ 

JR.  Elp,  n^chakmam  n'delietch  tkn  d^A 
elajumool* 

Mzne.—  V.  Pku  kedmcjqgel  n'ttliidek 

unakekpedak  k'tininuk^l. 

^  M.  Elpi    n'chakiham    ddi    uuaki^cli 

n'telajudmakanim. 

^/i^.— -Jfecriu-klit     n«nkti     m'kid«em- 
40* 


4t4 

i 

wechp  utinin  ukak^  chig\r4twan  pigwel- 
nigi  utelw^udiwal :  apch  m^chw^hidau, 
chkadu  lw6udil  m4n  neiuptugool :  chik 
eta  nagi  uscheda  wiedak  tani  echkib^chi. 


v^ 


Cantix  Magnificat.— Loke  1, 

Nchijakmich  kektook  *  tchipkalmagel 
n'chakmamel.  >        1^^ 

hh  kiunakach  w^hkewid^i  *  yjul- 
kHFiktook  nwiehtawikoon. 

Keuook  okoch  n'pepchidelnmkchin,  * 
HE^h  ebkada  ^labachichp  n'tinin,  nan 
nschiedan  m'chet  pemigultigik  uktinau, 
kidein.  :    .     ,      V 

Eln  okoch  tan  moiwech  nedawi  mfe- 
isbikook  mechkiguel  deleiwigel ;  *  ?:igu- 
eum  okoch  wijoon  pagigi  kchidyrtfjnk. 
j^  Pemiftgiak  elp  ukteulidMrnan  pemigut 
tiligi,  *  tani  tchibalchi. 
s«*  Kfck  aeroidcffiikechp  deli  guenachp  * 


4t5 

«gigai    legttimachem    tani    wechamidM- 
jultiligi. 

Utuktubudiwak  w^giktukchalagi  * 
kchiciakmaultiligi  kpedawalacheni  aph- 

K'cbialigal  wadjwatwacheni  kewijalti- 
ligi,  *  a*  mUejultiligi  wikwanemokonik- 
took  yg^lacheni. 

Menakach  tchidunaebenal  Ichlaelal 
unijanel,  *  utchit  nenwidfetkech  tdn  deli 
eulid^daguecL 

,^.DeUmachenika  okoch  kuschinakak,  * 
Ablabamal,  ai  tfta  d^chitiqh  A|>I^imiek 
peini  uschigultaidak  elmiguenik. 

Tka  ddi  k'pminn,  Ac 

V.  JK.  chi  chakmait  tkweiatokch. 

H.  K'tyalidajwakan  e|p  teggtch, 


ELAJUDMANECH. 

Kil  Nixkamewin  wegiguendtich  elida- 


476 

jiiltigik  k'tinin :  tok  p'kwadedemwin  deK 
elajumuleguel :  Puregunnemwin  n'ke- 
jaulkunen  a^  ii''ki':ihkajatunen  tanel  del- 
kimieguel,  nan  nsehiech  n'uli  d^lminen 
jagigui  chkedulek.  Xil  okocL  mu  abngan- 
n^mwiwek  geloltiguekp  •elnwiek :  nan 
kiunakach  wegi  hyppatamnlek  k'kuisch 
Jechu-klit  n'chakmaminen. 
M.  N'delietch. 


FOR  ST.  ANN. 

Ant  Lia  eJc  Lache!  neguela  kitk  ^pit- 
kik  Ichlael  wig  h\\  dtiticbenek,  n^n  wegi 
uli  pemagnimk  ugicbenik.  Kil  chkadu 
pagigiechp  kchidMmulinen,  utchit  kil 
fepid^wiktook,  neukt^gin  k'chi  kpedaik 
eik  w^gi  elidachep :  tan  oioch  wenijanin, 
nan  utelamilook  eiwachenel  mfechta  usche 
dawieligel. 


477 

V.  Kil  ba  kijoolk  uphpiden  melkigu- 
enawalchkechp. 

II  Nan  uschit  ^apchiu  mu  kigi  puna- 
benook  kipemulddachjii, 

y^  JBHajuSmumclL 
Kchi  Nixkara,  kil  cbenn  Annok  igne- 
machebena  uphkwigai  Jifftjial,  nan  n^gu- 
eum  uphkwichebeiiel  Jechti^klial  k'chak- 
maminal,  n'doko  nan  k'kwicb  neuktiguit ; 
elajumulek  k'pkwadedemwinen  t^n  del- 
tawalchewinamet  n^n  kichkook  nenwi- 
delmaket,  nkn  kiunakach  whgi  happatta- 
mulek,  &c. 


WELAKWEY. 
Complin  in  JfficmctCk 

Y.  Ifchakmam,  abugunnemwi  nulgu- 
idemen. 

Kchichakmau  inoiwk5li  nedawi  me- 
chikook  ignemulkootch  kwanntaketpo- 
koneminenu  ai  k'uli  k'chipiuchkiginulti- 
nenu.    j£.  N'deliech. 

Mu  k'uchamptemook  tan  kilunu,  dk 
chkemak,  Tn  okock  tan  nugi  k'tanulok 
Mendu  chiau  awiaku  ok  ichtekech  wais 


479 

chem  pachkdktamigel  agipehidok  wenel 
uchegwichkeman  melkenemook  tok  tan 
deli  kedlamchedemok,  uschiech  k'melki. 
bagwid^nau,  mu  k'pepcheiagunau.  Kil 
chkadu  k'chi  chakmau,  eulid^lmin. 

a*  Kegi  abchiulkootch  kenixkaminu. 

V.  Kchakoiamiau  wijoon  nan  kucL* 
tokoninu. 

JS.  Tan  kigi  dokchep  wajok  ak  ma- 
kamigneu. 

Kchi  Nixkam  kU  wechtawiekchep ; 
k'nininnkel  ignemwin  ntelichkidedAaen, 
&k  deli  anadelmieguel  tchigueUtwin* 

Nixkam  nedabugunnerawi:  n'chakmam 
tok  kejadedemwi  k'uigalin. 

Tan  deli  k'pminn,  c&c. 


480 


*  Ps.  102.— Benedio,  Ac. 

N'chijakmich  yamootch  medokwal 
k'chakmam ;  *  a^  tan  n'telikmidek  eik, 
elp  mwidedemwach  delwigilich. 

N'chijakmicli  yamootch  medokwal 
k'chakmam,  *  slJc  mu  k'punagidMemutan 
deli  ulachkechenel. 

Negneum  okoch  n^n  abikchiktemach- 
kel  deli  winnmedunel,  *  al;  nejatachkel 
deli  wennmagibenenel. 

W6gi  p'kwadelk  kuchkiginudi  n'pwa- 
kaniktook ;  *  m'chet  awiatachkel  uteuli- 
delchudil  ak  uchabeudimeL 

Deli  pawatkenel  in^chta  tachkel  ul6dil 
kak^pkidenemacbkel,  *  minoonk  kuchki- 
ginudi  ichtekech  kitpool  minunagel. 

Kenixkaminau  tani  elajumchi    emel- 

*  NoTE.'^'The  Micmacs  usually  aing  Ps.  102  at  the  com* 
mencement  of  the  Complin,  and  omit  Ps.  30. 


481 

cWktemiticli  tin  deli  dulidelmegwitieh  ;♦ 
agideiulel  wagi  tani  mu  nedan  uplikai 
ma^  winimugel. 

Moychal  ignemwachp  tminemelin  tAn 
delkimoochp,  *  a*  tan  delideikechp  ig- 
nemwachp Ichlaelek  wegi  galtaigt  un^ 
tfemelin* 

K'chi  chakmau  nugi  enlid^dagnet,  a>& 
kegi  k'cbalwet ;  *  mu  na*  cbadddemook 
unemajod^nen,  chkadu  k«gi  enlidilket. 
^  Man  yapcbiu  uphkaiwakwi  tani  ewai- 
gi^  *  ai-  man  yapchiu  winlumwakwi. 
•^^  Ked€l  ba  mu  deleiuloak  deli  Iwkit 
tiku,  *  ^h  mu  deli  unnageiulukoochp  d«|. 
Mk  deli  winnmediiku.  , 

Delkadatitich  wajok  a^  makami^eu,  ^ 
elp  nan  ba  delkik  deli  eulidelmaohp  tani 
tchibalchebeni 

Elp  adkaltiticfa  chagawanek  *  ay&  kal- 

41 


Si 


4M 


kwaehienek  deli  midatulkool   ktelwda- 


Ln  deli  eulidymacli  wen  unminnk. 
n'delp  kcfaichakmaminu  dMi  eulidelifiagi 
tiini  ohiboiGlitagi ;  *  kijo6Ik  okoch  nngul- 
tikwel  deligeleika. 

Nenwidetkechp  anchema  ba  ebik 
n'tupkwanindnu,  at  deli  n'kejak  mechki- 
gool  deli  B'kejadiguel  k'nakweminal;  * 
wajw^  deli  n'kiejak  ^tk  deleikn. 
'  Ln  n'tialidjijult^ina  chik  ba  man  p'kigi 
tkweiulodc,  *  man  okoch  p'kida|ultiku, 
nugooch  man  Benwid^demiyta  tan  edla- 
kidmiitikoojk.  n*^i 

Chkadu  kijoolk  chak  m^ch  kegieoli- 
dedaguet,  *  a^  man  ptmabenook  uteuli- 
^^Iman  tani  tckibaleliidagi. 

A^  peikwachidau  utetpeiwan  unijan- 
-twi^  ^  tanik  jagigui  Fdiddemitich  tan 


A^  taoik  kegi  n'pwidedemitlch  uH 
kichkajatunau  ♦  taa  ddkimkwiticb. 

Kijoolk  wajok  edli  kijatokchep  ukich- 
kat  pichin ;  *  at  tan  eik  m*cliet  kokwd 
uschi  yaljuttal. 

XJli  m'dokwalook  k^nixkaminD,  kilau 
wedanchal^mich  ktinin^wau, .  kilau  pei- 
kwanemok  melkigaenddi ;  *  k'kiohkaj^. 
tunau  delkimuJok.      ..    ,i  ...^   x.   ^.^ 

Mawi  m\iokwalook  k'nixkifcrninu,  Idlau 
wedoWwiBflicli  k'tininewau,  ♦  ai  unakii- 
bemich  k'tininewau,  2ik  kegi  chkedwok.  i 
Nugooch  kilau  m'chet  wekigidakaaich 
k'tininewau  medokwalook  Fchakmam- 
ittu,  m'chet  t4n  tedliak  utyaljugin;  * 
n'chijakmich  yamooch  medokwal  feehak- 
mam. 

Tao  deli  k'pminn,  &c. 


■■nniil 


m4t 


Ua   rl  Bit  *4i?r^CFif  Inyocarbm,  Ao^  A 

f  7 

Negiidft  -meg^bnegnek  kijoolk  tiugi 
ygdit,  pm  *»  ^elecliip  euliehtwip  *  ke- 
^el  hi  'Sixkwm.  wenmagidf^hianek  aem 
laguijatwip. 

V  V  Eulidelmi,  *  aJ  eulichtemwi  n'tel^gud- 
makaiieiii. 

-^t^llaii  Inook  wenifaniticlL  ktininewau 
talechip  k'kamelamunwii  k'chegud^kon 
dedau  ?  *  k^kwei  naeliit  medechkwakan 
kejaulnds;,  ai  eokchwak  onwigwajapte- 
mookt  , 

*l  ;£a  debedook  k'chigidook  Kgoolk  n^n 
B^aeum  deli'  idi  k'chamugwalachenel 
tichanjit&aiaBl;  *^  mech  ba  Kijoolk  euli- 
dbitwidau  kigi  ^Ikotiaiktak. 

Uphkaik  chkada  mu  k'pad^tegueop, 
m'clieg61tik  echk  /elijdtiok,  *  taa  jiemi 
n^kw^k  tedli  winid^jultiokcliep  k^kame* 
latuuQwak. 


485 

Kijoolk  peguidnemook  mdch  k'alata- 
kadinau,  m^ck  elp  kenixkaminu  melkt. 
delmook :  kakkeichigik  6gik:  ♦  wea  do 

p'kwadwinamedau  nenemidunen  kedla- 

wei  ulodil? 

■  ■■■■■  ^v 

K'chiehk  deli  paktadiek,  Nixkam  nU 
ninonak  tedli  keguinugwidacUk ;  *  n'do- 
ko  kil  n'kamelamuniktook  ygatoop  usch- 
kewidajudi, 

Kedanitkik  wegi  pigneli^chenik  utchit 
Inirn  tan  njegenemitich  kuleumkool,  * 
megop^k,  a*  mim^.  ,  ^, 

'Nil  chkadu  uli  n'padech,  *  eJc  nan 
nschi  wanntak^  adlachemidecli ; 

I^i'denaa  kil,  n'ehakmam,  *  kiunakack 
melkalip  echkibejudiktook.  ,    . 

Tan  deli  k'pminn,  &c. 


rr^- 


Ps.  90. — Qui  habitat,  <feo. 


J         Tl      1 


,   1  -W-W^U  m 


i-aa.  xeoiaisatic  JvijooJk  utechkemakane- 
41* 


486 


ntlktook,  *  net  nUa  feekinixkam  utygal- 
ebudimiktook  apptakaltan.  •^ilv  ^ 

'  Kijttlkool  ladal,  kil  nugi  ygalin;  *  aJk 
m^teligajadim  deltin,  net  nan  nenixkam, 
aJs  utininnkfel  eli  echkibegidecb. 

Nan  okoch  n^guenm  w^jalidhp  nnttu- 
guliglk  utelokt^gaenemwak,  *  ak  medwi 
kelttjwakamktook.  *^^*^  > 

Negueum  ba  uphtelmakan  eiiphtau 
k'talkunikoon^  ♦  ai  menakaoh  ba  uli 
ecbktbegtd^x  kichpen  eligagin  unich- 
kwiktook.  ^«^^|4>: 

'^*  Deli  awiednlitftttttkedlawfeim  iohtek&h 
alkunatakan,  ♦  nan  uschit  tan  tepfciguel 
nngi  tcMbademegnel  moAw^oh  antchiba- 
demoon. 

Majokteliguen  w^naktfeohk  pemlna- 
kweguel  wini  lokt^guenel  pemi  p'kunit- 
pakel  kich  kMiiemeguel,  *  a/k  deli  nugi 
ik  Lckuui/u^uub  i-TxtJuuu  15.1^1  meia  uiaKwa- 


'f» 


3*^7 

aalultfankd,  wala  m^chet  m(*Ar#ftcli  ah 
telknldok. 

Kdwi  m'telnakanidak  fctebmebigane- 
miktekel  eli  tehiktejultigik,  a*  emteln 
pitlwi  m't^I  nakanidak  k'tinakannky  eli 
tobiktejtlt^k ;  •  iB'  debedook  n'pwakan 
nJMi  ujwakalnook.  i 

Tchel  pSkapteden,  *  a*  k'peguigool 

pak«!nemidiidak  padantutigik  tSn  deli 
to'dWeingit;-.:  ■' ^'■.■.■r-v.'-:;,rt,,  j 

^'Ln  dettita  kil,  tfchakmam,  elidSgi 
ttmin,  •  aA  n'doko  kil  megaenacliet> 
k'efii  k'pedaik  eik  fc'teli  eligagin. 

Tan  nngi   winalwefr   man  wejwafcal- 
nook,  *  Bi,  m'chet  wen  magibenemkewei 
man  wejwatechkemook  eimen. 
^  Lo  okoeh  otannehaliimk  »  elkiinacheni 
fc'pemi  MBkeiagooa  m'chet  tamiyatienel. 
tJplipidenwak  til  pemSlnitak,  »  nan 


iM8 


Qschiecli  mn  k^katknabidokteehtemootoli 

kunnde  wiktook. 

MV'het    tami    enk    cbibagwachidex 

m^tiehkemiktook  ;  *  m^chet  tan  dechit 

waiebieh  mattechkwadex. 

TJtcbit  dta  piptakaDemwach ;  *  n^tinin- 
nkM  okocb  elidagichp  menakacb  ba  yga- 

lach  utcbit  nwijnnem  n&nemwicbp.   f 
Elkomiktwidau    nin     usobit    eulicb- 

twach  ;  *  wenmagiguichkenemigel  mecb 

legweiak;  uscfaedawiwacb,  ai  kejamug- 

walach, 
Pekwadw^b  tmemidoon  pegniadook 

ebudi,  *  ai  n^iatwaqb  dfeli  n'tawi. 
Tan  deli  k^minn.  . 


Ps*    183. ECOB  liUNG,   &Q. 

Nego^h  tok  mwiwalook  k'cbakmami- 
nu^  ^  kilaa  k'cbiobakmau  unakabemicb 
ktininewau. 


4S0 


Kilau  Kljflolk  wigktedkkademok,  • 
kenixknuuabB  upoktechkacbimifctook 
mech  eimok.  .  I 

K'pidenwal  nepchatook  pemi  t'pikel 
cli«tew4k8diktukel ;  •  ai  m«ch  Kijoolk 
mwiiralook.,  r„K';4 

Tok  Kijodlk  nschi  uliiulich  oWnnek ;  • 
nan  negueum  kigidokchep  wajok  »A  ^ 
kamigneu.  .,,„   j^  .  Y 

Tan  ddi  k'pminn,  &c.  ) 

Ant:  Eulid^Imi,  n'ohakmrn,  ak  deli 
«J4uinool,  eulichtemwl  I 

KigiPak;  Ant.  Alleluia,  AUduia^ 
■AUeluia.      <  . 

■  ■'  -    Hthk.  \ 

Kchi  Nixkam  kil  mechta  kigidagaen 
Echkumenak    kechpianook    n'nakwine-  ' 


«j-'tf 


fen. 


E(femu]efc  k'taunkeiwken 
Ak  k^feakti  yaljademwinen, 


.;  -Ik- 
i 


490 


WiDkojadiltchiguelatwin^  ^ 

A^  tanel  kiuktatkw^guel  tepkiguel, 
Elp  midatwin  &Jc  tan  kedaninamet 
Neunkan  mu  nwinid^nen. 
,,  Mechta  y alj  udegiien  Nixkam  w^gwigin, 
K'p^kwa  damulinen  utchit  k'kwich  n'chak" 
^       maminen 
Wegi  tetpi  chakmawi6k 
Ak  wfegi  uli  Nixkam  yapchiu  elmiguenik. 
{Kizfnt)    Mechta  yaljudegven  Nixkam 

wfegwigin, 
K'pekwadamulinen  utchit  k'kwich  n'chak- 

maminen  ]^ 

Tetpi  chakmawJd^lmukchiok 
Ak  w^gi  uli  Nixkam  yapchiu  elmiguenik. 


CAPITULUM. 
Adel  Poktamkiak  tepkiguel  echkema- 
demen,  Kijoolk  emtokwal.    Ly  kudatu 
k'kamelamoQn  k'chi  Nixkam  uphplaka- 


491 

nek  ichtekech  chabugwan  cbikchatemkel 
«^  ntininkM  k'pidenel  nepchatn. 

^.  Kegi  abchiulk  kenixkaminn.     ' 

^w^' Ifchakmam, 

Chnt:  Nunc  DrMrrris.— Luke  ii. 

Nan  neguech    n'chakmam,  *  ygalet 

kenakebem  wantakeinen,  delabngwep. 

_  Kich  okoch  B'peuguigool  agemapterat 

t«5h     ton  ktinblktook  wfegiak  uschedd. 
kon.  1  , 

f^  tehel  kich  tedli  kichfcadnema^ 

cbep,  •  m'chettandejunemikchitichooch 
kalwak.  ,,, 

Ndoko  Ban  uschi  nli  paktadenemitich 

einook,  •  tok  elp  U8chi  k'chegn^  mook 

chich  Ichlael  tan  ewain. 

Tan  deli  k'pminn,  <fec. 

,  -^^t-  •'— N'chakmam  ignemwidichinen 

n'nlannkwatinen  m'chet  okoch  tan  del- 


in 

ifegigalti^Q^i  kil  pekwadii  Ingwidwie- 

V,  K'dd  cbakman  t'kwMulokcli. 
-K.  K'teli  dajwakan  elp  t6g6tchi^ 


rtt  t^* 


f  H^u'l  ELAJUDMANEGH. 

I  J^'cjbakmamineQ,  edlamulek  k^emitku- 
gwademen  ula  tedlakademutieky  a^  n^t^^ 
gigu^legiiidemwinea  ia'j@bet  t^n  deli 
ktankiaBiek.  K'tanDclial^mk  tok  ech- 
kerawinametch  ula  moArw^ch  chek  n'te- 
mQlehiktagoQen  i!i^bedt^giiel,  kk  elp  mo- 
|fW<^Il  nwmQkwijalagnBeQ,  tok  elp  pe^ 
mitp^k  k'tininnkfel  mech  n'unak  kwigi- 
dapeo.  N4u  kimiakacli  elwitemulek 
k'kwich  Jechu-KUit,  n^chakmaminen, 
JPe,  N'deli^tch.  ^  >vK»rf 

V.  K'pwi  mwi  walanteh  k'ohakma- 
minu, 
hsiR.  Kepi  abcbiulk  k'nixkamintL 


'-■*-%*'*«'*  ■'■•«..' 


493 

Bened.  Kchi  chakmau  mechta  kio-ida- 
guet,  a^  nedawi  eulidedaguet  W^gwigit, 
Euschit,  dk  wegi  uliNixkam,  uleiulkootch 
fxk  m^ch  pemulannkeiulkootch.  Amen, 


SALVE  REGINA. 

Kuleim,  kil.peikwei  yaligwewichkewin 
wajok  pekuadwiek  okoch  n'tettlidelmnk- 
chinen  n'uli  uchkiginultinen,  n'uli  wan- 
ntakoltinen,   ai  mu    n'tegelideljultinen, 
kulein,  ninen   Ebek,   wegi  uscbigultiek 
ecLakuchiek  elkomiktool  ek  wetchi  del- 
inulek   ula  uchkitkaaiook  tedli  mnigal- 
jultiek.    Kii  nugi  kelud'melchewiek  ela- 
baohinel  n'tininenak  eulamin,  aifc  p'kwed- 
wiii  tok  n'juecbwamanen  Jechuch  k'tin- 
innk  wegigwich  n'pek  kedel  okoch  melki 
k'chaliek,  kegi  cliabewin,   a^  pegili  nax- 
kwen  Mali. 

42 


494 

V.  Pegili  chabewin  Mali  wegwigin 
wechtaulkoop. 

j5.  Neguech  elajudmelchewin,  dawal- 
cnewin,  n'teulid^lmigunen  k'kwich 
Jechuch. 


ELAJUDMANECH. 
Kil  k'chi  Nixkamfewin  jxlu  maxkelte- 
muchep  Mali  utelamilook  k'tedli  adla- 
<jljemia  oeguela  kedwi  eluwaginek; 
^ulichtemwin  deltamuleguel,  ak  tan  deli 
nldachebena  k'telipemalugoon  ophti- 
ininnk,  pekwawadal  chewinametch  nu- 
gooch  n'pun^tunen  yapchiu  tan  kiuna^ 
kach  wegiak  n'telwewadinen  Sik  dechi- 
iguichkek  chabeudiktook  n'pemiagiadinen 
ma  k'mecliedamulin  n'chakmaminen,  kil 
weclitawiekchep  m^ch  neguech  tetpi  nix- 
kam^wid^lmnlek  kootch  ak  wegi  uli  Nix- 
iam  ya,pc]iiu  elmiguenik.    N'delietch. 


COQ- 


TE  DEUM. 

In  Latin, 

Te  Deum  laudaraus :  Te  Dominum 
fitemur. 

Te  aeternum  Patrem  omnis  terra  vena- 
ratur. 

Tibi  j)iBues  angeli,  tibi  cceli  et  universe 

potestates. 
Tibi  Cherubim  et  Seraphim  incessabili 

voce  proclamant : 
Sanctus,  Sanctus,  Sanctus  Domirus  Deus 

Sabaoth. 


496 

Pleni  sunt  cceli  et  terra  majestatis  gloriae 

tuse.    ^         , 
Te  gloriosus  Apostolc^rv-m  chorus, 
Te  Prophetarum  laucli    .  .aS  numerus, 
Te  Martyrum  cai|didatu3  laudat  exercitus. 
Te  per  orbein  terrarum  sancta  eonfitetur 

ecclesia.  ^ 

Patrem  immenssB  majestatis. 

Venerandum    tuum  veruin  et    unicum 

■  ■'■•  "^V^' 
Filium. 

Sanctum  quoque  Paraclitum  Spiritum. 

Tu  Eex  glorise,  Christe. 

Tu  Patris  Serapiternus  es  Filius. 

Til,  ad  ilberandum  suscepturus  hominem, 

non  horruisti  Virginis  uterum.  ^ 
'fujdevicto  mortis  aculeo,  jipii*msti  cre- 

dentibus  res^na  eoelorum. 
Tu   ad   dexteram  Dei  se^Ss,   in  gloris 

Patris. 
Judex  ereaeris  esse  venturus. 


497 

Te  ergo  quassumus,  tuis  famulis  subveni, 

quos  pretioso  sanguine  redemisti. 
Sterna  fee  cum  Sanctis  tuis  in  gloria 

numerari. 
Salvum  fac  populum  tuum,  Domine,  et 

benedic  hasredit^i  ttise. 
Et  rege  eos,  et  extoUe  illos   usque  in 

SBternum. 
Per  singuloa  dies  benedicimus  te. 
Et  laudamus  nomen  tuum  in  s^culum, 

et  in  s8Bculum  sseculi. 
Dignare,  Donipe,  die  isto  sine  peccato 

no3  custodire* 
Miserere  nostri,  Domine,  miserere  nostri. 
Fiat  misericordia  tua,  Domine,  super  nos, 

quemadmodum  speravimus  in  te. 
In  te,  Domine,  speravi :  non  confundar  im 
seternum. 


42* 


If'^r-^A     "    ^a. 


w^ 


14 

If*- 


TE  DEUM. 

In  Micmac, 
Kil  Nixkam  k'chipkM^raulek,  kil  cliak- 
^^^  '  mawin  pakagnimk  medokwalnek. 

Kil  chak  mech  eimen  wegwigin,  m'chet 

tantedutkik  makamigueu  kepmidel- 

mukchik.  ^ 

M'chet  Annchalewigik  ah  wajok'  ol,  rJc 

tan  dechiticli  mawi  peikwenemiticb 

maliguikenodil. 
Kelepi  aA  Selepi  chiawiu  pa  k'tininkel 

elijaw^chik. 
Chabewin,    Chabewin,     Chabewin     kil 

Chakmawin  Nixkam  Sabaothe 


499 

Wnjok  ah  makamigueu  mechta  wajute. 

guen  deli  kcheguelmukchin. 
Kil  Apoehtolewigik  deli  uli  mauwieche^ 

Difc. 

Kil  meKamtook  kigitntich  deli  piguela- 

mugik  tan  dechitich..  fv.^  ? 

Kil  waguela  uli  n'toblook  deleguik  wa- 

beguenamitich     alajudmakaniktook 
•  Tishit  wedanutkik  mavvi  kepmi  em- 

tokwalanech.  / 

Kil   ba  m'chet  tanii    makamigueu  tan 

tedutgi  m'cheguik  cbantewi  mawii 

omi  mechta  makelmulok. 
Weguigit  deli   mechta  peiguikchi    deli 

mukchin. 
A^  elp  tan  annchema  ba  k'kwieh  neuk- 

tiguit  deli  kchidelmukehit. 
A*  elp  tan  nugi  utkwijalwet  ktininewak 

wegi  uli  Nixkamewit.     . 

Kil    Jeo.hu    TTli    >Mm'    -i^ -v 

i_    ^^ii    nviii    cicguuvviu   pegiii 

kchamukchin. 


500 


Kil    eh&k  mech  eimen    nixkameukchin 

k'tinin. 
Kil  kigidedemenek  Tnook  kuschtawian 

mu  kennchkidedemukchep  naxkwet 

utelamilook  wegi  elnwachich. 
Kil    kigi    pepchodemenek    n'pwakanek 

kiniohkwiguenek     delechip     wajoAr 

deli     kakanek     panntatacliebenek 

kedlamchedwinook. 
Kil  tchi  Nixkam  utinaSan  ebin  Wegwigit 

uknj^mukchodimiktook. 
Kil  tedli  kichkatpio    p^kiginntaa    nagi 

t'pluteguedaa  deli  kedlamchedulek. 
Kil  n'dofco   elajumulek    wenakabemiek 

ktininenen  kteulamin  nen  wid^elmaii 

tankik  pekewa  delkechemik  k'mal- 

demek  pegili  raeguidMemek. 
Ygatunek  yapehiu  kujamook  chudimik 

took  tan  wetpnnultitich  w^chante- 

migik. 


501 


Elp  waguela  p'k  wadu  tliulitpian  chakmam 

lok  pcheudawin  ewaidich  ;   2Jc  tan 

k'taliguem  metiakatch  ulotiu 
Kl  ankeiu  waguela  a*  k*teli  unakik  petal 

kalabich  yapchiu  lodil^took. 
M'chet  ba  dechi  nakuegael  mech  pemi 

mwiwalnek. 
A^  mech  kepmimedokwalnek  tan  del- 
*  wigin  mech  ba  negwech,  dJc  yapchiu 

elmiguenik.  # 

Ulidfeten,  u'chakmaminen,  kichkook  pe- 

kuadulek  n'telweudil    mu  ygnem- 

winamech.     ^*  ^^  -    n 

Euliddmin,  N'chakmaminen,  miamootch 
tok  eulidelmin.  ./    :/ 

Pefikwaehik  k'tiuinenak  k'tell  eulidelchu- 
di  delechip  pechili  elidajultiek 
k'tinin. 

Kil  n'chakmam  k'tininnk  elidagiap,  nan 
usehit  ma  k'chegau  yapchiu.  - 


WEN  KEDWI  PAJTABUGUET,  DELI 
ANNKIDAGIT. 
JSxamination  of  Cwisdence  in  Miomac, 
Tach  delechip  p^kabuguechep  ?    Ku- 
muniewichep  uphtechk  pWabuguenek? 
Mokwfech  edook  mimuguaduchep  uph- 
techk  p&ibibiigaenek  ?     Tach  p4A;abugu- 
echep  delechip  mimugwaduchep  k'telwfe- 
udil  ?    Tach  delechip  kumuniewichep  ? 
Melki  ]$:edIamchedemeQ  do  elajudma- 
k&n  tan  w^chtaulk  igiiemulkoochp  ? 


^ 


503 

mpade^^chep  do?  Mn  edook  wen 
mattanchep  ?  Mn  edook  chek  mattan- 
chep  kigmich-tabngiok  ?  Kamitiokchep 
kimich-tabngiok  ? 

Mawea  edook  epit  wini  t'kweiatiwok- 
chep?  (kizne  epid^ch)  ?    Mawen  edook 
tchmem  tan  tokbugwatagit  wini  fkwe- 
latiwokchep  (kime  albadn)  ?     Mawen 
edook  epit,  epidfech  (tchinem,  kizne  al- 
badn) wini-pabiokchep  ?    Mawen  edook 
epit  kizne  epidech  agimauchep  k'tima- 
goon  padachwakaniktook?  KU  epidewin 
(epidechewin)    agidMm^chep    tchinem, 
kizne  albadn  k'telamchek,  ak  tami  k'ti- 
ninnk     ntelinnchkachin  ?      Mn     edook 
ewofeatiok  epit  (tchinem)  wini-t'kwe- 
iatiwokohep? 

Mn  edook  tchinemwiok  agidewinaldi- 
wokchep,  wini-m'jatkwadiokwel  ?  Mn 
edook    epidewiok,  kiOTA    flnirl«^i,i,„,vt 


504 


agidewinaldiwckchef),  wini-mjatkwadio- 
kwel  ?  Win!  m'chennchip  do  ?  Wininn- 
chkachin  ktinin?  Kteguik  edook  wini 
m'clieiiematiok  kkJcewal  ?  Kteguik  edook 
winmnchkatwok  k'tininewal  ?  Winidagin 
edook  epidewiktook,  epidechewiktook  ? 
Tchinemewiktook,  albadwiewiktook  wi- 
aidftgin  da?  Winidajudiktook  do  wegi 
winnkwijachik  k'kamiaelamoon  ?  Wini- 
belguigwachin  do?  Tcliinem^wiktook 
(epidewiktook)  do  eliwinabin  ?    . 

Wine-eMen  ko  tchinemewiktook,  kizne 
epidewiktook  ?  Winabuguen  ?  Ellut- 
inaken  do?  Euschwen  ?  Keluchkabe- 
win  ?  Menak  edook  wen  pikhimauchep  ? 
MenaA:  edoo/<;  wen  pilchidelmaut  ? 

Menak  edook  wen  almimaut?  Kigi- 
gook  pepcblLtacbik  ?  Pepcliidelmechik, 
maliguimchik  ? 


505 

Mil  edook  ylachkugwaun  ?  Mawen 
Kemudemaucbep  ?  Kokwei^k  kemu- 
derauchep? 

Elugwen  do  kegueundi^wimk  a*  p^ch- 
tiewimk?  Chiawi  nakw^t  elajndman 
uchkitpook  a*  wel^?  Dech  kwelta* 
multimk  yghk  mech  kweltamin  ?  Chkadu 
yapchiu-kweltamultimk  tan  tedutkik 
kweltamin?  Mu  edook  k'luchi^wei- 
nakwiek  ak  uphtechkewei  nakw^k  decjh 
yg4*al  wiufih  malkodemoon  ?  Dech 
kedwi  k'chi  peclitiewimkel  kweltamia  ? 
NeudelignichkegHel  kweltaminel  ? 

Pidbogwomk  elien  ?  Euchamcliabu- 
gwen  ?     Ketkien  do  welapchkien  ? 

Emtechkin?  Emtechkidagin  ?  Em- 
t^chkabnguen ?  Malein  do?  Mn  elu- 
gaaun  ? 

Keuegueikook   ^lechtaichik  ?     Kene- 


43 


506 

gueikaok  winimchik  pepcliatictiik,  pep- 
chidelmechik  ? 

Mu  edook  keneginnk  ygMauchik  unn- 
chebogoldinau,  uketkiatinau  ?  Elp  edook 
wet^olchik  k'kwichk  albadook  mu  weia- 
kknau  puchki  wikpatiligi,  ak  puchki 
amidultiligi,  puchki  pabultiligi,  aZ;  k'tegui 
tani  kegichik  aunchema  winnmedok? 
E'k wiehk  albadook  ah  k'toochk  epideckk 
eli  kinamachik  ekjudmaAaniktook,  ak 
chiguenndatimk^weiktook  ?  •  Elp  kegu- 
inw^tachel  keguenndi^wimik,  pechtie- 
wimk,  ak  kweltamultimk  deck  yg4M? 
Mijwackiclik,  kizne  Kteguik  pekwadwa- 
uchik  magekel  k'tininn-iktook  ugi  pada- 
gwijMinau?    * 

Kedlachedemen .  do  tan  pewidoon? 
Mendwel  kedlamchedemenel  ?  Wick- 
kwalwen  do  ?  Wichkwaltwen  ?  Puck- 
kadaleu?     Ama^ikein?   Wes-aidadn  ^ 


507 

Nakagin  do  k'tabikcbiktwan  tannkik 
tregaiaehkechienik  ? 

MenaAr  edook  'Inwiktook  cbabuguan, 
buktewicbk  kizn^  megopak  ylatoon  ? 

Mu  wecbkawein  kizne  babanimoon 
echk  elajuamogwomiktook  eimoon  ? 

Tan  knijank  padatuticb,  mech  well 
keguinamwin  ? 

In  Maretchit  language. 
Kissetdnes  elghimelek?  M?siu  ghen- 
estomenesbenilelmatth'onil?  Kedegheku 
katopes?  K'nipsMtueps  ?  Kesgnip- 
skatueps?  Medzithaazo?  Kesgmedzi- 
thaazo  ?  Kwi8ghi  kwighithaatmen  ska- 
telghemaision  ?  Dwableiinen  nskidab? 
Wen  uskinoos,  kessena  despakatek  ?  Wen 
uskinoos,  kessena  d'spakatek  ?  Ketelna- 
ben  •?  Ueu  naksekn,  kessena  d'spakatek  ? 
Kss  ?    KemedzipaDDiuzina  ?     TT'nnf  ;r,^'. 


ms 


swekkiin?  Ankootsk  kemetsi  kwighi- 
dahama  kisi  uskidgia  ?  Kemtsi  tlisuemia 
kisi  uskidgin  ?  Kemetzatoweps?  Kelo- 
skips  ?  Kpisowakowima  kisi  uskidgin  ? 
Kowighesseiira  ?  Kiounas  kowaaps  ? 
Kemillanes  kisi  uskidgin  pokteoutsk? 
Komotnesk?  Kitseaowi  koinotneps? 
Kekussei  kemotnatemeunsk  ?  Dlok  Esse- 
untaik  ?  Nekeghiu  ketelokepa  ?  Mitsi- 
n^s  wins  uskeewatekwik  ?  Kemenos^ka- 
sips?  Kel6ktiniass  kisi  uskidgin? 
Kemigakeps  ketelnaben  ?  Komantuetini- 
ass  kigoos  temikthakoos  ?  Kulizik  gset- 
kawak  kenikigook  kegus  iusk  ?  Ktasi- 
themak  kewighikook  muskowelmoosk  ? 
Ketepeloghemoosk  ?  Kepilowighemoosk? 
Kemattaas  nizowiek?  An'kotats  skat 
kepoketsiau  naat  alemeskemook  ?  Ke- 
raesk  asalteul  ?  Ankutsk  kemuskvvitha- 
ama  kisi  uskidgin  ketlitaaze  nebal  met- 


509 

sine?     Ankutsk  kemuskwithaama  kisi 
mkidgia  ketlitaaze    Qebal    skadegheku 
uebahtkook?      Kemuskwithaama     kisi 
uskidgin  katets  nulikelolau  malens  ne 
metsine?.  Ankutok  kemutsadzium  kisi 
uskidgiu?    Ankutsk  ketalowimook  kisi 
uskidgia  kwizukkemaa  keghesk  ?    Skat 
kespuxippeus  ?    Dzeskwetaha^u  ?     Kafc- 
hama    ghekukelhcatsidji  ?      Kukkh^up 
awezamikete«iaglieiun,  ?     Ankootf^fc  skat 
kulita^e  metsimu  kukkeu  ?    Aakoot^k 
kemuskwithaama  kenikigook?    Kemili- 
taaze  skat  kankeumiau  eimiavvigwamok  ? 
KepMabie?     Kepalabietazo  ? 

In  Penobscot  language. 

Tchik^  kisi  copessewipsa?  Kisi  Comuni- 

evvipsa?  Kisi  kmoduessa  ?  N'kutchi  ?  Mus- 

quat?  Tanne?  Kwon'smibsa?   Ndakka- 

bin  ?  Essandek  ?  Kesta?  Kmadiithano-iK 
43* 


:||| 


If 


510 


as  ?  Kisi  kdatiinbalalokepsa  nisi  penem  ? 
nisi  nanskwet  ?  Kdabankasibsa  ?  Kdli- 
polsibsa?  Kisi  kdaumbalalokebsa  kiate 
nguibtchi  ?  Kimhenoweske  ?  Matc^he- 
twewangan  ?  Kisi  knipskandoebsa  ? 
Knibskanlmem^n  kigans  kmiktangaiis  ? 
Kmigakebsa?  Komsibsa?  Klamlam- 
bay  ?  Kesta  kmadziglosi  ?  Kadanwip- 
naai  ?  Kmadzignambay  ?  Diskanw^  ? 
Bilowighemi  ?  K'sikandamen  kwitala- 
meske  Sandeghil  ?  Kmidzil  wins  skwe- 
wattwighe?  Kesta  k'belsdam?  Kak- 
loskd  ?  Spanswiwi  te  welangwiwi  ahia- 
mihian  ? 


TCHIBArKU'MUSSE. 

THE    WAY    OF    THE    CROSS. 

leuwankau  elalitchanuss^sa  nek'dliala- 
ruikUw^n  messi  kesta  elawikkasidit 
ahiamihfewigamikook. 

Ettassi  edalitchanus^t  k'tabidahand^ 
man  inakkajeus,  eli  Zeus  usigamalsisa, 
elawikh&sit  ahiamihewigamikook. 

Messik^ssit  mausohinu  plant^nka  assit- 
quakekamMu  edudakkal6snahAsik  ahia- 
mih^wigamikook,  k'danelzi,  k'dalakita- 
men,  An^tahanmswangan,  N'kitclii 
Niweskiim,  etc.,  te  alitahasitch  messi 
welikkil  negma  auw^n  hatchi  metchinet- 
taik.    Messi  uditamen^ 


„-*'    V 


512 


Utliwiauhanganghi  Wenemanit,  etc. 

K'Sangmaii^,i|i^:5^^s,  eli  k'musse- 
disa  ni  edali  wcii^iijiie^^pii^na  niawutch ; 
k'sangman  mena^eiip^ia^adi  matchehla, 
hatchi  metcliinan  takkwi  nisi  kuitchik- 
lemgoon. 


'ih>w.-Ki 


In  Micmac  language. 

,J|«.Tan  delwigit  Wegwigit,  &c. 
Tchigwidak  elnwiok,  nadaptemook 
Ke^iootch  pechili  meffuid^deraet  , 
,I[chkittook  tedii  klucliioktochp 
lechupfi  mechtauschedawiwet,  , 
lecnuch,  tan  dech  kedwi  unepadgeia- 


f^'^fe;'^. 


I    ■   > 


I. 


Tainka  Edalitchanus^t. 
Zezus  alitah^man  metchinfe. 

V.  Zezm  pambdktamvffna,  te  tchibaf- 
kunmoWna, 

H.  Kia  wewesBi  tcUhaUook  wetchi 
him  nvjegsa, 

Nequombi  k'dletahdsin  eli  Zezus  ameu- 
kausisa,  tchik^  negnria  alitahaman  me- 
tchin^. 

K'mitanq'senA,  etc.  Malie,  k'talami- 
kool,  etc.     Sangmanwi  tehelmoki^iflif  «f.. 


^j     -w  WTf 


514 


K'Sangmanmena  Zezus  eli  ^^'mussedisa 
ni  edali  wetoM  metchJnena  ^iiiawutch; 
k'sangm^niena  Zezus,  o^adi  match ehla 
hatchi  metehinan  takkwi  nisi  kuitchik- 
lemgoom  ^ 

lechuch  kedwi  npiiiilp. 

V.  Uschel,  Nikkam^  li'chijaA^micli  tan 
tedli  kelnooch. 

H.  Nan  uschi  mwiwattech  delwigin. 

Nan  kchi  Nixkam  delkik  ewegadok- 
etep 

Neguela  kedwi  uschedaulkwek 
,4^  .Temk  okoch  menndu  kemutchek  euk- 
chebenek 

K'ugi  kicbtewe  kalkunenu. 
.,,^Jok  nau  kigi  puni  k'peminwidedeme- 
n^ch   nakwek    tan   delechip    lechu-klit 
k'cbakmaminu  deli  eulidelmulkooch  ula 
ucbki:tkammook  utedli  uchkiginwin.  Tok 


tl 


515 

elp  inn  kigi  punabenootch  k'telidedemenu 
nakwek  tan  delechip  deli  pakekinwatul- 
kooch  k'tannchema  bA  k'jalkunenu  tchel 
mo/^wech,  elid^demnkchep  itedli  okot- 
kwMachin  aiufedlinen  Mocbteweiktook. 
Enhdelmin,  n'ohakmaminan,  miamootch 
tok  enlideln^n.  : 

Nnschinen,  wajok,  etc.  KulMn  Mali, 
etc.     Tan  deli  k'pminn,  etc. 

V.  Kil  n'do^Jo  elajamnlek  wena^abs- 
minik  k'teulaman  k'nenwidelman. 

-R.  Tanikminwipkwradeltebenikknial- 
dem  pegili  meguid^demek  ygatunek. 


■<:         Ci, 


I 


\    V 


^  ^1    ■  ipw- ,  I   wp^l^l 


11.       . 

Nisew^je  Edalitchaniiset. 

Zezus  ebum'negamal  Tchibattakool. 

V.  Zeztts  pambaJotamnffna  te  tchibat- 
kunmoWna. 

M.  Kia  wewessi  tcMaafhx)k  wetchi 
kisa  nvjegsa, 

Nequombi  k'dletah^in  eli  Zezus  ameu- 
kausisa,  tchike  negma  ebum'negamel 
tchibattakool. 

K'mitanq'sen^^  etc.  Malie,  k'talami- 
kool,  etc.  Sangmanwi,  teh^lmokiisit,  etc. 


'■'^ 


517 

K'Sangpianmena  Zezua  eli  k'mussedisa 
m  edali  wetehi  metcbte^na  niawntcb ; 
ksangmanmenaZezusnegadi  matchehla 
hatchi  metchman  takkwi  x^i  knitchik- 
lemgoon. 


■■^ 


Kluch^wey  igntus  ntrmatanook  lechu- 
chal. 

V.  Uschel,  Nixkam,  etc. 
-R.  Nan  uschi,  etc. 

I^an  kchi  Nixkam,  etc, 
Tok  mu  kigi  puni,  etc. 

Nuschinen,  wajok,  etc.  Kulein  Mali,  etc. 
Tan  deli  k'pminn,  ^tc. 
K  Kil  n'doko,  etc. 
^.  Tanik  minwi,  etc, 


m\ 


44 


Nsetew^je  Edalitdbanusfet. 

Zeziis  tamka  kippokessa  alami  Tchibat- 
takook. 

V,  Zezus  pamhaktamub^na^  te  tchibat- 
kunmoWna. 

J?.  Kia  tveweeai  tch^afkook  wetcTii 
hisa  nujegsa, 

Neguombi  k'dletaliMneli  Zezus  ameu- 
kausisa^  tchik^  negira  kippokessa  alami 
Tchibattakook. 

K'mitanq'sen{\,  et<'.  Jilalie,  k'talami- 
kool,  etc.    Sangmani/i  teli^lmokiisit,  etc, 


519 


^  K'Sangmanmena  Zezus  eli  Fmussedisa 
m  edali  wetchi  metehk^na  niawutcli  • 
k'sangmanmena  Zems  negadi  matchehk 
hatchi  metchman  takkwi  nisi  kuitchit 
lemgoon. 

Hi,       '•',,.• 
lechuch  tehiteginkus  temkowey. 
V.  TJ  Shel,  Nixkam,  etc. 
•^.  Nan  uschi,  etc. 

TJtchit  elp  lechu-klit,  Euschit  Nixkam 
Pegili  detkechp  nklnchioktan 
Deli    detkechp  oAroch    k'ennch^tam,. 

Tat  deli  medech  kwibenaliku. 

Tok  mu  kigi  puni,  etc.  ^    . 

Nuschinen,  wajok,  etc.     Kulein  Mali 
etc.     Tan  deli  k'pmina,  etc. 
V.  Kil  n'doko,  etc. 


J?.  Tanik 


IV, 

leuweuw^je  Edalitchanusfet.— Zezus 
wanaskawant  Sangmanwi  Malial  wigaus- 
s^l  seskatepauBsanil. 

V.  Zeztcs  pamhakianndPna^  te  tchiiaf- 
hunmoWna, 

R,  Kia  wewessi  tcJiihafkooh  wetchi 
hua  nujegsa, 

Nequombi  k'dletahasin  eli  Zezus  ameu- 
kausisa,  tchik^  negma  wanaskawant 
Malial  wigaussal  seskatemussanil. 

K'mitanq'sen^,  etc.  Malie,  k'talami-. 
kool,  etc.     Sangmanwi  teh^lmokisit,  etc. 


521 


^  KBaDgmanmena  Zezus  eli  k'mussedisa 
Dj  edali  wetcbi  luetchinfena  niawutch; 
k'sangmanmena  Zezus  negadi  matchehla 
hatchi  metchinan  ^kkwi  nisi  k^tchik- 
lemgoon.  '  .  -^^ 


IV. 


lechuch  asquasunMali  ukquitehiUa  at- 
kidemit. 

K  Uschel  Nixkam,  etc. 
a.  Nan  uschi,  etc. 

Utchit  elp  lechu-klit,  etc. 

Tok  mu  kigi  puni,  etc. 
Nuschinen,  wajok,  etc.    Kulein  Mali, 
etc.    Tan  deli  k'pminn,  etc. 
V.  Kil  n'doko,  etc. 
M.  Tanik  minwi,  etc. 


44* 


V.  • 

Naneweje  Edalitchanus^t. 

Simon  Zylenewi  witchokk^man  Ze2ais- 
sal  nisnikamanM  Tchibat'kool. 

V.  Zezus  pambaktamnffna,  te  tcMhaf- 
JcunmoWna. 

M.  Kia  wewessi  tcliibaCkook  wetchi 
kiaa  nujegaa 

Nequombi  k'dletah^sin  eli  Zezus  ameu- 
kausisa,  tchike  Simon  Zylenewi  witchok- 
keman  negma  nisnikaman^l  Tchibat'kool. 

K'mitanq'sena,  etc.  Malie,  k'talami- 
kooj,  etc.    Sangmanwi  telielmokusit,  etc. 


Jm  - 


523 

K'Sangmanmena  Ze^us  eli  k'mussedisa 
m  edali  wetchi  metclanhn»  niawutch  ; 
k'sangmanrfiena  Zezus  negadi  matchehla 
hatchi  metcWn«»n  takkwi  nisi  knitchik- 

lemgoon.      •     ,,     ,_, 


■'si  V'  ^,;,i-. 


Simo^Sileiiewy  abonmoassoa  Jechuch 
pemnigaF  Kluchewey.  ^ 

V.  Uschel,  Nixkani,  etc. 
^.  Nan  uschi,  etc. 
Kinu  elweultiku  wegi  peuchalkochp 
Vegi  winibeneloocbp,  wegi  ii^p6chp  " 
K'telweudinal  deli  m'dwekcLep 
lechuch  kich  kajatagun^nu. 

Tok  mu  kigi  puni,  etc. 
Nuschinen,  wyok,  etc.     Kulein,  Mali, 
etc.     Tan  deli  k'pminn,  etc. 
^  Kil  n'doko,  etc. 
Ji.  Tanik  minwi  etc. 


VI. 

Nag'dassew^je  Edalitchanusftt. 
Belonik  umihlan  Zezusaal  kassikoho- 
saudi. 

V.  Zezus  pambaMamuVna^  te  tcMbaf- 
TcunmoWna. 

i?.  Kia  wewe^si  tcJiihafhook  wetchi 
kisa  nnjegsa, 

Nequombi  k'dletah^in  eli  Zezus  araeu- 
kausisa,  tchik^  Belonik  umihlan  negma 
kassikohosaudi. 

K'mitanq'sena,   etc,    Malie,  k'talami- 


525 


K'Sangmant^ejia  &zus  eli  k'mussedisa 
ni  edali  wetcHi  m^dgin^na  niawutch  ; 
k'saDgmanmena  Zezus  neg^di  matchehla 
hatchi  metcimau  takkwi  nisi  kuitchik- 
lemgoon. 


YI. 


mu- 


Belonik  ikinimwatch   Iec%hal 
sueja. 

V.  Uschel,  Nixkam,  etc. 
i?.  Nan  uschi,fetc. 
Kinu  elweultiku,  etc. 


Tok  mu  kigi  puni,  etc. 
Nuschinen,  wajok,  etc.    Kulein  Mali 
etc.    Tan  deli  k'pminn,  etc. 
K  Kil  n'doko,  etc. 
Ji.  Tanik  minwi,  etc. 


vn. 
Tambawassew^je  Edalitchanuset. 
•    Zezus  nisda  kipok^saa  alami  Tchibat- 
takook. 

V,  Zezus  pamhaktamuVna^  te  tcMhaf- 
hunmoWna. 

a,  Kia  weweasi  tcMlafiJcooh  wetchi 
hisa  nujegm, 

Neguombi  k'dletah^sin  eli  Zezus  ameu- 
kausisa,  tchike  negma  nisda  kippokessa 
alami  Tctibattakook. 

K'mitanq'sen^  etc.  Malie,  k'talamikool, 
etc.    Sangmanwi  tehfelmokAsit,  etc. 


527 

K'Sangmanmena  Zezus  eli  k'mussedisa 
ni  edali  wetchi  metchin^na  niawutch  ; 
k'sangmanmena  Zezas  negadi  matchehla' 
hatchi  metcMnan  takkwi  nisi  knitchik- 
lemgoon. 

vit 
lechuch  tchiteginkns  tobwowey. 
V.  Uschel,  Nixkam,  etc 
-ff.  Nan  uschi,  etc, 

■    ^^"^  ®^°«  "J^wigel  kchi  kegni  nnguadi- 
guem 

Kechpignichkek     deleehip    mnchkA- 
chidau :   . 

Nan  wekwaiagndak  elw^ultigik ; 
Nan  nchkewijalugudak  chabeultigik 
Tok  mu  tigi  puni,  etc. 
Nnschinen,  wajok,  etc.    Kulein  Mali 
etc.    Tan  deli  k'pminn,  etc. 
V.  Kil  n'doko,  etc. 
■'*•  xanik  minwi,  etc 


*H 


vin. 

N'sans'kew^je  Edalitchanus^t. 

Zezns  udilan  penmook  wetpasidit  eli 
riegma  amekkaiisit. 

V,  Zezua  pambahtamuVna^  te  tchibaC- 
hunmolVna. 

a,  Kia  wewessi.  tcJiihafhook  wetchi 
hisa  nujegsa, 

Neguombi  k'dletab^ia  eli  Zezus  ameii- 
kausisa,  tchike  negma  ndilan  penmook 
wetpasidit  eli  Zezus  umekkailsit. 

K'mitanq'sena  etc.  Malie,  k'talamikool, 
etc.     Sangmanwi  telieimokusit,  etc. 


-  ,w^'    d^yi^^'i 


^  .  fe 


5^9  ^    .gt 

K'Sangmanmena  Zezus  eli  k'mussedisa 
ni  edali  wetchi  metchin^na  niawutch; 
k'saijgbanmena  Zezus  negadi  matchelila 
hatchi  metchinan  takkwi  nisi  kuitchik- 
lemgoon. 

vm. 

lechuch  kelulasus  epilidla  atkidemis. 
V.  llschel,  Nixkam,  etc. 
B.  Nan  nschi,  etc. 
Nan  elnu  nkwigel,  etc. 
Tok  mu  kigi  puni,  etc. 
Nuschinen  wajok,  etc.    Kulein  Mali, 
etc.    Tan  deli  k'pminn,  etc. 
F.  Kil  n'doko,  etc. 
H,  Tanik  minwi,  etc. 


f-'f 


45 


t  ■- 


•Vl.' 


IX 

Nuliew^je  Edalitchanus^t— Zezus  nt- 
luew^je  kippok^ssa  alami  Tchibat'kook. 

V.  Zezus  pambaUamub^na  te  tchibat- 
kunmoWna. 

R  Kia  wewesd    tchibat^kook  wetchi 

Neguombi  k'dletah^in  eli  Zezus  ameu- 
kausisa,  tchike  negma  ntlueweje  kippo- 
k^ssa  alami  tchibat'kook. 

K'mitanq'sena,  etc.  Malie,  k'talami- 
kool,  etc.  Sangmanwi  tehelmokiisit,  etc. 


681 

K'Sangmanmena  Zezns  eli  k'mussedis« 
m  edali  wetchi  metchin^na  mawntch  • 
^sangmanmenaZeans  negadi  matchehla 
hatchi  metchinan  takkm  nfei  knitchik- 
lemgoon. 

lechuch  tchikteginkus  sistewey. 
V.  Vachel,  Nixkam,  etc. 
-S.  Nan  nschi,  etc, 

Kil  kemutchm  neukti  p'chilid^]mulek 
Mchet  kemutchel  nibuktook  te]^] 

Utchit  uchkigiktininek  chichkelw6u- 
cnicn 

Tedli  p'Mdnematin^pdchenak. 
Tok  mu  kigi  puni,  etc. 
Nuschinen  wajok,  etc.    Kulein  Mali 
etc.    Tan  deli  k'pminn,  etc. 
K  Kil  n'doko,  etc. 
^.  Tanik  minwi,  etc. 


M 


M'dalewfeje  Edalitchanus^t. 

Zezussal  wikkunmaw^n  udlak'dewan- 
gan. 

V.  Zezus  panibaktamvJPna^  te  tchibaf- 
hiinmoWna, 

R.  Kia  wewessi  tchibaflwdk  wetchi 
hisa  nujegsa, 

Neguombi  k'dletahkdil  eli  Zezus  arneu- 
kausisa,  tchik^  Zezussal  wikkunmawan 
iidlak'dewangan. 


„>ja. _..!    ■.itii.j.* 


4ttfev' 


533 

K'mitanq'senA,et<>..  BIalie,k'talamikoo], 
etc.     Sangmanwi  teh^ImokAsit,  etc 

K'Sang&ianmena  Zezus  eli  k'mussedisa, 
ni  edali  wetchi  metchin^na  niawutch ; 
k'sangmanmena  Zezus  negadi  matchehla 
hatchi  metchinan  takkwi  nisi  kuitchik- 
lemgoon. 

X. 

lechuch  tekitchinkus  kekue^t  pumnik- 
took  Kalbaly  &&  uktoquan  menadox'bin. 

V.  Usche],  Nixkam,  etc. 

jB.  Nan  uschi,  etc, 

Kil  kemutchin  neukti,  etc. 

Tok  mu  kigi  puni,  etc. 

Nuschinen  wajok,  etc.  Kiilein  Mali, 
etc.     Tan  deli  k'pminn,  etc. 

V,  Kil  n'doko,  etc. 

^:  Tanik  minwi,  etc. 


45* 


XI. 

N'g'dankaweuwej^  Edalitchanusfet. 
Zezus  sidak'tah^. 

V.  Zezus  pambaUamuVna  te  tchibat^- 
kunmolVna, 

a,  Kia  weivessi  tchidafhooh   wetchi 
kisa  nvjegsa, 

Nequombi  k'dletah^sin  eli  Zezus  ameu- 
kausisa,  tchik^  negma  sidak'tahk 

K'mitanq'sen^^  etc.     Malie,  k'talami- 
kool,  etc.  Sangmanwi,  tehelmokiisit,  etc. 

K'Sangmanmena  Zezus  eli  k'mussedisa 


535 


ni  edali  ♦wetchi  metchin^na  niawutch; 
k'sangmanmena  Zezus  negadi  matchehla 
hatchi  metchinan  takkwi  nisi  kuitchik- 
lemgoon, 

XI. 

lechucli  Kluchi^weiktook  etao^otkwe- 
doochp. 

V.  Uschel,  Nixkam,  etc. 
JR.  Nan  uschi,  etc. 

Kick  deliak  Dabid  tan  deli  jagigui 
n'tok. 

Neguela  deli  meltamabuguedek  : 

Kchi    chakmau    kemutchek  .  eukcke- 
benek 

Nan  wegi  mechta  pepcli6deguecb. 
Tok  mu  kigi  puni,  etc. 
Nuschinen  wajok,  etc.     Kulein  Mali, 
etc.     Tan  deli  k'pminn,  etc. 
V.  Kil  n'doko,  etc. 
-S.  Tanik  minwi,  etc. 


XIT. 


Nisankaweuwej^  Edalitchanuset. 
Zezus  talinessa  T^hibak'takook. 
V,  Zezus  pambaMamvBna,  te  tdhilat- 
kunmoWna, 

H.  Kia  wewessi  tcUhaUooh  wetcM 
kiaa  nujegsa, 

Nuquombi  k'dletah^n  eli  Sangman- 
mena  Zezus  negma  ameukausisa,  tchike 
talinessa  Tchibak'takook. 

K'mitanq'sen^,  etc.  Malie,  k'talami- 
kool,  etc,    Sangmanwi  tehelmokMt,  etc. 


637 


K'Sangmanmena  Zezus  eli  k'mussedisa 
ni  edali  wetohi  metcbin^na  niawutch; 
k'sangmanmena  Zezus,  negadi  matchehla 
hatchi  metchinan  takkwi  nisi  kuitchik- 
lemgoon. 

xn. 

lechuch.  nepkech  Kluchieweiktook, 
F.  Uschel,  Nixkam,  etc. 

jK.  Nan  uschi,  etc. 

Kicli  deliak  Dabid,  etc. 

Tok  ma  kigi  puni,  etc. 

Nuschinen  wajok,  etc.    Kulein  Mali, 
etc.    Tan  deli  k'pminn,  etc. 

V.  Kil  n'doko,  etc. 

E.  Tanik  minwi,  etc. 


i,  51 


Ill  .  '  4iJ 


■If       i' 


'    I' 

;'iJi"i.l 


■mm. 


xin. 


N'sankaw^uwe]^  Edalitchanus^t. 

Zezus  p'nekun6s3a  utchi  Skehewatte- 
kook. 

V.  Z^m  jpambaUamixb'na,  te  tchibaf- 
hunmoWna, 

^'  KiawmmUcUhat'lcoo'kweichil'ka 
nujdgsa, 

Nequombi  k'dletah^sin  eli  SaDgmawi 
Malie  ameukauaisa,  tchik^  Zezus  p'neku- 
D6ssa  utchi  skehewattekook. 


K 

kool, 
etc. 

K' 
ni  e( 
k'san^ 
hatch 
lemg( 


led 

wey. 

F. 

&. 

We^ 
neiupt 

Nug 
mel 

Kch 
chin 


539 

K'mitanq'senA,  etc.     Malie,  k'talami- 
kool,    etc.      Sangmanwi    tehelmokisit 
etc.  ' 

K'Sangmanmena  Zezus  eli  k'mussedisa 
ni  edali  wetchi  metchin^na  niawuch; 
k'sangmanmena  Zezus,  negadi  matchehla 
batchi  metchinan  takkwi  nisi  kuitchik- 
lemgoon. 


lechuch  •  ujwatwech     echk    Kkchie- 
wej. 

F.  TJscliel  Nixkam,  etc. 
M,  Nan  uschi,  etc. 

Wegi  kchidMmulek  m^chkik   okoch 
neiuptoon 

Nugooch  d^ein  ichtekech  unep6kone- 
mel 

Kchi  elegu^wit,  ah  wegi  uli  k'chamuk- 
chin 


W     .1, 


540 

Kt'elabalkoonchichkelweuchicli  umal- 
dem. 

Tok  mu  kigi  puni,  etc. 

Nuschinen  wajok,  etc.    Kulein  Mali, 

etc.    Tan  deli  k'pminn,  etc. 

F.  Kil  n'doko,  etc. 

B.  Tanik  minwi,  etc. 


XIV. 


leuwankaweuweje  Edalitchanusfet. 
Zezus  pusk'n^sa. 

F.  Zezus  pamhaktamuVna^  te  tchibaf' 
kunmoWna, 

R,  Kia  weivesei  tGliibafJcook  wetchi 
kisa  nujdgm. 

jSTequombi  k'dletah^in  eli  Sangmawi 
Malie  ameukausisa,  tchike  Zezus  pus- 
k'nassa. 

K'mitanq'sen^,   etc.     Malie,   k'talami- 
kool,  etc.    Sangmanwi  tehelmokusit,  etc. 
46 


542 

♦'  ''4" 

K'Sangmanmena  Zezus  eli  k'mussedisa 
ni  edali  wetchi  metchinfena  niawutch; 
K'Sangmanmena  Zezus  negadi  matchehla 
hatchi  metchinan  takkwi  nisi  kuitchik- 
lemgoon, 

XIV. 

lechuch  ygatuchenek  eta  utkedakanik- 
took. 

V,  Uschel  Nixkam,  etc. 
B,  Nan  uschi,  etc. 
Wegi  kchid^lmulek,  etc. 
Tok  mu  kigi  puni,  etc. 
Nuschinen  wajok,  etc.    Kulein  Mali, 
etc.    Tan  deli  k'pminn,  etc 
V,  Kil  n'doko,  etc. 
i?.  Tanik  minwi,  etc. 


Kisi  alaiamihande  messi  kessit  mahu- 
sohino  mina  alihle  edudakkalosnahasik 
ahiamihewigamikook,  te  anneuditamen. 


543 

K'mitanq'sena,  etc.  Malie  k'talamikool, 
etc.  Sangmanwi  tehelmokusit,  etc.  i^JVan- 
dakesia?) 

Kil  n^ukti  n^chijudin,  mawitchipka- 
mulek, 

Abchihi^k  utchit  pekwadwiek 
N'uschMunen  kluchi^weiktook, 
Tan  menakach  wegi  uschedawichiek. 
Nuschinen  wajok,  etc.    Kulein  Mali, 
etc.    Tan  deli  k'pminn,  etc.       (5) 


IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-S) 


^A 


1.0 


I.I 


li.25 


ii£  im^ 


Kii^ 


_I2.2 


1.8 


U    IIA 


•/"l 


7 


"» 


> 


f 


7;-^^ 


Hiotographic 

Sciences 

Corpoitition 


23  WEST  MAIN  STREET 

WEBSYER.N.Y.  14580 

(716)  872-4503 


wy^ 


CHUMWIMINEY. 

The  Rosary  in  Micmac  language, 
Gablielal  Wajok  wegi  p'k^wiedek  nagi 
uchkakelmachenel  Malial  tana  well  Nax- 
kw^lida :  nan  ba  utelamilook  tedli  p'ko- 
giguinwi^chenak    mecbta    uschedawida 
n'doko  ndn  deli  elnw^gichp  Euschit  Nix- 
kam  Jechu-KHt.    Tok  pakelaiultin^ch ; 
kinu  deli  elnwiku,  elp  n^gueura  kedwi 
delfekchep  k'nixkaminu ;   ^k  kinu  w6gi 
uchkiginwiclip  ktininenu. 

Echk  weli  Naxkwet  wechtaulkool  uti- 
ninnk  edli  pemalachenel  kalabich  n'doko 


545 

emitkugwal^chenel  Elizab^tal:  inu  ch- 
kadu  ch^k  emitkugualakchebena  neguela 
nagi  chawebalachenel  eta  Janal  Elizabet 
utelamilook  ebilichena^  net  okoch  neguela 
delchumuchenak  uniganagniman  Jechu- 
chel  mechta  uschedawiteuligel.  Kinu 
tok  wedmdderaen^cli  kigmenak  k'kejala- 
nenu  chabeudiktook,  aA?  eulejultigik  kte- 
ulidelmanenu. 

Kchi  kpedaik  eik  ukwigel  aktetp^kek 

d^echip  nkaniwigwomk  tedli  uchkigin- 

wichp  a*  m'chkiguiktook  elichmaloochp. 

Nugooch  poktakaman^ch  nan  midjw4- 

cnich  chek  edook  deli  pawetk  nktegela- 

mukchin ;  chek  edook  tan  mechta  kigi- 

daguep    m'cliet  kokw^   w^kwaiachel  ? 

Tok  mu  deli  melgu^nootch  n'kamelamu- 

ninal  mu  kigi  k'teuleguij^lugunenu  n^n 

mijwachich  w^gi  deleg  ktininenu;  mu 

nedawiuk,  mech  chkadu  tan  delaptema- 
46* 


546 

kool  kiunakach  w^giak  Full  kinamagu- 

nenu ;  mujajultinfech  tok  kcheguewi  del- 

jultinenu,  mu  elid^jultinech  k'milijulti- 

n^nu ;  ak  kokwei  kedwi  deleiku  p61  mu 

chkemtook    n'kagidedemonfecli    k'telei- 
nenu. 

Jechuch  kigi  elaludek  k'chi  elajudmo- 
gwomek,  nat^l  tedli  pkidnemwechp  uti- 
nink  Malial  weptinnkadek :  n'doko  deli 
pkogi  kmdt^lclieulkoochp,  aJt  deli  p'kwa- 
dawaleheulkoochp  kenixkaminu :  munu- 
gooch  k'tanad^lmegunenu.     Elp  nan  ba 
delechip  weli  Naxkwet  Mali  jagiguikich 
kaj^tokcliebenel  tanel  delwikagikchebe- 
nel  epiligi  d^lelich  kigi  unijanichp.  Kinu 
deli  kcheulkooch  k'teli  kichkajatwanenu 
kenixkaminu  delkimulkool,  ak  menakach 
nkagiktemenech  kakenak  kedu  yg^kal, 
tok  lechoocli  ignemulkoolch    mu  nala 
yapchiu  k'tamenenu. 


547 

MdjVachich  lechnch,  leluchalem  kigi 
tedh  neunkAchidek  echk  mu  kigiAtink- 
chebena  unegueikuka,  nan  ba  MaJi  m'chet 
tami  yali  kwilwachena  nknija,  chkadn 
mechugulwachena:  kich  kigi  nejukuna- 
kek  delechip  kchi  elajudmogwomk  tedli 
wegiachena  megwaik  tedlebiKchena  ta- 
nika  nngi  kinamwatilitka ;  lok  ba  pakelai- 
nltichenika    nemiatich    ukteH    mechta 
kchigidegueHn.   Enn  tok  nm  pnnialgnl- 
wanech  T^echtaulk  knlaman  meek  wegi 
adekchnu,  nan  wegi   kinamoolk  kiginu 
Mall  meek  negu^ch  k'poktakadelman^nu 
lechu-klit  k'chakmaminn,  e.h  deU  kchi 
n'nakidetkechp  ukwigel  wegitinau,  kek- 
took  w^giak  k'tagikunena  yapchiu  k'te- 
lemenn. 

Kick  wfechtaalk  kigi  wejudek  delechip 
mech  teg^eiwachenika  Josepal  a/?,  Malial 
kalabick  neginnchkeguipnnAchp  Mnnkel 


548 


elulchebeniguel  chaktuachenika,  ak  tan 
deli  eluguditich  chaktuachemka  ak  abu- 
gunnemwachenika.  Kinu  tok  deli  chke- 
dwanech  wenequeikwiku  tanel  elulnu- 
gool,  jagigui  eloguademen^ch,  kepmidel- 
manfech,  nadweiwanech.  Kilau  nutkwai- 
nltiok  vli  nemidook  lechuch  eehk 
midjwachichewidek  deli  kinamulokchep ! 
Tok  menakagewidak :  •  nannkemi  wimpa- 
jultik  k'uli  chkedemutinau. 

Kich  lechuch  kigi  neginnchkeguipu- 
n^dek  Jan  Baptistal  eliechenel  uchiguen- 
ndagoon;  kich  kigi  chiguenndagidek 
elajudmachp:  n'doko  delechip,  Wegi-uli- 
Nixkana  wajok  wegi  p'kewiechp,  akuti- 
nink  edli  nennkabachichp,  tchel  pl^ch- 
wamukchich,  nan  ba  wajok  w^tchedu- 
chenak  delewichtokchebena  net  nla 
n'kwich  peiami  k'chalk.  K'chi  Nixkam 
deli  pakagnudemwachenika  Inuka  ugwi- 


649 

gJechu-klial.  Uligiktwanechto^ Jechn- 
Klitkedu  uleikn:  pilwikinamatimWfel 
"It.  utinbfc  ^^dabak  minugool  giguele- 
bedemen^ch  aA  melwich  n'penech  echkn- 
menak  punatuphk'  deii  ignemnlkoochp 
iedlamchedwanenn. 

N'doko  paktakamiktook  eliechp,  natfil 
edJi  newinnchkeuknakech  nteli  p'kidbin 
mu  nnejabogwen  aA  ma  „x„igichb,  chik 
ba  peiami    atkignetkech    utelajudmaa 
Jimu  tok  teli  mujajultinech  k'midaguida. 
nenu  k'uli  annkidajultinenu :  deli  k'jade- 
menech  kneltamnljultinenn  deli  atkigne- 
nedemenech  k'telajudmanenn,  aikakeich 
ulwikiguenel  eli  annkaptemenech,  uschi- 
ech  k'pemiagiatinenu  chabeudifctook,  nala 
neckehkel  pemijagigmedukool,  kedel  nli 
kchatkalkudau    ksnixkaminu:    ak    nu- 
gooch  „,an  gelianook  k'midatajultinenu 
taael  eli  kibokwalnngool  l«^6udiktook 


550 


Kich  Ifechuch  deli  p'kigi  kweltamiil- 
chidek  kewichinnkechp ;  n'doko  delechip 
kedwi  kchinangualchebenel  menndo6i 
chkadu  kijulkool  ukelujwakan  eukchep 
uktegigueleguidemwan  menndool  ukegi- 
nauguadiguenem.  Deli  wekwamwachena 
nugi  k'daunteguelida,  deli  pepchiguene- 
machena,  wegi  kedwi  delegchep  k'lechu- 
cheminu,  utchit  menakach  kejaulchebenel 
k'pepchidemelclieTiplikunenu :  kinu  tok 
degi  n'judemwan^cli  menndu  kedwi  te- 
Mnugwel.  lechucli  tan  delabugwechp 
kakeicli  nabludemwanfech,  kulaman  kek- 
took,  gelw^kalnamedau  tan  deli  dedwi 
k'chepugualnook. 

N'doko  Mali  uphjdgel  eli  wigeditiche- 
nel  tan  tedli  malieudiwikebaltwirnikcliep 
nan  ba  lechuch  amdikw^ch  deli  k'chipa- 
kelaiwachenika  mawi  t'godemntilitka ; 
eln  eta  uphkigel  kigidelimtek  megopak 


£51 

mu    nugooch  uphteunenoon ;    delechip 
kwechki  megopakewatokchebenek  cha- 
buguanek;  egel^k  wen  wegwigich  nkwi- 
gel  uteUchtagoon.    Kinu  tok  deli  egelol- 
tiku  nannkemi  nli  m'chelman^ch  Mali 
k'chakmanclikweminu ;    nanphtamanfech 
mn  puniatootch  kelud'melcheuphkunenu: 
knlaman  mech  uli  p'kuadajultidekchnu 
tan  deli  pawMemuku  lechuch  k'tignema- 
gunenu,  atkiguenedanech  mfech  neguech 
kulatakadinenu,  uschiech  mn  chek  k'te- 
damanenn  kiginuMali  k'nandweiagunenn. 
lechuch  kich  eikek  ygatakanek  Oliph 
delwigikchebenek ;    n'doko    deli    k'chi 
nnmagichp,  tchel  nugooch  egeliechp,  deli 
m'dwi  k'chinukachp,  tchel  maldewifke- 
niechp;  k'telw^udinal  tchiktalechebenel. 
Kinu  tok  kchakpiguninal  a*  uchakpigu- 
nel  mauphbegatun^ch,  deltemichp,  delte- 
multin^ch;  deli  elajudmachp,  teli  elajnd- 


552 


man^oh  ok  tan  deli  kchi  unemagekchep 
mu  apch  peiamatwanfech* 

lechuch  tan  delechip  deli  pemi  amach- 
kwibenetudek  umaldem  delijwik  ichte- 
kfech  chibdchich ;  deli  temeg  wak^  tchel 
nigiak:  lechucli  eta  nibijokunutol,  nan 
deli  machcha  kedachenik  nkteli  unema- 
geiwanau  w^chtaulkool.  Kinu  tok  kak- 
keich  tlanntun^ch  kakenu  puchki  mad- 
noolk;  degi  kcheulnookch  tan  kijoolk 
wetkolnoolk  k'telmedunenu.  Nan  uschit 
dechettau  wechtaulk  k'minwibenetanenu. 

N'doko  lechuchel  okonokobilatigel,  ak 
aptugobilatigel  kawikchak ;  apch  deli 
m'dwibenel^tigel  kchi  k'pedaik  eik  ukwi- 
gel  neuktiguiligel,  tchel  maliguim^tigel. 
Kinu  deli  n'tawi  medechkultiku  pekwa- 
dak  nktelicheguewiman :  nala  tok  mech 
pemannkid^demenfech,  ak  medwimoolk 
mu  n'chkdman^ch. 


558 

Kich  kigi    maliguimatidek  lechncha 
wejwalatichena,  nagi  kelook  chiokUti- 
chena,  n'delAtichena  nngi  abchideguelida 
echk  wechtaulk  ukluchi^wim  peminigat- 
kechp  deli  k'chook  tchel  yaligui  pugnfech  • 
delmedikoop  teli  melki  aniaptemenfech 
mu  nugooch  wecLtanlk  k'naulcheuphku- 
nenu;    ak  nan    chichkelweachich   deli 
nenamiguen^kchep,  kinn  elp  wimpajulti. 
n^ch  k'telinenamjguenoltinenn. 

lechnch  mechta  eliamooch,  cBik  uph- 
kigel  annkeiachebenel ;  kluchioktot,  nep. 
chaloot:    chkv^aign^l  tedli  kluchiokt6- 
chenik  tabBgichenik  nngi  kemudnetkik : 
N'doko  lechuch  egnlamichp,  nan  deli 
mechp  wechtaulk.    Kinu  ba  wegi  nechp 
k'tminenu,  deU  k'chalnook  k'telwiudinal 
utchitwedenootcli  tok  mwiman^ch,  mwi- 
man^ch  tok ;  kinu  melwich  mwimjulti- 
nech,  I'n  okoch  k'chi  chab^wit  delalooch 
47  ' 


554 

kinu  talalnkuden  elweultiku  ?  Tok  mu 
n'kejultinech  lechuch  ukeluchiiwim  k'pe- 
mAtwanenu,  nan  kektook  elmiguenik 
p'kwadulkudau  k'ulidajultinenu. 

Kick  nechiguichkeguek  delechip  pa- 
kaptemkech  deli  guenach  kenixkaminu, 
delechip  pAke  kinw^toolk  moJtwhch  ume- 
chikoon  lechuch,  lechuch  k'telegueminu  • 
nepkik  o^och  minunchich  nan  deli  mechta 
yjwiguenetkechenel      paenndwakik     ak 
npwakaniktook  telel.    Kinu  tok  lechuch 
wegi    minunnchin^chp ;    paw^demoolk 
o^och  k'nujuguanenu.     Kamelamuninal 
#  yjwiguenemenech,  mu  apch  winkwi- 
j^inooch.      Chabeudi  mauphtamanech, 
aJk  kiunakach  k'uli  kedlamchedajultinenu. 
lechuch  kigi  uli  kinamwadek  Apoch- 
tolewilitka  wajok  eli  unakachinena  mechta 
paktaginnkechena  k\raigu61  tan  uschel 
eimeligel  pekiginnkechenak  n'doko  dele- 


555 

chip  wechtaulk  wajoguel  mechtwi  pan- 
ntatulkuchenel  sJ:  natel  teleiek  kchi- 
chechkwed^guenek  inenatokchebenik. 
Lok  wetchidedemen^ch  wajok  kteime- 
nenu.  Deleiawiku  o^och  natel  natel  ^ta 
kemetkinu,  aA  mech  teli  melkidan^ch 
mu  kWchiutkolchinenu  uchkitkammr  )k 
utapchudil  mu  nugooch  kehuchpedelme. 
gunenu. 

lechuch  wajok  kigi  p'kiginnkek  wet- 
kidemwachenikaWegi-tdi-Nixkamel  Apo- 
chtolewilitka  ak  Malial,  nan  deli  melki- 
buguAlachenika    chabeudiktook    unaka- 
bemka.       A^pch    ken^guek     kteguika 
pigwelnichenika  ukamelamunuakeL  We- 
gi-uli-Nixkamel  wadjwatwachenika  nan- 
ba  mawi  pichkadedemitichenek  Kijulkool 
ukigidakanel,  ak  delechip   nagi    peda- 
gnudemitichenel  W^chtaulkool  del4teke- 
lichp.      Kinu     tok     mawielajumanech 


656 

lechu-Klit  k'chakmaminu,  k'chijakmigina 
k'pkedad^tagunenu  nan  uschiech  mu 
kWanidunenu  deljumiilkool ;  tok  elp 
kijwabalnookch  k'ulauktikemajultinenu ; 
ak  deligijwatulkootch  kamelamuninal 
mech  k'peiami  kejalanenu. 

Mali  deli  melkikchabelwech,  tchel  nan 

weginech  kich  minwalchebenel  ukwigel, 

^k  nakw^k  tan  nguiechenak  neguela  ba 

delecWp  pagigi  wajok  elin  nakaluchenak : 

kedel  ba  natel  kedweli  anakedaiku  ma- 

wiunakalnookcli  Mali  k'chakmanehkwfe. 

minu.  DeHclikedakuk'iilimedmewanenu 

tan  deli  jagigui  chkedwach^nel  kenixka- 

minal  uchkitkammook  eikek ;  nan  kek- 

took  uschiedau  k'mawi  p'kwadawalche- 

uphkunenu  tan  tedli  mechta  uleg  kinu  elp 

tedli  yapchiu  uloholtinenu. 

Wajok  tedli  aptugobilooch  Mali  ichte- 
k^cli  mechta  peikwei  yaliguewicbk;  mech 


557 

chiadn  nenwidWmoolk  nla  pkew^g  ei- 
mook:    kijoolk  okoch  k'teuloholtinenu- 
Tok  tan  deli  peikwei  kchyamukchich 
teli  kchidelman^ch.    Kchi  elwbmt  dech 
kedwi  taMlnook,  net  ba  dech  mn  belia- 
nootch  k'teli  m'chc-lmanenu  weliNaxkwet 
k't'ygelkunena.       Tok    yppattaman^ch 
k'mawi  nnakabekalkunenu,  k'mawi  uni- 
jennkalkunenn  yapchiu :  n'doko  uschiech 
mech  k'nenwid^manenu  a*  mech  elmi. 
guenik  mu  k'pnnichkedwanenn. 


47 


I7» 


»: 


TSISHE  AEAMESSIKAN. 

MASS  IN  MONTAGNAIS  LANGUAGE. 
N'uttawinan,  tshir  waskutsh  ka  taien 
tshitshitwa  weritaguanusin  tshi-t-ishini- 
kaswin.  n 

liroTE.--Although  we  do  not  know  the  authors  of  all  the 
manuscripts  which  we  have  used  in  this  ^compilation,  yet 
we  are  certain  that  this  Mass  was  written  byF.  La  Brosse, 
S.  J.,  Apostle  of  the  Montagnais  Indians,  who  died  &fcTadous- 
sac,  Canada,  in  esteem  of  sanctity.  «.  f 


559 


Tshi  pamittagawin  nete  waskuteh. 

Pitta  pamittagawien  ute  astshitsh. 

Mirwerimaganiwisin  ka  weukussisit, 
gaie  ka  weuttawit,  *  gaieka  witsh  peiokJ 
miru  Manitwit. 

Eiapitsh  missi  missi  mirwerimaganiwi. 
ban,  *  Eiapitsh  egu  tshe  ispish  missi  missi 
mirwerimaganiwit  j  Egu  inusin. 

N'uttawinan. 

N'uttawinan.    .     .    .     G.  K. 


KYRIE. 
lesus,  shaweritamawinan ;  lesus,  sha- 

weritamawinan ;    lesus,   shaweritamawi- 
nan. 

Kriste,  kassihamawinan ;  Kriste,  kassi- 
hamawinan ;  Kriste,  kassihamawinan. 

lesus  irinikahinan,  lesus  irinikahinan, 
lesus  irinikahinan. 


,-^i^. 
•«^™ 


560 


GLORIA. 
^  {Ghria  in  excelsia  Deo.)    Mirumaga- 
nit  waskutsh    tshitshe    Manitu.      Gaie 
astshitsh  tshiam  apitwau  miru  irinuets, 
Tshi  mirumitinan.   Tshi  mirwiteriminan. 
Tshi  manatshihitinan,    Tshi  tshitshitwa- 
werimitinan.    Tshi  papa  naskiimitinan, 
ka  wamerimigusien  naspitsh.     Tshir  ka 
peioku  weukusisien,  missi  ka  nittawitta- 
len.     Tshir  ka  peioku  weuttawien  lesus 
Krist.     Tshir  mag'nira  ka  utshi  tsishe 
watisien.    Ka  maniskamen  pasta  aitwina 
shaw^ritamawinan.       Ka     maniskamen 
pasta  aitwina  naskuminan  he  aiamittwa- 
swiats.    Ke  rapien  ntshiskinissitsh  k'ut- 
tawi  shaweritamawinan.     Tshir  peioku 
manatshihigusin.     Tshir  naspitsh  tiputen. 
Tshir  tshishe  tiberitin  lesus  Krist.    Gaie 
tshir  ka  weukussisien.  Gaie  tshir  ka  miru 
Manitwien.    Egu  inusi^J^ 


561 

N 

GRADUAL. 

Missi  ka  tiberitamen,  ni  tshishe  Mani- 
tum  ispishi  tehian  ni  shikaten  kassinsu  ni 
matshi  aitwina.  Kama  moetsh  at  ni  kus- 
ten  iskateu  ka  taguts.  Utshita  tapue 
mirwiriniwatisien,  egn  wetsh  ahashe  we- 
bmaman,  ni  mafshi  aitwina.  Tshir  kawi 
shawerimitu,  witshihitu  nema  min'tshi  ka 
tehishiwahitin. 


CREDO.  ^ 

(  Credo  in  umm  Derni.)  Ni  tapueten 
ka  peioku  tshishe  Manitu.  Uttawynau 
missi  ka  nittawittat,  egu  wetsh  shetsher 
tshishifcat  ka  nognaneritji  kassinau,  ka 
mag'noguaneritji.  Ni  tapuetawimawa 
lesus  Krista  nkussisa.  Tiu  ka  peioku- 
ritsi.  Wir  eiapitsh  teban  moeiutsh  tagu- 
mritjis  tshek,' , :«,  wir  uttawia  tabiskutsh 
irimisiwet-;,  tetebiskntsh   r.:fta„r;*+.™„x. 


w 


562 

egu  utshi  nagiisimat  uttawia  missi  ka 
tshitshitaritji.     Wir  niran  ka  utsh'  wa 
irinikahiamit     tagushinu     u-t-astshitsh. 
Miru    mag'Manitua    tutagu  umikuritsh 
Maria  tessarawirit,   egu  wihiasihitiswit. 
Utshimawiriguban  Pons-Pirata  ka  tshi 
paiatikutsh  nepit,  gaie  reguaskataganit. 
Gaie  moetsh  ka  it  nishtu  tshishigaritsh 
apitsMpaiatisu.      Esparit  magVaskatsh 
tshiskinissiriteh  uttawia.     Min  kata  tagu- 
sMnu  wetsh  tebimat,  ka  tirigueni  gaie  ka 
nepiritisi ;  egu  tshe  wir  eiapitsh  tiberitak. 
Ni  tj,peutawau  gaie  peioku  witsh  tshishe 
Manitu  nishu  wenkussisitjits  ka  Tiu  migu. 
Wirawau  ka  tabiskutsh,  tshishe  tshitshi- 
twawerimigusitwau,  ka'iamihe  stshistshi- 
noamawiamit ;  gaie  ka  peioku  katawati- 
shiu  missi  missi  estetjs  aiamihewin.     Ni 
tapueten  gaie  missiwi  maniskawa  pasta 
aitwina.     Kata  kessinau  ia^hipahwets 


563 


mnwets.    Eiapitsh  mag'kutak  iriniwin. 
■%u  tiapuetainan.  ' 

*     AIAMIHE  PATSHITIJSriGAN. 

OFFERTORY, 

lesus  missi  ka  nittawittaien,  hostiwi- 
niteh  tshi  mirwerimitin.  Eiaitishiwekwe 
pishitamuku,  maskateritamnkn*  Kassi' 
nau^naspitsh  ni  pasknku.  lesns  missi 
^-  K.  lesus  he  kassut  tshitehitna  hosti- 
wimtsh,  *  ntshita  manatshiku.  lesn. 
"»iBsi.  G.  K.    Minaassitsh  anntsh 

itentamuku,  •  tshi  matehi  aitniniwawa 
gaie  webinamukn.  lesns  missi.        G  K 
Eriweteh    mag',    eka  nogusit  aiamitsh 
lesus        hostiwiniteh  tapueten.     feus 
mess.  G.K.    Maskateritamuets  „te 

ka  tatjits  Anjeriwete,  »  egu  gaie  tshira- 
nan  aiamihe  shetsishiakn.  lesns  missi. 
•  .  .  G.  K.  4  Mirnerimaffaniwi«nV»  — ^ 


564 


kussisit,  gaie  ka  weuttawit,  *  gaie  ka 
witsh  peioku  miru  Mauituit.  lesus  missi. 
.  .  .  G.  K.  Eiapitsh  missi  missi  mirueri- 
maganiwiban,  *  eiapitsh  ega'tshe  ispish 
missi  missi  miruerimaganiwit.  Egu  inusin. 


SANCTUS. 

Tshitshitua !  Tshitshitua !  Tshitshitua 
werimanit  tshishe  Manitu,  tshir,  mirumi- 
gnsin  waskutsh,  gaie  astshitsh  missi  ka 
tiberitamen. 

Miruerimi  ka  manatshittet  tshi-t-ishini- 
kasuin,  missi  ka  nittawittaien. 


AGNUS  DEI. 

lesus  tshir  ka  maniskamen  pasta  aitu- 
ina,  shaweritamawinan. 

lesus  tshir  ka  maniskamen  pasta  aitu- 
ina,  kassihamawiwan. 


''if>(k* 


665 

lesus  tshir  ka  maniskamea  paata  aitu- 
ina,  irinikahinan. 

Arishirinuets  kata  mitshisuets  Iesu» 
wihiau,  he  tshe  mitshisutuau  hostiwin. 

Ka  tshi  laramessikananiwitjis. 

Tshi  mamau  naskumitinan,  lesus^  ka 

jaramessitsheiats :  min'  egu  tshitshi  papa 

i-shishikamawiats,  ispich  he  iaramessika- 

niwitjis,  meshagua  kassigatsh,  k'uttawi 

tshi  patshitinamawau  tshi  hiau  ka  tshi 

patshitinamawat  wa  nepahigawien  tshi- 

paiatikutsh,  ka  pashikweritamats,  esku 

he  iaiamihaiats,  tapue  ni-t-anwerimitisu- 

nan  ;  tshir  ka  tshishe  natisien,  lesus,  wa- 

nitshetu  anutsh  egu,  gaie  wi  sutshitehes- 

kawinan  missi  missi  eiarimisiats  (menat- 

shitaiats).    Egu  inusin.    lesus  shaweri- 

mits  ka  naskawemestisutjits. 


48 


>V 


666 

TABLE  OF  FESTIVALS. 

From  seven  to  seven  days  it  is  the  fes- 
tival of  Sunday.  Etsi  tanb|wanskessu- 
ghenakkiwighi  sannt. 

The  Circumcision.— Ni  edutchi  aliwi- 
sisa  Zezus. 

The  Epiphany.— M  edutchiwi  nanda- 
lamihakawahadis  nhtlwak  Sangmank. 

The  Purification.— Ni  edutchi ghelene- 
m6k  wassenemanganal  glelenemegh^. 

Ash  Wednesday.— Pokkddin. 

Lent. — Matcheudaw^si. 

The  Annunciation.— Ni  edutchi  nan- 
dandokkeussa  Malie  Gablielal. 

Palm  Sunday.— Ghelenann  sediak. 
4loly  Thursday.— Ni  edutchi  samansa 
uhogh^  udokkan^,  or  ni  edutchi  Zezus 
udokkand  Patlianswilisa. 

Good  Friday.— Ni  edutchi  Skahewah- 
tekook  dalinfena  Zezus. 


s* 


567 

Easter-day.— Ambitchib^, 
The  Ascension.— Ni  edutchi  Spomkik 
alilansa  Zezus. 

Whit  Sunday.— Ni  edutchi  Uliniwes- 
kwit  petsilansa,  petsiland^. 

Corpus  Christi.— Abanmuss^    aiami- 
h^nmegh^. 

St.  John  the  Baptist.— Edutchi  peska- 
m^k  skut^. 

St.  Peter  and  Paul.— Ni  edutchi  San- 
gmanwi  Piel  hatchi  Pol. 

The  Visitation.— x\i    edutchi    nantsi 
alamihkawansa  Elizabetal. 

Our  Lady  of  Mount  Oarmel.— Ei  edu- 
tchi wewesei  Malie  SkapiaJ. 

St.  Ann— Ni  edutchi  Sangmanwi  Ann. 

The  Assumption.    Ni  edutchi  Sang. 
Mali  Spomkik  alussalesa. 

The  Nativity  of  the  B.  V.  Mary.— Ni 
edutchi  nahamikusisa  Sang-Malie. 


568 

The  holy  name  of  Mary.— Ni  edutchi 
wilesa  Malie. 

The  Eosary.— Ni  edutchi  AnganAk. 
All  Saints'    day.— Ni  edutchi   misai 
WewessinoAk. 

All  Souls'  day.— Ni  edutchi  messi 
utchatchakoAk 

The  Presentation.— Ni  edutchi  alussa- 
lesa  nessigadened^  sang  Malie  panbak- 
tamigook  nailed^  k'ku. 

Advent.— Petchikl^. 

The  Immaculate  Conception. — ^Ni  edu- 
tchi bimulemeghfesa  Sang  Malie. 

Christmas.- Nibani^i^mihAnmeghfe. 

A  fasting  day.— Manosekkasin. 

The  Ember  days.-  LkdtrhbAt  manu- 
sekkasinalL  The  fastl)ig  (%8  of  the  four 
seasons. 


i:.  '• 


569 


THE  SEASONS. 

ITie  Spring.— SiquAn. 
The  Summer.— Niben. 
The  Autumn. — ^Takwongo. 
The  Winter.— Pebo6n. 


During  the  time  of. 
Spring,      Sigwanwio. 
Summer,  Elminipek. 


Pre$ent.  Pa,t,  Future, 

SIgwan.         Sigwand.         Slgwagh*. 
.   ^  „  Nipen.  Nipenfi.  Nipeghd, 

Pebughd. 


Winter,     Nanwipoon.        Peboon.        Pebnnfi. 


^e  Seasons  in  Micmac, 

During  the  time  of.       Preeenl. 


_,  —        Paat.  Future 

The  Spring.     AAatasihook.      Siique.    K'tikWgoon.Sikunook' 

Nip'k.  K'tikiniben.  K'tikibanianook 
TokwaA.  At'AdAo.  K'tikitAounook. 
KSsik.      K'ein.         K'tikialaktooksin 


The  Summer.  Miawinip'kL 
The  Autumn.  AAatatoAwaft. 
The  Winter.    AAtabook. 


DAYS  OF  THE  WEEK. 

Sunday.— Sand6. 

Monday.— T'kissdnde,  or  Amskawasa 
16kka. 

Tuesday.— Nisidaai6kka. 
Wednesday.— NsetaaWkka. 
Thursday.— Jeotaal6kka. 


4  rtJfr 

^0' 


570 

Friday.— -Skahewattook. 
Saturday.— Katdusande. 
Today.— Pangbisegak.  ', 

To-morrow. — S^ba. 
Jfoon, — Pasqu^. 
Yesterday. — Welangufe. 
Yesterday  evening.- Welangulke. 


I>ayB  of  the  Week  in  Micmac  language. 
Sunday.— Kegueundiewink.* 
Monday.— AmsgueMiigudink. 
Tuesday.— Tabo6wefejelugudink. 
Wednesday.— Sibteweje^lugudink. 
Thursday.— Neuweje^lugudink. 
Friday,— KlutchieuwM. 

Saturday,— Ketowagandiewint. 
A  Holy-day.— Pechti^wimk.f 

*  Some  Indians  pronounce  it  "  Agondiewink." 
f  From  the  French,  F^te. 


571 

A  Vigil.— Kedwi.    K'chi.Pechtiewim- 
kel. 

The  Ember-days.-NeudeliguichkegueL 
A  fasting-day.— Kweltamultimk. 
Lent— Kweltamultimkel. 
To-day.— Kichkook. 
To-morrow.— Chabanook. 
Morning.— Uchkitpook. 
Evening.— Welag. 
This  evening.— Ulanook. 


MONTHS  OF  THE  YEAR 

The  Indians  commence  the  year  from 
the  new  moon  preceding  Christmas ;  they 
count  the  months  by  moons,  and  the  first 
day  of  each  new  moon  is  the  first  day  of 
the  month.  As  in  some  years  there  are 
thirteen  moons,  then  the  Indians  skip  the 
moon  between  July  and  August,  and 


572 

they  call  it  Abonamwikizoos  (let  this 
moon  go.) 

January  *—Onglusamwessit  (it  is  very 
hard  to  get  a  living.) 

February.— Taquas'nikizoos  (moon  in 
which  there  is  crust  on  the  snow.) 

March.— Pnh^damwikizooa  (moon  in 
which  the  hens  lay.) 

April. — ^Amusswikizoos      (moon     in 
which  we  catch  fish.) 

May.— Kikkaikizoos  (moon  in  which 
we  sow.) 

June.— Muskoskikizoos  (moon  in  which 
we  catch  young  seals.) 

July.— Atchittaikizoos  (moon  in  which 
the  berries  are  ripe.) 

Angust-Wikkaikizoos  (moon  in  which 
there  is  a  heap  of  eels  on  the  sand.) 

is  ffrS.Tuf-^lTfr"'^  ^'?''^^  Mekwas'que  (the  cold 


573 


September.  —  Montchewadokkikizoos 
(moon  in  which  there  are  herds  of  mooses, 
bears,  &c.) 

October.— Assebaskwats  (there  is  ice 
on  the  borders.) 

November.-Abonomhsswikizoos(moon 
in  which  the  frost-fish  comes.) 

December.— Ketchikizoos  (the  long 
moon.) 

List  of  names  most  commonly  used  by  the  Indians 

in  Baptism. 

Indian. 


EnglUh. 
Adrian. 
Agatha. 
Agnes. 
Alexis. 
Andrew. 
Angelica. 
Anna. 
Anysla. 
Anselm. 
Anthony. 
Alice. 
Aloysius,  Louisa 


Adli&n. 

Ag&t. 

Agnes. 

Alexis. 

Andld. 

Anzelik. 

Ann. 

Annia. 

Anzelm. 

Anto&n. 

Alia. 

Aloyeiua,  Luisa. 


Bapti8t,John  theBaptiBtBaUa,  SabAtis. 

Benedict  BenoA,  Benn^t 

Bernard.  Belnald. 

Catharine.  Cataline. 

Caroline.  Calolin. 

^''"/*-     «.  Sesil. 

Charles— Charlotte.  S41,  Sallott. 

Clara.  cidl. 

Dionjrsius.  Denis. 

Domitilla.  Domitill 


Day  of  the  Feau. 

September  8. 

February  5. 

January  21. 

July  17. 

November  30. 

May  5. 

July  26. 

December  30. 

April  21, 

January  17. 

December  16. 

June  21. 

June  24. 
March  21. 
August  26. 
November  26. 

4. 

22. 

4. 

August  19. 
October  3 


^>. 


;,  Bu 


English. 

Dorothea. 

Edward. 

Elizabeth,  Eliza. 

Eulalia. 

Stephen. 

Frances,  Fanny. 

Francis,  Frances. 

GabrieL 

Qenovieve. 

Grace. 

Henrietta. 

Hyacinth. 

Ignatius. 

James. 

John. 

Josette. 

Joseph. 

Juliana. 

Joachim. 

Judith. 

Laurence. 

Lewis. 

Lucy. 

Magdalen. 

Margaret. 

Mariana. 

Martha. 

Mary. 

Michael 

Monica. 

Natalis,  Nathalie. 

Nicholas. 

Paul. 

Pelagia. 

Peter. 

Raphael. 

Solomon. 

Stanislaus. 

Susanna. 

Theresa. 

Thomas. 

Ursula. 

Veronica. 

Vincent. 

William,  VVilhelmina. 

Xavier. 


Indian, 
Dolotd. 
Edwald. 

frifxT*'^''  ^*''e*»  Ells. 

Etienn. 

Pansdt  [adssis. 

PlanPo4,Plan8i8,PIan- 
Gablidl. 

Sanabidb. 

Glasskn. 

Henlidtt. 

Znzint 

An&s. 

S&k. 

Ass&n  or  Si. 

Soedtt 

Zozdp. 

Solidan. 

So&sein. 

Sudit. 

Lola. 

Lui. 

Lnei. 

Modlin. 

Malguelitt. 

Mahdna. 

Malthe. 

Malie. 

Misel. 

Monik. 

Nodi,  Natalie. 

Nicolas. 

Pol. 

Pelagid. 

Piel  or  Piol. 

Lapgl. 

Soltnon. 

Stanislos. 

^uzlinn, 

Telds. 

Thoma. 

Ulsul. 

Pelonik. 

Bisdnt. 

Gwillott,  Gwillottdl. 

Xavidl,  or  Silbidl. 


Day  of  the  Fea$t. 
February  6. 
October  13. 
July  8. 

December  10. 
December  26. 
March  9. 
October  4. 
March  16. 
January  3. 

July  15. 
August  16. 
July  31. 

25. 

December  27. 

March  19. 

June  19. 

Sunday  after  15  Aug. 

25. 

December  13. 

July  22. 

— -10. 

September. 

July  29. 

Sunday  after  8  Sept 

May  8. 

4. 

December  25. 

6. 

June  29. 

9. 

29. 

October  24. 

November  13. 
August  11. 
October  15. 
December  21. 
October  21. 
January  13. 
April  5. 
June  25. 


December  3. 


676 


OBSERVATION. 

The  particle  sw  affixed  to  a  name  is  a 
diminutive— viz.,  Saksis,    little    James, 
Maliesis,  little  Mary.     But  if  there  are' 
two  names,  and  this  particle  be  found 
affixed  to  the  second,  then  it  means  son. 
It  is  to  be  remarked,  that  this  particle  is 
always  affixed  to  the  name  of  the  father, 
and  not  to  that  of  the  son-v.  g.  Tlmsok 
Miz^lsis,  Francis  son  of  Michael ;  Sabatis 
Eti^nsis,  John  the  Baptist,  son  of  Stephen. 
The  particle  que,  affixed  to  a  name, 
means  wife,  and  it  is  always  affixed  to 
the  name  of  the  husband,  and  not  to  that 
of  the  wife;  thus,  "  Malie  Thomawisque, 
Mai-y  the  wife  of  Thomas  »  (the  syllable' 
wis  is  ^or  the  sake  of  euphony).     When 
the  particle  sis  is  added  to  que,  thus,  qu^ 
sis,  it  maans  dana-hter — v  n  s„„;i  t?x:... 


676 


nisquesis,  Cecily  the  daugh'ter  of  Stephen. 
If,  instead  of  sis,  they  place  the  particle 
pmn,  thus,  gtcepmn,  it  means  widow, 
V,  g.  Malie  K'tchi  Nicolawisquepeun, 
Mary  the  widow  of  old  Nicolas. 


"i^M 


577 

In  complying  with  the  requests  of  some 
gentlemen  of  New  England,  to  make  some 
investigations  as  to  the  dialects  of  the 
Abnaki,   we  have    happily    met    with 
an  ancient   manuscript    containing  the 
Lord's  Prayer  and  the  Angelical  Saluta- 
tion in  pure  Abnaki  language.     Its  strik- 
ing difference  from  the  language  of  the 
dictionary  of  Father  Rale,  and  of  any 
existing  dialect,  corroborates  the  opinion, 
that  the  original  Abnaki  language  is  lost,  ' 
and  that  at  present  we  have  merely 
dialects  of  it.    We  insert  these  remains 
here,  in  order  to  preserve  them  as  one  of 
the  few  monuments  of  the  pure  Abnaki 
that  have  escaped  the  voracity  of  time. 
Every  vowel  marked  with  an  accent 
has  a  nasal  sound 


49 


4 


578 


THE  LORD'S  PRAYER  IN  PURE  ABNAKI. 

Nemitdksena  Spemkik  aiian  s6gm6wal 
meguadich  aliwisian,  ketebaldamw6gan 
pai6mwich,  kalaldamw6gan  ]ikit6guadich 
tali  kik  tah61awi  tali  Spemkijj,  n6milina 
niku6bi  pamgiskak  nedattosgisku^  ab6n. 
mena,  ta  anahaldamawina  nebalalokawo- 
gaunenewal  taUlawi  niuna  ali  anahalda- 
maw6^k  palikad6guagik,  ta  akui  losalioa 
wenemihoduoganek,  weji  kaduinahadaki 
teni  majigek.    Ni^lach. 


AlfGELIOAL  SALUTATION  IN  PURE  ABNAKI. 

Mali  kedalamikol,  pa^'nkogoan  uliho- 
waw6gaD,  Nez6gm6mna  kowigihlamuk, 
kolalmeguesi  tali  phanmikok,  ta  ulalme- 
guat  kemink6gan  tali  khagak  Sazos. 
Wawasi  Mali  Kechi  Niwasuk  wigawessa 
winu6zuawina  saagawak6zuinnowiak,  ni- 


m 


579 


^gm6wal 
mw6gan 
>guadich 
i6milina 
1^  ab6n- 
ilokawo- 
lahalda- 
losalina 
ahadaki 


ABNAKI. 

p.  uliho- 
ilamuk, 
ulalme- 
Sazos. 
^awessa 
lak,  ni- 


# 


ku6bi  tahachi  t6ni  adoji  kadawi  aki7 
lomiak.    Nialach. 


a- 


THE  LORD'S  PRAYER  IN  PURE  MARE80HIT. 

N'miktankusena  Spemkik  eyane  san- 

gmanwi  tefensit  ktliwizoti.    Tchibetook 

witchiyuleku     taune     etutchi     saktask 

Spemook  tchibatook  na  etuchi  saktask 

ktan'karaikook.     N'pipenaAran  mina  ena 

messiwi  ghiska'ka  weuKnamekil  elmig- 

hiskak  np^tsami^ku,  wenwekahinewine- 

met,  eK  weulitelmoghet  feil  na  wekayu- 

l^ku  eli   weulitehelmine.      Klotemwine 

katawi  aneyuli^ku.,  Melwas  metch  ahi- 

kik  mikokemiSlliyma  te  tahantamuine. 
Te  eleyt. 


■«r 


^ 


^ 


•    « 


% 


«■  * 


NDJETALEMSKAMA. 

■               INDEX  .  ^ 

.  m 

•*  PAGE 

Adlaohemudiguichkek  meiaulekwey—Vespers  in  Mic- 

mac . .  .T.'^. ..','... 459 

Ahamihan  hatchi  anelswekaneaghea 65 

Ahi&mih6wipikweai.    Angelus  Domini 82 

Alam6skem^k.    Mass 42 

Alameskemdk  felbdgliettighomok,  in  L'atJin 76 

Alameskewiink  |?'pwinwak.    Mass  for  the  Dead 68 

Angfle  Dei 40—239 

Ave  Maris  Stella ". i64 

Baskw^ayzkmih&ne.    Vespers I4i I6l 

Bessagwenenemamook ^ 127 

Cate^Ji^m  in  Penobscot ; 272 

"  Passamaquoddy 298 

"  *  Micmac 352 

"  Montagnais 418 

Christmas  Eve 126 

Chiau  welag  deli  jielsajudmamk.     Evening  Prayers  in 

Micmac ^  230 

Chumwimeney.    The  Rosary  in  Micmac 544 

Days  of  the  week^^ ,.  559 

"  "         In  Micmac 570 

Echkitpugawey    ekjudmank.      Morning  Prayers    in 

Mcmac  ....j:...., ^. 221 

Echkumenak  wen  pakabugweuk.     Micmac  prayers 
before  Confession 241 


449 


* 


AX 


%; 


9Aom 


Echkumenak  kumumewimenk.  Micmac  prayers  before 
Communion 

Mameych.    Mass  in  Miomao.  ....!].!.*  " f^ 

Elni  esent^k  nahate alame8kem6k.' ,!? 

Ekisitahanmkuap.    Vi.it  to  the  B.  Sacrament.*  .*.""*  io8 
Hixammation  of  »)n8ciflnft«  in  mu^^^  *.  *  "     " 


l^nscienco  in  Miomao. 


602 


i0»^ 


m 


609 
411 
41*7 
406 

•74 
63 

242 


„  Mare8chit..,»t 601 

„         ,     ,                   '*       ^     Pendbscot.jfW 
Formula  of  Baptism * 

Formula  of  Marriage *  * . . 

Interrogations  for  the  Baptism. ., 

Kigahana — Libera^. 

Keti  pekamkamzimok.    Before  Confeu.^^ 

Kigi  pagabukwemkek.    Prayers  after' ciu^ission'  i 
Micmac 

Kisi  pek'amkamzimdk.    After  Conifession  "  'Z 

Keti  JComini^ woltimdk.    Before  Communion  .*.".' 55 

Kisi  Komiui6woltim6k.  After  Communion ... .  "f'  L 
Kigikumunie^emk  Micmac  prayer,  after  Communion  248 
K181  Alamfeskemdk.    After  Mass.  *        H 

Kati  Aghekitimdk.    Before  Study f  T 

Kisi  Aghekitimdk.    After  Study.. . .     H 

Kati  mitsimok.  ]  Before  meals •Z H 

Kisippimok.    After  meals .*."*' zt 

Kdamihanganak.    Eosary.... ^ 

Ketek  Sangmanwi  Malie  Ghiskom'ek.*  *  ^i^e  feVtiyals      ^ 

of  the  B.  V.  Mary >  im!!  ig] 

Kemo33autewanganM.  Prayer  of  the  Indian^.'  [  [ .  "124 
Kindjemesswim6k.  For  the  Epiphanyi. .  '  * '  ,0! 
Ketchi  Sheh^watefe wil.     Good  Friday         *  135 


List  of  names  used  by  the  Indians. 


673 


583       I 

PAOB 

Litaniaihilngan.    Litany  of  the  B.  Virgin 94 

"  "  Saints., 166 

Lord's  Prayer  in  Penobscot 19. 

**  Mareschite 20 

Lord's  Prayer  in  Passamaquoddy ;if 81 

,  .    Old        "  ^ 268 

•         "        J^^Micm&& 226 

«        "'**Montagnais.  .^ 266 

"  PureAbnaki 678 

"  Puifck  Mareschit 579 

Messiu  Eelawasin.  Tota  pulcra 104 

Mass  in  Penobscot^. 42 

**         Micmac.  .W. 486 

"         Montagnais 558 

"         for  the  Dead ^...    68 

Micmac  Prayers  for  Mass 436 

"     Mass  of  the  B.  V.  in ,  444 

*•  jpl  "    for  Christmas,  in 446 

"        "    for  the  d«ad,  in 448 

"     Libera,  in 456 

"     Vespers  and  Complin,  in. ,    ....   459 

**     Examination  of  Conscience,  in. . . ,    502 

"     Catechism  * 352 

"     Rosary - , . .  *. 544 

"     Prayers 225,  242 

Montagnais  Prayers 256 

"  Hymn 219 

**  Mass ,.  558 

"  Catechism   , , 418 

Months  of  the  year 67 1 

N'telipuhep6un.     We  fly 98 


f^. 


'       584 

n 

PAOB 

NannkwitcM .........  99 

FKitchi  Niw^skum.    Fop  a  dying  person 112 

•Notnank^t.    The  manner  of  serving  Mass 428 

Pambaktamaw|ya  metchin^t.     The  recommend '',tion 
^     of  a  soul  dJl^rting , 21^ 

Pabattemwi  SlS^iinsotessin.    Catechism  in  Benobacot  2*72 

Prayer  taught  to  children ♦  . .  ^ ^ qq 

Prayers  in  Montagnais. . . , *t. . . ]  *     255 

Rosary  in  Penobscot  , [  ^      3g 

"  Micmac. * g^^ 

Spomook.    Prayer  for  a  sick  person 199 

Sponsouiwi  Ahiamihewangan.    Morning  Prayer  in  Pe- 
nobscot and  Mareschite. ." 19 

Table  of  Festivals ...*  .M  !*..!.!.!..  666 

Taneke  peki.     Inviolate |      *  jQg 

Tehibat'ku'musse.    The  Way  of  the  Cross 5II 

Te  Deum.    Latin  and  Micmac 496-8 

The  Seasons ****       j„^ 

"        in  Micmac 5g9 

Tsishe  Aramessikan.     Mass  in  Montagnais 558 

Uli  TeotaaI6kka.     Holy  Thursday 132 

Welanguiwi  ahiamih^wangan.      Evening  Prayer  in 

Passamaquoddy 81 

Idem  in  Penobscot. . .' 99 

i^^"^ .*'*!*!!*!!!!!!;;!!;;  196 

Way  of  the  Cross gj  j 

Wene  Ketwin^t.    For  a  dying  person no 

Wewessi  Belnald.     Memorare 165 

Wewessitahansuhanganall  Litaniaihangan I86 

Vespers  in  Latin 1^9 

"      Micmac 4^59 


585 


\i 


i 


PAGE 

Vespers  in  Penobscot 141 

"     of  the  Blessed  Virgin...., 161 

HYMNS.      . 

18  Nahate  aweni  metchin&te.    Dies  irM>. , .  824 

2  Agay^  Sagaghi  n'esgapitask  Zezus  .  v-. 69 

21  PepannMfamighinw^ 104 

9  Eehelak  yo  Eetapine  Zezus,  &q.,  to  be  sung  in  ac-  10*7 
companying  the  Viaticum 

24  Spatespatanil.    Lumen  ad,  <fec. IIY 

87  Zezussal  negh^  nan-w^t,  Pueri  Hebraorum 12 

8  Gloria,  laus,  et  honor 310 

3  Alenanbetook  mawimook.   Vexilla 187 

25  Skahewattook.    O  Crux  Ave 182 

1  Amante  nipayayan.  Veni  S.  Spiritus. 119 

34  Wighilawahine  Zezus 190 

10  Kessi  ulilawemelaku.    After  Church 180 

18  Lucis  Creator  optime 147 

31  Uleyan,  Mali6,  <fec.     Ave  inaris  stella 141 

19  Nenwitetemula  Zezus.    For  Advent 168 

82  Uskitchinu,  <fec.    For  Christmas  eve. 164 

Ktsi  shehewatekwik.     For  Good  Friday 186 

26  Sagawansio,  &c 187 

27  Spemook,  Ketahkamikook 120 

28  Spemook  yalasutek. 189 

11  Kwilomagapane,  &c.    Idem = 416 

5  Etutasanlalaku,  &c.    Idem 109 

6  Eghetakawekasimegh6.    Idem 199 

12  Kise  uskitchinwit  Zezus.     Idem 219 

13  Ketchi  NiweskwM,  &c.    Idem 201 


t 


i 


i 


r" 


586 


I 


22  Panpanwi,  Ac.   Victimae  Paschali  ""^^^ 

30  Tanne  tekwakwi.  Idem  ^^^ 

35  Wigwamkamin^.    Veni  Creator ^^® 

1  Etutapin  Zezu^    For  Corpus  dn^Bu'.  *. !  1 '. ! 'or 

20  Nixkami  tehel&ne.    Idem 207 

''    b1~!"*    ^^^^^^^-^-lomjohnihe  ''' 
28  ^<^f^^  III  ' 

U  K:es8iaku88iane.    For  aU  souls.                             ^  !!! 
Wasis  Netchinet. ...  ^^^ 

15  Kaghighewet.    O  salutaris  hosiia.* '.'. lit 

4  Adama.    Adam..  ^^° 

29Swegahkipekwihlan.' ^^^ 

Wene  Pekitnighete  ^^^ 

''  ^Jua?e"::!r."''  <^-"Hym'niaM;ema;ian:  ''' 

Hymn  in  Micmac......!  !.;.*, ^^^ 

"     Montagnais.. ^^^ 

IV  Katiaghekitin.  Hymn  to  beVung  b;fo;e  Caiichi'sm  271 


PAGb 

299 
202 
200 
206 
207 
210 

211  ' 

212 

214 

214 

215 

215 

ne 
m 


«  • 


'**> 


118 
119 
19 

n 


